00 Cover New Logo _Calibri_ - Central Carolina Technical College

PROJECT MANUAL Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Sumter, SC SC# H59-6059-CA EDA AWARD NO. 04-01-06716 LS3P COMMISSION NUMBER: 3202-123910 ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS PACKAGE ARCHITECT 110 WEST NORTH STREET GREENVILLE, SOUTH CAROLINA 29601 PHONE: (864) 235-0405 FAX: (864) 233-4027 June 26, 2014 © 2014 6&+&$ 6XPWHU6& &HQWUDO&DUROLQD7HFKQLFDO&ROOHJH $GYDQFHG0DQXIDFWXULQJ7HFKQRORJ\7UDLQLQJ&HQWHU /63 -XQH &HQWUDO&DUROLQD7HFKQLFDO&ROOHJH $GYDQFHG0DQXIDFWXULQJ7HFKQRORJ\7UDLQLQJ&HQWHU 6XPWHU6RXWK&DUROLQD (1*,1((5,1*'2&80(1763$&.$*( $UFKLWHFW /63 :HVW1RUWK6WUHHW6XLWH *UHHQYLOOH6RXWK&DUROLQD )$; 3ULQFLSDOLQ&KDUJH6FRWW0D\$,$/(('$3 3URMHFW$UFKLWHFW&KULV6WRQH$,$/(('*$ FKULVVWRQH#OVSFRP 6&+&$ 6XPWHU6& &HQWUDO&DUROLQD7HFKQLFDO&ROOHJH $GYDQFHG0DQXIDFWXULQJ7HFKQRORJ\7UDLQLQJ&HQWHU /63 -XQH &2168/7$17/,676($/621)2//2:,1*3$*(6 127,&(7KLVSURMHFWPDQXDODQXQSXEOLVKHGLQVWUXPHQWRIVHUYLFHRIWKHDXWKRUVLVIRUXVHRQWKLV3URMHFWRQO\ DQGLVSUHSDUHGIRUXVHLQFRQMXQFWLRQZLWKWKHDXWKRUV LQWHUSUHWDWLRQVREVHUYDWLRQVGHFLVLRQVDQGDGPLQLVWUDWLRQ DVGHVFULEHGLQWKH'RFXPHQWVZLWKRXWZKLFKGHVLUHGUHVXOWVFDQQRWEHDVVXUHG8VHLQSDUWRULQZKROHIRURWKHU SXUSRVHVZLWKRXWWKHDXWKRUV H[SUHVVHGZULWWHQFRQVHQWPD\YLRODWH$FW8QLWHG6WDWHV&RGH3DUDJUDSK 6&+&$ 6XPWHU6& &HQWUDO&DUROLQD7HFKQLFDO&ROOHJH $GYDQFHG0DQXIDFWXULQJ7HFKQRORJ\7UDLQLQJ&HQWHU %1057.6+0)'0)+0''45 %+8+. #&%'0)+0''4+0)+0% <HDPDQV+DOO5RDG +DQDKDQ6& GLUHFWFHOO ID[RIILFH DGFHQJLQHHULQJFRP 3URMHFW0DQDJHU/DUU\.%DUWKHOHP\,93(/(('$3%'& .#0&5%#2' #&%'0)+0''4+0)+0% <HDPDQV+DOO5RDG +DQDKDQ6& GLUHFWFHOO ID[RIILFH DGFHQJLQHHULQJFRP 3URMHFW0DQDJHU)UHG*XWKLHU3/$/(('$3%'& /63 -XQH 6&+&$ 6XPWHU6& &HQWUDO&DUROLQD7HFKQLFDO&ROOHJH /63 $GYDQFHG0DQXIDFWXULQJ7HFKQRORJ\7UDLQLQJ&HQWHU -XQH 5647%674#. #&%'0')+0''4+0) %URDG5LYHU5RDG + + 10 #6 +< %# 6 + 3URMHFW0DQDJHU-DPHV-LPP\%-RQHV-U3(6( +( FHOO ID[ %# 41. #&% '0)+0''4+0) +0% 01 %'46 RIILFH * 76 0# ,UPR6& 51 6XLWH 4 *1 ' 1 ( # 76 (+4'2416'%6+102.7/$+0)/'%*#0+%#.'.'%64+%#. 4/('0')+0''4+0) 6HYHQ)DUPV'ULYH &KDUOHVWRQ6& 3KRQH )D[ 3URMHFW0DQDJHU&UDLJ%XFN3(/(('$3 3URMHFW0DQDJHU/L]D6DQGPDQ3( ,QFRRSHUDWLRQZLWK/63:HVW1RUWK6WUHHW6XLWH*UHHQYLOOH6RXWK&DUROLQD SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Sumter, South Carolina ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS PACKAGE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AIA Document A133 – 2009 Standard Form of Agreement Between The Owner And Construction Manager as Constructor (Not included in Project Manual) AIA Document A201-2007(Not included in Project Manual) OSE Form 00502 Standard Modification to Standard of Agreement between Owner and Construction Manager as Constructor. OSE Form 00811 Standard Supplementary Conditions (Not Included in Project Manual) EDA REQUIRED SPECIFICATIONS DOCUMENTS 01 EDA Checklist / Requirements for AMTTC Bid Specifications 3 02 Davis-Bacon Wage Rates 4 03 Lobbying Certification and Restriction Forms 1 04 Requirements for Affirmative Action (EOO) 1 05 EDA Contracting Provisions for Construction Projects 26 06 EDA Construction Site Sign Specifications 2 TOC-ϭ SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 DIVISION 1 – GENERAL 011000 Summary 4 011123 Sustainable Design Requirements - Green Globes 7 011125 Green Globes Scorecard 9 012100 Allowances 3 012200 Unit Prices 1 012500 Substitution Procedures 3 012600 Contract Modification Procedures 2 012900 Payment Procedures 3 013100 Project Management and Coordination 6 013200 Construction Progress Documentation 5 013300 Submittal Procedures 7 Digital Data Letter of Agreement 3 014000 Quality Requirements 6 014100 Third Party Special Inspections (To follow) 014200 References 2 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 6 Construction Site Sign 2 016000 Product Requirements 4 017300 Execution 6 017419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal (To be edited/provided by Energy Ace) 4 017700 Closeout Procedures 5 017820 Operation Manuals 5 017839 Project Record Documents 2 017900 Demonstration & Training 3 019113 General Commissioning (To be edited/provided by Energy Ace) 15 All other requirements to be provided by the CM @ Risk TOC-Ϯ SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 024113 Selective Site Demolition 4 024119 Selective Structural Demolition 5 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 033000 Cast in Place Concrete 22 DIVISION 5 - METALS 050520 Post Installed Structural Anchors 10 051200 Structural Steel Framing 13 053100 Steel Decking 7 054100 Engineered Cold Formed Metal Framing 15 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 129300 Site Furnishings 5 DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION 210500 Water Based Fire Protection & Fire Sprinkler System Spec Sheet (FSSSS) 19 DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 220500 Plumbing 18 DIVISION 23 – HVAC 230500 Mechanical & Electrical General Provisions 22 230513 Motors 8 230530 Basic Materials and Methods 16 230548 Mechanical Vibration Sound and Seismic Controls 18 230550 Variable Frequency Drives 8 230593 Testing and Balancing 16 230700 Mechanical Systems Insulation 10 230900 Building Automation and Temperature Control System 21 233110 Air Distribution 19 238120 Heating and Air Conditioning Equipment 10 TOC-ϯ SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 260519 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 5 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 5 260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 5 260533 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 10 260543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 8 260544 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling 4 260548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 6 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems 9 260923 Lighting Control Devices 7 262200 Low Voltage Transformers 5 262413 Switchboards 9 262416 Panelboards 8 262726 Wiring Devices 8 262813 Fuses 3 262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 6 263213 Engine Generators 15 263600 Transfer Switches 8 265100 Interior Lighting 8 270528 Pathways for Communications Systems 12 270544 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Communication Pathways and Cabling 4 283111 Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System 12 DIVISIONS 29 - 30 – NOT USED DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK 312000 Earth Moving 13 312523 Erosion and Sedimentation Controls (Including SWPPP) 4 313700 Rip Rap 3 TOC-ϰ SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 321216 Asphalt Paving 12 321236 Coal Tar Seal Coat 4 321313 Concrete Paving 14 321613 Site Work Concrete 7 321724 Pavement Markings 4 328473 Planting Irrigation 5 329200 Turf and Grasses 7 329210 Temporary Seeding and Mulching 7 329300 Plants 14 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES 331100 Potable Water System 24 333000 Sanitary Sewer System 19 334100 Storm Utility Drainage Piping 13 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC-ϱ :ƵŶĞϲ͕ϮϬϭϰ ^ĂŶƚĞĞͲ>ǇŶĐŚĞƐZĞŐŝŽŶĂůŽƵŶĐŝůŽĨ'ŽǀĞƌŶŵĞŶƚƐ ZĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐĨŽƌĚǀĂŶĐĞĚDĂŶƵĨĂĐƚƵƌŝŶŐdĞĐŚŶŽůŽŐǇdƌĂŝŶŝŶŐ ĞŶƚĞƌ;DddͿŝĚ^ƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐ ;ĞƌŝǀĞĚĨƌŽŵŽƌƌĞƐƉŽŶĚĞŶĐĞĂŶĚ'ƵŝĚĂŶĐĞŽĐƵŵĞŶƚƐͿ WƌŝŽƌƚŽĂĚǀĞƌƚŝƐĞŵĞŶƚĨŽƌŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶŝĚƐ͗ ϭ͘ EĞĞĚĂŶĚĂĨĨŝƌŵĂƚŝǀĞƌĞƐƉŽŶƐĞĨƌŽŵƚŽƌĞƋƵĞƐƚŽŶ:ƵŶĞϰ͕ϮϬϭϰƚŽĐŚĂŶŐĞ^KtƚŽ ĞůŝŵŝŶĂƚĞƉŚĂƐĞĚĂƉƉƌŽĂĐŚ͘ Ϯ͘ WƌŝŽƌƚŽďŝĚĂĚǀĞƌƚŝƐĞŵĞŶƚ͕ƚŚĞƉůĂŶƐĂŶĚƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐŵƵƐƚďĞƐƵďŵŝƚƚĞĚĂŶĚ ĂƉƉƌŽǀĞĚďǇƚŚĞWƌŽũĞĐƚŶŐŝŶĞĞƌ͘ĐŚĞĐŬůŝƐƚŽĨƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚĚŽĐƵŵĞŶƚƐŝƐĂǀĂŝůĂďůĞ ĞůĞĐƚƌŽŶŝĐĂůůǇ͘ DƵƐƚďĞŝŶĐůƵĚĞĚŝŶĂĚǀĞƌƚŝƐĞŵĞŶƚĨŽƌŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶŝĚƐ͗ ϭ͘ dŚĞ/ŶǀĞƐƚŵĞŶƚEƵŵďĞƌƐŚĂůůďĞƉůĂĐĞĚŽŶƚŚĞĐŽǀĞƌƐŚĞĞƚƐŽĨƚŚĞWůĂŶƐΘ ^ƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐ͕ŝŶƚŚĞĚǀĞƌƚŝƐĞŵĞŶƚĂŶĚŽŶƚŚĞŝĚ^ĐŚĞĚƵůĞ͘ /ŶǀĞƐƚŵĞŶƚEƵŵďĞƌĨŽƌDddŝƐϬϰͲϬϭͲϬϲϳϭϲ Ϯ͘ WůĂĐĞƚŚŝƐƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚŝŶƚŚĞĚǀĞƌƚŝƐĞŵĞŶƚͬ/ŶǀŝƚĂƚŝŽŶƚŽŝĚĚĞƌƐ͗ ͞dŚĞh͘^͘ĞƉĂƌƚŵĞŶƚŽĨŽŵŵĞƌĐĞĐŽŶŽŵŝĐĂůĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚĚŵŝŶŝƐƚƌĂƚŝŽŶ ŝƐƉƌŽǀŝĚŝŶŐƉĂƌƚŝĂůĨƵŶĚŝŶŐĨŽƌƚŚŝƐƉƌŽũĞĐƚ;/ŶǀĞƐƚŵĞŶƚEŽ͘ϬϰͲϬϭͲ ϬϲϳϭϲͿΗ͘ ϯ͘ dŚĞ͚ƵǇŵĞƌŝĐĂŶůĂƵƐĞ͛ŵƵƐƚďĞƉůĂĐĞĚŝŶƚŚĞ^ƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐ͘ hzDZ/E>h^͗͞ŽŶƚƌĂĐƚŽƌƐĂƌĞŚĞƌĞďǇŶŽƚŝĨŝĞĚƚŚĂƚƚŚĞǇĂƌĞ ĞŶĐŽƵƌĂŐĞĚ͕ƚŽƚŚĞŐƌĞĂƚĞƐƚĞǆƚĞŶƚƉƌĂĐƚŝĐĂďůĞ͕ƚŽƉƵƌĐŚĂƐĞŵĞƌŝĐĂŶͲŵĂĚĞ ĞƋƵŝƉŵĞŶƚĂŶĚƉƌŽĚƵĐƚƐǁŝƚŚĨƵŶĚŝŶŐƉƌŽǀŝĚĞĚƵŶĚĞƌƚŚŝƐĂǁĂƌĚ͘͟ ϰ͘ 'ŽĂůƐĨŽƌtŽŵĞŶĂŶĚDŝŶŽƌŝƚŝĞƐWĂƌƚŝĐŝƉĂƚŝŽŶŝŶŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶ Ă͘ ϰϭ&ZϲϬͲϰ͘ϲƌĞŐƵůĂƚŝŽŶƐƌĞŐĂƌĚŝŶŐŐŽĂůƐĨŽƌǁŽŵĞŶĂŶĚŵŝŶŽƌŝƚŝĞƐŝŶ ĐŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶŵƵƐƚďĞĨŽůůŽǁĞĚ͘DƵƐƚŝŶĐůƵĚĞŶŽƚŝĐĞƐ͕ĐůĂƵƐĞƐĂŶĚ ƉƌŽǀŝƐŝŽŶƐŝŶƚŚĞƐŽůŝĐŝƚĂƚŝŽŶƐĨŽƌŽĨĨĞƌƐŽƌďŝĚƐƉĞƌƚŚĞ&Z͘dŚĞ ŶĂƚŝŽŶĂůŐŽĂůĨŽƌǁŽŵĞŶƉĂƌƚŝĐŝƉĂƚŝŽŶŝƐϲ͘ϵƉĞƌĐĞŶƚ͘dŚĞƌĞŝƐŶŽ ĐŽƵŶƚǇͲƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐŐŽĂů͘ ď͘ 'ŽĂůƐĨŽƌŵŝŶŽƌŝƚǇƉĂƌƚŝĐŝƉĂƚŝŽŶĂƌĞƉƌĞƐĐƌŝďĞĚďǇƉƉĞŶĚŝǆͲϴϬ &ĞĚĞƌĂůZĞŐŝƐƚĞƌsŽůϰϱ͕EŽ͘ϭϵϰ͕KĐƚŽďĞƌϯ͕ϭϵϴϬ͘DƵƐƚĂůƐŽŝŶĐůƵĚĞ ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚ&ĞĚĞƌĂůƋƵĂůŵƉůŽǇŵĞŶƚKƉƉŽƌƚƵŶŝƚǇŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶŽŶƚƌĂĐƚ ^ƉĞĐŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƐ͘dŚĞŐŽĂůĨŽƌŵŝŶŽƌŝƚǇƉĂƌƚŝĐŝƉĂƚŝŽŶŝŶ^ƵŵƚĞƌŽƵŶƚǇŝƐ ϯϮй͘ dŚĞĂƚƚĂĐŚĞĚEŽƚŝĐĞƐŚĂůůďĞŝŶĐůƵĚĞĚŝŶ͕ĂŶĚƐŚĂůůďĞƉĂƌƚŽĨĂůůƐŽůŝĐŝƚĂƚŝŽŶƐ ĨŽƌŽĨĨĞƌƐĂŶĚďŝĚƐŽŶĂůů&ĞĚĞƌĂůĂŶĚĨĞĚĞƌĂůůǇĂƐƐŝƐƚĞĚĐŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚƐ ŽƌƐƵďĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚŽƌƐŝŶĞǆĐĞƐƐŽĨΨϭϬ͕ϬϬϬ͘ ϱ͘ ŶʹĂƉƉƌŽǀĞĚƉƌŽũĞĐƚƐŝŐŶŵƵƐƚďĞĞƌĞĐƚĞĚĂƐƐŽŽŶĂƐƉŽƐƐŝďůĞĂĨƚĞƌĐŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶ ďĞŐŝŶƐ͘ǀŝĚĞŶĐĞŵƵƐƚďĞƉƌŽǀŝĚĞĚƚŚĂƚƚŚĞƐŝŐŶŚĂƐďĞĞŶĞƌĞĐƚĞĚ͘ WĂŐĞϭŽĨϯ :ƵŶĞϲ͕ϮϬϭϰ ^ĂŶƚĞĞͲ>ǇŶĐŚĞƐZĞŐŝŽŶĂůŽƵŶĐŝůŽĨ'ŽǀĞƌŶŵĞŶƚƐ ϲ͘ ĂǀŝƐͲĂĐŽŶĐƚͲĐŽŵƉůŝĂŶƚǁĂŐĞƐŵƵƐƚďĞƉĂŝĚƚŽŵĞĐŚĂŶŝĐƐĂŶĚůĂďŽƌĞƌƐĞŵƉůŽǇĞĚ͘ tĂŐĞƌĂƚĞƐĂƌĞƐĞƚďǇƚŚĞ^ĞĐƌĞƚĂƌǇŽĨ>ĂďŽƌ͘ĂǀŝƐͲĂĐŽŶŐĞŶĞƌĂůǁĂŐĞĚĞĐŝƐŝŽŶƐĨŽƌ ^ƵŵƚĞƌŵƵƐƚďĞŝŶĐůƵĚĞĚŝŶƚŚĞďŝĚĂĚǀĞƌƚŝƐĞŵĞŶƚƐĚŽĐƵŵĞŶƚƐ͘ ϳ͘ ZĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐƚŽĐŽŵƉůǇǁŝƚŚĨĞĚĞƌĂůůĂǁƐĂƐƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞĚŝŶ͛Ɛ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚdĞƌŵƐĂŶĚ ŽŶĚŝƚŝŽŶƐĨŽƌŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶWƌŽũĞĐƚƐ͕^ĞĐƚŝŽŶ͕ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐ͗ Ă͘ ĂǀŝƐĂĐŽŶĐƚ ď͘ ŽŶƚƌĂĐƚtŽƌŬ,ŽƵƌƐĂŶĚ^ĂĨĞƚǇ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐĐƚ Đ͘ EĂƚŝŽŶĂů,ŝƐƚŽƌŝĐWƌĞƐĞƌǀĂƚŝŽŶĐƚ Ě͘ ,ŝƐƚŽƌŝĐĂůĂŶĚƌĐŚĂĞŽůŽŐŝĐĂůĂƚĂWƌĞƐĞƌǀĂƚŝŽŶĐƚŽĨϭϵϳϰ Ğ͘ ƌĐŚŝƚĞĐƚƵƌĂůĂƌƌŝĞƌƐĐƚŽĨϭϵϲϴ Ĩ͘ hŶŝĨŽƌŵZĞůŽĐĂƚŝŽŶƐƐŝƐƚĂŶĐĞĂŶĚZĞĂůWƌŽƉĞƌƚǇĐƋƵŝƐŝƚŝŽŶWŽůŝĐŝĞƐĐƚŽĨ ϭϵϳϬ͘ Ő͘ ŶĞƌŐǇŽŶƐĞƌǀĂƚŝŽŶĂŶĚWƌŽĚƵĐƚŝŽŶĐƚ͘ Ś͘ EŽŶŝƐĐƌŝŵŝŶĂƚŝŽŶZĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐ ŝ͘ dŝƚůĞs/ŽĨƚŚĞŝǀŝůZŝŐŚƚƐĐƚŽĨϭϵϲϰ ŝŝ͘ dŝƚůĞ/yŽĨƚŚĞĚƵĐĂƚŝŽŶŵĞŶĚŵĞŶƚƐŽĨϭϵϳϮ ŝŝŝ͘ WƵď͘>͘EŽ͘ϵϮͲϲϱǁŚŝĐŚƉƌŽƐĐƌŝďĞƐĚŝƐĐƌŝŵŝŶĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞďĂƐŝƐŽĨƐĞǆ ŝǀ͘ ŵĞƌŝĐĂŶƐǁŝƚŚŝƐĂďŝůŝƚŝĞƐĐƚŽĨϭϵϵϬ ǀ͘ ^ĞĐƚŝŽŶϱϬϰŽĨƚŚĞZĞŚĂďŝůŝƚĂƚŝŽŶĐƚŽĨϭϵϳϯ ǀŝ͘ ZĞǀŝƐĞĚ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐĨŽƌĐĐĞƐƐŝďůĞĞƐŝŐŶĨŽƌŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶǁĂƌĚƐ͕ ƌĞǀŝƐĞĚϮϬϭϬ ǀŝŝ͘ ŐĞŝƐĐƌŝŵŝŶĂƚŝŽŶĐƚŽĨϭϵϳϱ ŝ͘ WĂƌƚƐ//ĂŶĚ///ŽĨǆĞĐƵƚŝǀĞKƌĚĞƌϭϭϮϰϲĂŶĚϭϮϬϴϲ ũ͘ ǆĞĐƵƚŝǀĞKƌĚĞƌϭϯϭϲϲ Ŭ͘ ^ƵďƉĂƌƚŽĨϮ͘&͘Z͘ƉĂƌƚϭϯϮϲ͕͞EŽŶͲWƌŽĐƵƌĞŵĞŶƚĞďĂƌŵĞŶƚĂŶĚ^ƵƐƉĞŶƐŝŽŶ͟ ů͘ ƌƵŐ&ƌĞĞtŽƌŬƉůĂĐĞĐƚŽĨϭϵϴϴ KŶŐŽŝŶŐZĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐ͗ ϭ͘ ZĞĐŝƉŝĞŶƚƐŚĂůůƵƐĞƚŚĞ͞ŽŶƚƌĂĐƚŝŶŐWƌŽǀŝƐŝŽŶƐĨŽƌŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶWƌŽũĞĐƚƐ͟ĂƐŐƵŝĚĂŶĐĞ ĨŽƌĚĞǀĞůŽƉŝŶŐĂůůĐŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶŽŶƚƌĂĐƚƐ͘ Ϯ͘ WŚŽƚŽŐƌĂƉŚƐŵƵƐƚďĞƉƌŽǀŝĚĞĚŽŶĂƌĞŐƵůĂƌďĂƐŝƐƚŽŝŶĐůƵĚĞƉƌŽŐƌĞƐƐŽĨĐŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶ͕ ĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞĚĨĂĐŝůŝƚǇ͕ďĞĨŽƌĞĂŶĚĂĨƚĞƌǀŝĞǁƐ͕ĂŶĚŵŝůĞƐƚŽŶĞƐƐƵĐŚĂƐĐŚĞĐŬƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƚŝŽŶƐ͕ ŐƌŽƵŶĚďƌĞĂŬŝŶŐƐ͕ĂŶĚƌŝďďŽŶĐƵƚƚŝŶŐ͕ŐƌĂŶĚŽƉĞŶŝŶŐ͘ ϯ͘ ZĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƚŽƵƐĞ͞ĞƐƚDĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚWƌĂĐƚŝĐĞƐ͟;ƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞĚŝŶŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚĂůZĞǀŝĞǁͿ ϰ͘ ,ŽƵƌƐŽĨǁŽƌŬĂƌĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĞĚĂƐϳĂŵʹϱƉŵ;ƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞĚŝŶŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚĂůZĞǀŝĞǁͿ WĂŐĞϮŽĨϯ :ƵŶĞϲ͕ϮϬϭϰ ^ĂŶƚĞĞͲ>ǇŶĐŚĞƐZĞŐŝŽŶĂůŽƵŶĐŝůŽĨ'ŽǀĞƌŶŵĞŶƚƐ ϱ͘ ŝƐƉŽƐĂůŽĨƐŽůŝĚǁĂƐƚĞǁŝůůďĞƚŚƌŽƵŐŚtĂƐƚĞDĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚŽƌƉƵŶĚĞƌĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚ;ƉĞƌ ĞŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚĂůƌĞǀŝĞǁͿ͘ĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůƌĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƚŽĞŵƉůŽǇĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞƌĞĐǇĐůŝŶŐŵĞƚŚŽĚƐ͘ ϲ͘ ŶϭϴŵŽŶƚŚĐŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶƉĞƌŝŽĚŝƐƉƌŽƉŽƐĞĚƉĞƌƚŚĞĂǁĂƌĚ͘^ŝŐŶŝĨŝĐĂŶƚŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶ ŵƵƐƚĐŽŵŵĞŶĐĞǁŝƚŚŝŶϮǇĞĂƌƐŽĨƚŚĞĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚĂǁĂƌĚ͕ŝŶŽƚŚĞƌǁŽƌĚƐďǇ^ĞƉƚĞŵďĞƌϭϭ͕ ϮϬϭϱ͘ WĂŐĞϯŽĨϯ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¶V5HFRUGV &RQVWUXFWLRQ6FKHGXOHDQG3HULRGLF(VWLPDWHV &RQWUDFWRU¶V7LWOHWR0DWHULDO ,QVSHFWLRQDQG7HVWLQJRI0DWHULDOV ³25(48$/&ODXVH 3DWHQW)HHVDQG5R\DOWLHV &ODLPVIRU([WUD&RVWV &RQWUDFWRU¶VDQG6XEFRQWUDFWRU¶V,QVXUDQFH &RQWUDFW6HFXULW\%RQGV /DERU6WDQGDUGV'DYLV%DFRQDQG5HODWHG$FWV /DERU6WDQGDUGV&RQWUDFW:RUN+RXUVDQG6DIHW\6WDQGDUGV$FW (TXDO(PSOR\PHQW2SSRUWXQLW\ &RQWUDFWLQJZLWK6PDOO0LQRULW\DQG:RPHQ¶V%XVLQHVVHV +HDOWK6DIHW\DQG$FFLGHQW3UHYHQWLRQ &RQIOLFWRI,QWHUHVWDQG2WKHU3URKLELWHG,QWHUHVWV 1HZ5HVWULFWLRQVRQ/REE\LQJ +LVWRULFDODQG$UFKDHRORJLFDO'DWD3UHVHUYDWLRQ &OHDQ$LUDQG:DWHU 8VHRI/HDG%DVHG3DLQWVRQ5HVLGHQWLDO6WUXFWXUHV (QHUJ\(IILFLHQF\ (QYLURQPHQWDO5HTXLUHPHQWV 'HEDUPHQW6XVSHQVLRQ,QHOLJLELOLW\DQG9ROXQWDU\([FOXVLRQV ('$3URMHFW6LJQ (FRQRPLF'HYHORSPHQW$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ3URYLVLRQVIRU&RQVWUXFWLRQ3URMHFWV '(),1,7,216 $JUHHPHQW±7KHZULWWHQLQVWUXPHQWWKDWLVHYLGHQFHRIWKHDJUHHPHQWEHWZHHQWKH2ZQHUDQG WKH&RQWUDFWRURYHUVHHLQJWKH:RUN $UFKLWHFW(QJLQHHU7KHSHUVRQRURWKHUHQWLW\HQJDJHGE\WKH5HFLSLHQWWRSHUIRUP DUFKLWHFWXUDOHQJLQHHULQJGHVLJQDQGRWKHUVHUYLFHVUHODWHGWRWKHZRUNDVSURYLGHGIRULQWKH FRQWUDFW &RQWUDFW±7KHHQWLUHDQGLQWHJUDWHGZULWWHQDJUHHPHQWEHWZHHQWKH2ZQHUDQGWKH&RQWUDFWRU FRQFHUQLQJWKH:RUN7KH&RQWUDFWVXSHUVHGHVSULRUQHJRWLDWLRQVUHSUHVHQWDWLRQVRU DJUHHPHQWVZKHWKHUZULWWHQRURUDO &RQWUDFW'RFXPHQWV±7KRVHLWHPVVRGHVLJQDWHGLQWKH$JUHHPHQW2QO\SULQWHGRUKDUGFRSLHV RIWKHLWHPVOLVWHGLQWKH$JUHHPHQWDUH&RQWUDFW'RFXPHQWV &RQWUDFWRU ±7KHLQGLYLGXDORUHQWLW\ZLWKZKRPWKH2ZQHUKDVHQWHUHGLQWRWKH$JUHHPHQW 'UDZLQJVRU3ODQV±7KDWSDUWRIWKH&RQWUDFW'RFXPHQWVSUHSDUHGRUDSSURYHGE\WKH $UFKLWHFW(QJLQHHUWKDWJUDSKLFDOO\VKRZVWKHVFRSHH[WHQWDQGFKDUDFWHURIWKH:RUNWREH SHUIRUPHGE\WKH&RQWUDFWRU ('$7KH8QLWHG6WDWHVRI$PHULFDDFWLQJWKURXJKWKH(FRQRPLF'HYHORSPHQW$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ RIWKH86'HSDUWPHQWRI&RPPHUFHRUDQ\RWKHUSHUVRQGHVLJQDWHGWRDFWRQLWVEHKDOI('$ KDVDJUHHGWRSURYLGHILQDQFLDODVVLVWDQFHWRWKH2ZQHUZKLFKLQFOXGHVDVVLVWDQFHLQILQDQFLQJ WKH:RUNWREHSHUIRUPHGXQGHUWKLV&RQWUDFW1RWZLWKVWDQGLQJ('$¶VUROHQRWKLQJLQWKLV &RQWUDFWVKDOOEHFRQVWUXHGWRFUHDWHDQ\FRQWUDFWXDOUHODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQWKH&RQWUDFWRUDQG ('$ 2ZQHU ±7KHLQGLYLGXDORUHQWLW\ZLWKZKRPWKH&RQWUDFWRUKDVHQWHUHGLQWRWKH$JUHHPHQWDQG IRUZKRPWKH:RUNLVWREHSHUIRUPHG 3URMHFW±7KHWRWDOFRQVWUXFWLRQRIZKLFKWKH:RUNWREHSHUIRUPHGXQGHUWKH&RQWUDFW 'RFXPHQWVPD\EHWKHZKROHRUDSDUW 5HFLSLHQW$QHQWLW\UHFHLYLQJ)HGHUDOILQDQFLDODVVLVWDQFHIURP('$LQFOXGLQJDQ\('$ DSSURYHGVXFFHVVRUWRWKHHQWLW\ 6SHFLILFDWLRQV±7KDWSDUWRIWKH&RQWUDFW'RFXPHQWVFRQVLVWLQJRIZULWWHQUHTXLUHPHQWVIRU PDWHULDOVHTXLSPHQWV\VWHPVVWDQGDUGVDQGZRUNPDQVKLSDVDSSOLHGWRWKH:RUNDQGFHUWDLQ DGPLQLVWUDWLYHUHTXLUHPHQWVDQGSURFHGXUDOPDWWHUVDSSOLFDEOHWKHUHWR 6XEFRQWUDFWRU±$QLQGLYLGXDORUHQWLW\KDYLQJGLUHFWFRQWUDFWZLWKWKH&RQWUDFWRURUZLWKDQ\ RWKHU6XEFRQWUDFWRUIRUWKHSHUIRUPDQFHRIDSDUWRIWKH:RUNDWWKH6LWH (FRQRPLF'HYHORSPHQW$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ3URYLVLRQVIRU&RQVWUXFWLRQ3URMHFWV :RUN±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¶65(&25'6 D7KH2ZQHU('$RUWKH&RPSWUROOHU*HQHUDORIWKH8QLWHG6WDWHVRUDQ\RIWKHLUGXO\ DXWKRUL]HGUHSUHVHQWDWLYHVVKDOOJHQHUDOO\XQWLOWKUHH\HDUVDIWHUILQDOSD\PHQWXQGHUWKLV FRQWUDFWKDYHDFFHVVWRDQGWKHULJKWWRH[DPLQHDQ\RIWKH&RQWUDFWRU¶VGLUHFWO\SHUWLQHQWERRNV GRFXPHQWVSDSHUVRURWKHUUHFRUGVLQYROYLQJWUDQVDFWLRQVUHODWHGWRWKLVFRQWUDFWIRUWKHSXUSRVH RIPDNLQJDXGLWH[DPLQDWLRQH[FHUSWVDQGWUDQVFULSWLRQV E7KH&RQWUDFWRUDJUHHVWRLQFOXGHLQILUVWWLHUVXEFRQWUDFWVXQGHUWKLVFRQWUDFWDFODXVH VXEVWDQWLDOO\WKHVDPHDVSDUDJUDSKDDERYH³6XEFRQWUDFW´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³25(48$/&/$86( :KHQHYHUDPDWHULDODUWLFOHRUSLHFHRIHTXLSPHQWLVLGHQWLILHGLQWKH&RQWUDFW'RFXPHQWVE\ UHIHUHQFHWRPDQXIDFWXUHUV¶RUYHQGRUV¶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¶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¶VZHEVLWHDWZZZGROJRYHVDIRUPVZKGLQGH[KWP7KHSULPH &RQWUDFWRULVUHVSRQVLEOHIRUWKHVXEPLVVLRQRIFRSLHVRISD\UROOVE\DOOVXEFRQWUDFWRUV LL(DFKSD\UROOVXEPLWWHGVKDOOEHDFFRPSDQLHGE\D³6WDWHPHQWRI&RPSOLDQFH´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³6WDWHPHQWRI&RPSOLDQFH´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³&RQWUDFWRUVDQG 6XEFRQWUDFWRUVRQ3XEOLF%XLOGLQJVRU3XEOLF:RUNV)LQDQFHGLQ:KROHRULQ3DUWE\/RDQVRU *UDQWVRIWKH8QLWHG6WDWHV´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³ODERUHUV´DQG³PHFKDQLFV´LQFOXGHZDWFKPHQDQGJXDUGV D2YHUWLPHUHTXLUHPHQWV1R&RQWUDFWRURUVXEFRQWUDFWRUFRQWUDFWLQJIRUDQ\SDUWRIWKH &RQWUDFWZRUNZKLFKPD\UHTXLUHRULQYROYHWKHHPSOR\PHQWRIODERUHUVRUPHFKDQLFVVKDOO UHTXLUHRUSHUPLWDQ\VXFKODERUHURUPHFKDQLFLQDQ\ZRUNZHHNLQZKLFKWKDWSHUVRQLV HPSOR\HGRQVXFKZRUNWRZRUNLQH[FHVVRIIRUW\KRXUVLQVXFKZRUNZHHNXQOHVVVXFKODERUHU RUPHFKDQLFUHFHLYHVFRPSHQVDWLRQDWDUDWHQRWOHVVWKDQRQHDQGRQHKDOIWLPHVWKHEDVLFUDWHRI SD\IRUDOOKRXUVZRUNHGLQH[FHVVRIIRUW\KRXUVLQVXFKZRUNZHHN E9LRODWLRQOLDELOLW\IRUXQSDLGZDJHVOLTXLGDWHGGDPDJHV,QWKHHYHQWRIDQ\YLRODWLRQRI WKHFODXVHVHWIRUWKLQSDUDJUDSKDRIWKLVVHFWLRQWKH&RQWUDFWRUDQGDQ\VXEFRQWUDFWRU UHVSRQVLEOHWKHUHIRUHVKDOOEHOLDEOHIRUWKHXQSDLGZDJHV,QDGGLWLRQVXFK&RQWUDFWRUDQG VXEFRQWUDFWRUVKDOOEHOLDEOHWRWKH8QLWHG6WDWHVLQWKHFDVHRIZRUNGRQHXQGHUFRQWUDFWIRUWKH 'LVWULFWRI&ROXPELDRUDWHUULWRU\WRVXFK'LVWULFWRUWRVXFKWHUULWRU\IRUOLTXLGDWHGGDPDJHV 6XFKOLTXLGDWHGGDPDJHVVKDOOEHFRPSXWHGZLWKUHVSHFWWRHDFKLQGLYLGXDOODERUHURUPHFKDQLF LQFOXGLQJZDWFKPHQDQGJXDUGVHPSOR\HGLQYLRODWLRQRIWKHFODXVHVHWIRUWKLQSDUDJUDSKDRI WKLVVHFWLRQLQWKHVXPRIIRUHDFKFDOHQGDUGD\RQZKLFKVXFKLQGLYLGXDOZDVUHTXLUHGRU (FRQRPLF'HYHORSPHQW$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ3URYLVLRQVIRU&RQVWUXFWLRQ3URMHFWV SHUPLWWHGWRZRUNLQH[FHVVRIWKHVWDQGDUGZRUNZHHNRIIRUW\KRXUVZLWKRXWSD\PHQWRIWKH RYHUWLPHZDJHVUHTXLUHGE\WKHFODXVHVHWIRUWKLQSDUDJUDSKDRIWKLVVHFWLRQ F:LWKKROGLQJIRUXQSDLGZDJHVDQGOLTXLGDWHGGDPDJHV('$RULWVGHVLJQHHVKDOOXSRQ LWVRZQDFWLRQRUXSRQZULWWHQUHTXHVWRIDQDXWKRUL]HGUHSUHVHQWDWLYHRIWKH'HSDUWPHQWRI /DERUZLWKKROGRUFDXVHWREHZLWKKHOGIURPDQ\PRQLHVSD\DEOHRQDFFRXQWRIZRUNSHUIRUPHG E\WKH&RQWUDFWRURUVXEFRQWUDFWRUXQGHUDQ\VXFK&RQWUDFWRUDQ\RWKHUIHGHUDOFRQWUDFWZLWKWKH VDPHSULPH&RQWUDFWRURUDQ\RWKHUIHGHUDOO\DVVLVWHGFRQWUDFWVXEMHFWWRWKH&RQWUDFW:RUN +RXUVDQG6DIHW\6WDQGDUGV$FWZKLFKLVKHOGE\WKHVDPHSULPH&RQWUDFWRUVXFKVXPVDVPD\ EHGHWHUPLQHGWREHQHFHVVDU\WRVDWLVI\DQ\OLDELOLWLHVRIVXFK&RQWUDFWRURUVXEFRQWUDFWRUIRU XQSDLGZDJHVDQGOLTXLGDWHGGDPDJHVDVSURYLGHGLQWKHFODXVHVHWIRUWKLQSDUDJUDSKERIWKLV VHFWLRQ G6XEFRQWUDFWV7KH&RQWUDFWRURUVXEFRQWUDFWRUVKDOOLQVHUWLQDQ\VXEFRQWUDFWVWKHFODXVHV VHWIRUWKLQSDUDJUDSKVDWKURXJKFRIWKLVVHFWLRQDQGDOVRDFODXVHUHTXLULQJWKH VXEFRQWUDFWRUVWRLQFOXGHWKHVHFODXVHVLQDQ\ORZHUWLHUVXEFRQWUDFWV7KHSULPH&RQWUDFWRUVKDOO EHUHVSRQVLEOHIRUFRPSOLDQFHE\DQ\VXEFRQWUDFWRURUORZHUWLHUVXEFRQWUDFWRUZLWKWKHFODXVHV VHWIRUWKLQSDUDJUDSKVDWKURXJKFRIWKLVVHFWLRQ (48$/(03/2<0(1723325781,7< D7KH5HFLSLHQWKHUHE\DJUHHVWKDWLWZLOOLQFRUSRUDWHRUFDXVHWREHLQFRUSRUDWHGLQWRDQ\ FRQWUDFWIRUFRQVWUXFWLRQZRUNRUPRGLILFDWLRQWKHUHRIDVGHILQHGLQWKHUHJXODWLRQVRIWKH 6HFUHWDU\RI/DERUDW&)5FKDSWHUZKLFKLVSDLGIRULQZKROHRULQSDUWZLWKIXQGV REWDLQHGIURP('$WKHIROORZLQJHTXDORSSRUWXQLW\FODXVH 'XULQJWKHSHUIRUPDQFHRIWKLVFRQWUDFWWKH&RQWUDFWRUDJUHHVDVIROORZV 7KH&RQWUDFWRUZLOOQRWGLVFULPLQDWHDJDLQVWDQ\HPSOR\HHRUDSSOLFDQWIRU HPSOR\PHQWEHFDXVHRIUDFHFRORUUHOLJLRQVH[RUQDWLRQDORULJLQ7KH&RQWUDFWRUZLOO WDNHDIILUPDWLYHDFWLRQWRHQVXUHWKDWDSSOLFDQWVDUHHPSOR\HGDQGWKDWHPSOR\HHVDUH WUHDWHGGXULQJHPSOR\PHQWZLWKRXWUHJDUGWRWKHLUUDFHFRORUUHOLJLRQVH[RUQDWLRQDO RULJLQ6XFKDFWLRQVKDOOLQFOXGHEXWQRWEHOLPLWHGWRWKHIROORZLQJ(PSOR\PHQW XSJUDGLQJGHPRWLRQRUWUDQVIHUUHFUXLWPHQWRUUHFUXLWPHQWDGYHUWLVLQJOD\RIIRU WHUPLQDWLRQUDWHVRISD\RURWKHUIRUPVRIFRPSHQVDWLRQDQGVHOHFWLRQIRUWUDLQLQJ LQFOXGLQJDSSUHQWLFHVKLS7KH&RQWUDFWRUDJUHHVWRSRVWLQFRQVSLFXRXVSODFHVDYDLODEOH WRHPSOR\HHVDQGDSSOLFDQWVIRUHPSOR\PHQWQRWLFHVWREHSURYLGHGVHWWLQJIRUWKWKH SURYLVLRQVRIWKLVQRQGLVFULPLQDWLRQFODXVH 7KH&RQWUDFWRUZLOOLQDOOVROLFLWDWLRQVRUDGYHUWLVHPHQWVIRUHPSOR\HHVSODFHGE\RU RQEHKDOIRIWKH&RQWUDFWRUVWDWHWKDWDOOTXDOLILHGDSSOLFDQWVZLOOUHFHLYHFRQVLGHUDWLRQ IRUHPSOR\PHQWZLWKRXWUHJDUGWRUDFHFRORUUHOLJLRQVH[RUQDWLRQDORULJLQ 7KH&RQWUDFWRUZLOOVHQGWRHDFKODERUXQLRQRUUHSUHVHQWDWLYHRIZRUNHUVZLWKZKLFK LWKDVDFROOHFWLYHEDUJDLQLQJDJUHHPHQWRURWKHUFRQWUDFWRUXQGHUVWDQGLQJDQRWLFHWREH SURYLGHGDGYLVLQJWKHVDLGODERUXQLRQRUZRUNHUVUHSUHVHQWDWLYHVRIWKH&RQWUDFWRU V (FRQRPLF'HYHORSPHQW$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ3URYLVLRQVIRU&RQVWUXFWLRQ3URMHFWV FRPPLWPHQWVKHUHXQGHUDQGVKDOOSRVWFRSLHVRIWKHQRWLFHLQFRQVSLFXRXVSODFHV DYDLODEOHWRHPSOR\HHVDQGDSSOLFDQWVIRUHPSOR\PHQW 7KH&RQWUDFWRUZLOOFRPSO\ZLWKDOOSURYLVLRQVRI([HFXWLYH2UGHURI 6HSWHPEHUDQGRIWKHUXOHVUHJXODWLRQVDQGUHOHYDQWRUGHUVRIWKH6HFUHWDU\RI /DERU 7KH&RQWUDFWRUZLOOIXUQLVKDOOLQIRUPDWLRQDQGUHSRUWVUHTXLUHGE\([HFXWLYH2UGHU RI6HSWHPEHUDQGSXUVXDQWWRUXOHVUHJXODWLRQVDQGRUGHUVRIWKH 6HFUHWDU\RI/DERUDQGZLOOSHUPLWDFFHVVWRLWVERRNVUHFRUGVDQGDFFRXQWVE\WKH 6HFUHWDU\RI/DERUIRUSXUSRVHVRILQYHVWLJDWLRQWRDVFHUWDLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWKVXFKUXOHV UHJXODWLRQVDQGRUGHUV ,QWKHHYHQWRIWKH&RQWUDFWRU VQRQFRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKHQRQGLVFULPLQDWLRQFODXVHVRI WKLV&RQWUDFWRUZLWKDQ\RIWKHVDLGUXOHVUHJXODWLRQVRURUGHUVWKLV&RQWUDFWPD\EH FDQFHOHGWHUPLQDWHGRUVXVSHQGHGLQZKROHRULQSDUWDQGWKH&RQWUDFWRUPD\EH GHFODUHGLQHOLJLEOHIRUIXUWKHU*RYHUQPHQWFRQWUDFWVRUIHGHUDOO\DVVLVWHGFRQVWUXFWLRQ FRQWUDFWVLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKSURFHGXUHVDXWKRUL]HGLQ([HFXWLYH2UGHURI 6HSWHPEHUDQGVXFKRWKHUVDQFWLRQVPD\EHLPSRVHGDQGUHPHGLHVLQYRNHGDV SURYLGHGLQ([HFXWLYH2UGHURI6HSWHPEHURUE\UXOHUHJXODWLRQVRU RUGHURIWKH6HFUHWDU\RI/DERURUDVRWKHUZLVHSURYLGHGE\ODZ 7KH&RQWUDFWRUZLOOLQFOXGHWKHSRUWLRQRIWKHVHQWHQFHLPPHGLDWHO\SUHFHGLQJ SDUDJUDSKDDQGWKHSURYLVLRQVRISDUDJUDSKVDWKURXJKLQHYHU\ VXEFRQWUDFWRUSXUFKDVHRUGHUXQOHVVH[HPSWHGE\UXOHVUHJXODWLRQVRURUGHUVRIWKH 6HFUHWDU\RI/DERULVVXHGSXUVXDQWWRVHFWLRQRI([HFXWLYH2UGHURI 6HSWHPEHUVRWKDWVXFKSURYLVLRQVZLOOEHELQGLQJXSRQHDFKVXEFRQWUDFWRURU YHQGRU7KH&RQWUDFWRUZLOOWDNHVXFKDFWLRQZLWKUHVSHFWWRDQ\VXEFRQWUDFWRUSXUFKDVH RUGHUDV('$RUWKH6HFUHWDU\RI/DERUPD\GLUHFWDVDPHDQVRIHQIRUFLQJVXFK SURYLVLRQVLQFOXGLQJVDQFWLRQVIRUQRQFRPSOLDQFH3URYLGHGKRZHYHUWKDWLQWKHHYHQW WKH&RQWUDFWRUEHFRPHVLQYROYHGLQRULVWKUHDWHQHGZLWKOLWLJDWLRQZLWKRUE\D VXEFRQWUDFWRURUYHQGRUDVDUHVXOWRIVXFKGLUHFWLRQE\('$RUWKH6HFUHWDU\RI/DERU WKH&RQWUDFWRUPD\UHTXHVWWKH8QLWHG6WDWHVWRHQWHULQWRVXFKOLWLJDWLRQWRSURWHFWWKH LQWHUHVWVRIWKH8QLWHG6WDWHV 7KH5HFLSLHQWIXUWKHUDJUHHVWKDWLWZLOOEHERXQGE\WKHDERYHHTXDORSSRUWXQLW\ FODXVHZLWKUHVSHFWWRLWVRZQHPSOR\PHQWSUDFWLFHVZKHQLWSDUWLFLSDWHVLQIHGHUDOO\ DVVLVWHGFRQVWUXFWLRQZRUN3URYLGHGKRZHYHUWKDWLIWKH5HFLSLHQWVRSDUWLFLSDWLQJLVD 6WDWHRUORFDOJRYHUQPHQWWKHDERYHHTXDORSSRUWXQLW\FODXVHLVQRWDSSOLFDEOHWRDQ\ DJHQF\LQVWUXPHQWDOLW\RUVXEGLYLVLRQRIVXFKJRYHUQPHQWWKDWGRHVQRWSDUWLFLSDWHLQ ZRUNRQRUXQGHUWKH&RQWUDFW 7KH5HFLSLHQWDJUHHVWKDWLWZLOODVVLVWDQGFRRSHUDWHDFWLYHO\ZLWK('$DQGWKH 6HFUHWDU\RI/DERULQREWDLQLQJWKHFRPSOLDQFHRIFRQWUDFWRUVDQGVXEFRQWUDFWRUVZLWKWKH HTXDORSSRUWXQLW\FODXVHDQGWKHUXOHVUHJXODWLRQVDQGUHOHYDQWRUGHUVRIWKH6HFUHWDU\RI /DERUWKDWLWZLOOIXUQLVK('$DQGWKH6HFUHWDU\RI/DERUVXFKLQIRUPDWLRQDVWKH\PD\ (FRQRPLF'HYHORSPHQW$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ3URYLVLRQVIRU&RQVWUXFWLRQ3URMHFWV UHTXLUHIRUWKHVXSHUYLVLRQRIVXFKFRPSOLDQFHDQGWKDWLWZLOORWKHUZLVHDVVLVW('$LQ WKHGLVFKDUJHRIWKH('$¶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¶6%86,1(66(6 D,IWKH&RQWUDFWRULQWHQGVWROHWDQ\VXEFRQWUDFWVIRUDSRUWLRQRIWKHZRUNWKH&RQWUDFWRU VKDOOWDNHDIILUPDWLYHVWHSVWRDVVXUHWKDWVPDOOPLQRULW\DQGZRPHQ¶VEXVLQHVVHVDUHXVHGZKHQ SRVVLEOHDVVRXUFHVRIVXSSOLHVHTXLSPHQWFRQVWUXFWLRQDQGVHUYLFHV E$IILUPDWLYHVWHSVVKDOOFRQVLVWRI 3ODFLQJTXDOLILHGVPDOODQGPLQRULW\EXVLQHVVHVDQGZRPHQ¶VEXVLQHVVHQWHUSULVHVRQ VROLFLWDWLRQOLVWV (QVXULQJWKDWVPDOODQGPLQRULW\EXVLQHVVHVDQGZRPHQ¶VEXVLQHVVHQWHUSULVHVDUH VROLFLWHGZKHQHYHUWKH\DUHSRWHQWLDOVRXUFHV (FRQRPLF'HYHORSPHQW$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ &RQWUDFWLQJ3URYLVLRQVIRU&RQVWUXFWLRQ3URMHFWV 'LYLGLQJWRWDOUHTXLUHPHQWVZKHQHFRQRPLFDOO\IHDVLEOHLQWRVPDOOHUWDVNVRU TXDQWLWLHVWRSHUPLWPD[LPXPSDUWLFLSDWLRQE\VPDOODQGPLQRULW\EXVLQHVVHVDQG ZRPHQ¶VEXVLQHVVHQWHUSULVHV (VWDEOLVKLQJGHOLYHU\VFKHGXOHVZKHUHWKHUHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKHFRQWUDFWSHUPLWZKLFK HQFRXUDJHSDUWLFLSDWLRQE\VPDOODQGPLQRULW\EXVLQHVVHVDQGZRPHQ¶VEXVLQHVV HQWHUSULVHV 8VLQJWKHVHUYLFHVDQGDVVLVWDQFHRIWKH866PDOO%XVLQHVV$GPLQLVWUDWLRQWKH 0LQRULW\%XVLQHVV'HYHORSPHQW$JHQF\RIWKH86'HSDUWPHQWRI&RPPHUFHDQG6WDWH DQGORFDOJRYHUQPHQWDOVPDOOEXVLQHVVDJHQFLHV 5HTXLULQJHDFKSDUW\WRDVXEFRQWUDFWWRWDNHWKHDIILUPDWLYHVWHSVRIWKLVVHFWLRQDQG 7KH&RQWUDFWRULVHQFRXUDJHGWRSURFXUHJRRGVDQGVHUYLFHVIURPODERUVXUSOXVDUHD ILUPV +($/7+6$)(7<$1'$&&,'(1735(9(17,21 D,QSHUIRUPLQJWKLVFRQWUDFWWKH&RQWUDFWRUVKDOO (QVXUHWKDWQRODERUHURUPHFKDQLFVKDOOEHUHTXLUHGWRZRUNLQVXUURXQGLQJVRU XQGHUZRUNLQJFRQGLWLRQVZKLFKDUHXQVDQLWDU\KD]DUGRXVRUGDQJHURXVWRWKHLUKHDOWK DQGRUVDIHW\DVGHWHUPLQHGXQGHUFRQVWUXFWLRQVDIHW\DQGKHDOWKVWDQGDUGVSURPXOJDWHG E\WKH6HFUHWDU\RI/DERUE\UHJXODWLRQ 3URWHFWWKHOLYHVKHDOWKDQGVDIHW\RIRWKHUSHUVRQV 3UHYHQWGDPDJHWRSURSHUW\PDWHULDOVVXSSOLHVDQGHTXLSPHQWDQG $YRLGZRUNLQWHUUXSWLRQV E)RUWKHVHSXUSRVHVWKH&RQWUDFWRUVKDOO &RPSO\ZLWKUHJXODWLRQVDQGVWDQGDUGVLVVXHGE\WKH6HFUHWDU\RI/DERUDW&)5 SDUW)DLOXUHWRFRPSO\PD\UHVXOWLQLPSRVLWLRQRIVDQFWLRQVSXUVXDQWWRWKH &RQWUDFW:RUN+RXUVDQG6DIHW\6WDQGDUGV$FW86&±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¶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¶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¶VRIILFHUVHPSOR\HHVRUDJHQWVVKDOOQRWHQJDJHLQWKHDZDUGRUDGPLQLVWUDWLRQ RIWKLV&RQWUDFWLIDFRQIOLFWRILQWHUHVWUHDORUDSSDUHQWPD\EHLQYROYHG6XFKDFRQIOLFWPD\ DULVHZKHQLWKHHPSOR\HHRIILFHURUDJHQWLLDQ\PHPEHURIWKHLULPPHGLDWHIDPLO\LLL WKHLUSDUWQHURULYDQRUJDQL]DWLRQWKDWHPSOR\VRULVDERXWWRHPSOR\DQ\RIWKHDERYHKDVD ILQDQFLDOLQWHUHVWLQWKH&RQWUDFWRU7KH2ZQHU¶VRIILFHUVHPSOR\HHVRUDJHQWVVKDOOQHLWKHU VROLFLWQRUDFFHSWJUDWXLWLHVIDYRUVRUDQ\WKLQJRIPRQHWDU\YDOXHIURPWKH&RQWUDFWRURU VXEFRQWUDFWRUV H,IWKH2ZQHUILQGVDIWHUDQRWLFHDQGKHDULQJWKDWWKH&RQWUDFWRURUDQ\RIWKH&RQWUDFWRU¶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³)DFLOLW\´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³$SSOLFDEOHVXUIDFHV´DUHWKRVHH[WHULRUVXUIDFHVZKLFKDUHUHDGLO\DFFHVVLEOHWR FKLOGUHQXQGHUVHYHQ\HDUVRIDJH ³5HVLGHQWLDOVWUXFWXUHV´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ô 0DWHULDOV ([WHULRUJUDGH0'2SO\ZRRG$3$UDWLQJ$% 6XSSRUWV [[ SRVWVZLWK[FURVVEUDQFKLQJ (UHFWLRQ 3RVWVVKDOOEHVHWDPLQLPXPRIWKUHHIHHWGHHSLQFRQFUHWHIRRWLQJVWKDWDUHDWOHDVW LQGLDPHWHU 3DLQW 2XWGRRUHQDPHO &RORUV -HW%ODFN%OXH306DQG*ROG3066SHFLILFDOO\RQZKLWHEDFNJURXQGWKH IROORZLQJZLOOEHSODFHG 7KH86'HSDUWPHQWRI&RPPHUFHVHDOLQEOXHEODFNDQGJROG ³('$´LQEOXH ³86'(3$570(172)&200(5&((&2120,&'(9(/230(17 $'0,1,675$7,21´LQEODFN ³,QSDUWQHUVKLSZLWK´LQEOXH $FWXDOQDPHRIWKH³,QYHVWPHQW5HFLSLHQW´LQEODFN ³3877,1*$0(5,&$72:25.´LQEOXH ³%DUDFN2EDPD3UHVLGHQWRIWKH8QLWHG6WDWHV´LQEODFN /HWWHULQJ 6SHFLILFIRQWVDUHQDPHGEHORZSRVLWLRQLQJZLOOEHDVVKRZQRQWKHDWWDFKHGLOOXVWUDWLRQ ³86'(3$570(172)&200(5&((&2120,&'(9(/230(17 $'0,1,675$7,21´XVH%DQN*RWKLF0HGLXP ³,QSDUWQHUVKLSZLWK´XVH8QLYHUV702EOLTXH 1DPHRI³,QYHVWPHQW5HFLSLHQW´XVH8QLYHUV70([WUD%ODFN ³3877,1*$0(5,&$72:25.´XVH:DONZD\%ODFN ³%DUDFN2EDPD3UHVLGHQWRIWKH8QLWHG6WDWHV´XVH8QLYHUV702EOLTXH 3URMHFWVLJQVZLOOQRWEHHUHFWHGRQSXEOLFKLJKZD\ULJKWVRIZD\,IDQ\SRVVLELOLW\H[LVWVIRUREVWUXFWLRQ WRWUDIILFOLQHRIVLJKWWKHORFDWLRQDQGKHLJKWRIWKHVLJQZLOOEHFRRUGLQDWHGZLWKWKHDJHQF\UHVSRQVLEOH IRUKLJKZD\RUVWUHHWVDIHW\LQWKHDUHD 7KH('$5HJLRQDO'LUHFWRUPD\SHUPLWPRGLILFDWLRQVWRWKHVHVSHFLILFDWLRQVLIWKH\FRQIOLFWZLWKVWDWH ODZRUORFDORUGLQDQFHV SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. B. Related Requirements: 1. 1.2 Project information. Work covered by Contract Documents. Access to site. Coordination with occupants. Work restrictions. Specification and drawing conventions. Miscellaneous provisions. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Central Carolina Technical College – Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center – Phase One Selective Demolition. B. Owner: Central Carolina Technical College, 506 N. Guignard Dr., Sumter, SC 29150. 1. C. Architect: LS3P, 110 W. North St. Greenville, SC, 29601. 1. 1.3 Owner's Representative: Mr. Terry L. Booth | Vice-President, Business Affairs, Central Carolina Technical College. Tel: (803) 778.6624. boothtl@cctech.edu<mailto:boothtl@cctech.edu. Contact: Project Architect - Chris Stone, AIA, LEED GA.: chrisstone@ls3p.com WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: The overall project work is the total renovation of an existing Wal-Mart facility in Sumter, SC for the purposes of creating a new mechatronics and vocational training center for Central Carolina Technical College. This facility is to receive two Green Globes to comply with State sustainability requirements. The U.S. Department of Commerce Economic Development Administration is providing partial funding for this project (EDA Investment No. 04-01-06716). The work will be performed under the Construction Manager at Risk delivery method for which Rodgers Builders has been selected. Project Scope A: Selective demolition is required for interior components, ceiling tiles ductwork, existing restrooms, offices and an interior mezzanine. Exterior façade elements, entry vestibule and canopies will be removed. A partial / selective demolition package has been previously issued for the scope of this work. Project Scope B: The primary structural system, slab on grade, ¾ of the exterior CMU / brick façade, and existing roofing deck will remain in place. Seismic reinforcements will be made throughout the remaining structural, roofing system and the CMU wall components that are to remain. A majority of the existing fire protection components will be replaced, updated and seismically reinforce. The renovation will also require the com- SUMMARY 011000 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 plete removal of the existing rooftop HVAC system along with the existing roofing membrane, insulation, and portions of the roof deck. The roofing will be replaced with a new single membrane system, new insulation, newly added skylights and a completely new roof top HVAC system. New water and sanitary sewer plumbing systems will be added and connected to existing infrastructure. All new electrical, data, plumbing, security and life safety systems will be added to meet local and state building codes. Project Scope C: The interior will be up fitted with new classrooms, offices, computer labs and various mechatronics, industrial training vocational labs throughout the interior core building totaling approximately 83,000 ft.² of the overall 104,000 SF of space. A portion of the back of the building will remain unoccupied for any future expansion. On the exterior, a new entry vestibule and design elements such as a metal screen wall, a library extension and a front entry plaza will be among many of the front façade enhancements. The main parking lot will be refurbished to include vegetative islands and new parking alignment. B. 1.4 Type of Contract: Project will be constructed under a single prime Construction Manager @ Risk contract. ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Construction Manager shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. Construction Manager use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. 2. 3. 1.5 Limits: Confine construction operations to areas as indicated on the documents. Limits: Limit site disturbance, including earthwork and clearing of vegetation, to 40 feet beyond building perimeter; 10 feet beyond surface walkways, patios, surface parking, and utilities less than 12 inches in diameter; 15 feet beyond primary roadway curbs and main utility branch trenches; and 25 feet beyond constructed areas with permeable surfaces (such as pervious paving areas, stormwater detention facilities, and playing fields) that require additional staging areas in order to limit compaction in the constructed area. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways parking garage, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. c. Vehicles for contractor’s forces, including subcontractors, vendors and delivery vehicles, shall park on the construction site or in adjacent areas (not in the parking garage) as directed by the Owner. COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS A. Owner Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed portions of the Work, prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and limited occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 1. 2. 3. SUMMARY Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied prior to Owner acceptance of the completed Work. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before limited Owner occupancy. Before limited Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of Work. 011000 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 4. 1.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of Work. WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work to normal business working hours of 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. D. Notify Owner and adjacent property owners/vendors not less than seven days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Owner and adjacent property owners/vendors not less than seven days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. E. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes. F. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted. 1.7 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. 2. 1.8 Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations scheduled on Drawings. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. The project is partially funded by an Economic Development Grant, and all federal, state and local laws and ordinances referenced by the EDA as part of the grant award must be adhered to. SUMMARY 011000 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 B. Archaeological Materials: If archaeological materials are encountered during construction, the procedures codified at 36 CFR 800.13(b) will apply and the South Carolina State Historic Preservation Office and the Catawba Indian Nation shall be contacted immediately. Archaeological materials consist of any items, fifty years or older, which were made or used by man. These items include, but are not limited to, stone projectile points (arrowheads), ceramic sherds, bricks, worked wood, bone and stone, metal and glass objects, and human skeletal materials. C. BUY AMERICAN - Contractors are hereby notified that they are encouraged, to the greatest extent practicable, to purchase American-made equipment and products with funding provided under this award. D. Job Sign and EDA Signage – EDA signage will be required to be posted in clear view along with a 4’x 8’ Owner Architect/ Engineer Job Sign. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 011000 SUMMARY 011000 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 011123 - SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS GREEN GLOBES – NEW CONSTRUCTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. 1.2 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, other sections of Division 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, and other applicable specification sections in the Project Manual apply to the work specified in this Section. SUMMARY Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance with certain Green Globes criteria needed for Project to obtain Two-Green Globes certification. 1. 2. 3. B. Related Requirements: 1. 1.3 Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance with certain Green Globes criteria needed for Project to obtain two Green Globes. Additional Green Globes criteria needed to obtain the indicated two Green Globes certification threshold depend on Architect's design and other aspects of Project that are not part of the Work of the Contract. A copy of the Green Globes Questionnaire is attached at the end of this Section for information only. Divisions 01 through 33 Sections for Green Globes requirements specific to the work of each of these Sections. Requirements may or may not include reference to Green Globes. REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. B. The edition/revision of the referenced publications shall be the latest date as of the date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise specified. C. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE): 1. D. Forest Stewardship Council (FSC): 1. E. FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship." Green Seal (GS): 1. 2. 3. 4. F. ASHRAE 52.2, "Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size.” GC-03, “Anti-Corrosive Paints”. GS-11, “Paints and Coatings Standard.” GS-36, “Commercial Adhesives Standard.” GS-37, “Industrial & Institutional Cleaners.” Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA): 1. SMACNA IAQGOBUC, "IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction." SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS GREEN GLOBES – NEW CONSTRUCTION 011123-1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC G. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD): 1. 2. 1.4 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center SCAQMD Rule #1113, “Architectural Coatings,” including most recent amendments. SCAQMD Rule #1168, “Adhesive and Sealant Applications,” including most recent amendments. DEFINITIONS A. Definitions: The following list of definitions is for reference and is not intended to be comprehensive. B. Chain-of-Custody Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that wood used to make products was obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship." Certificates shall include evidence that manufacturer is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body. C. Commissioning: From the LEED Reference Guide, “Commissioning is the process of verifying and documenting that a building and all of its systems and assemblies are planned, designed, installed, tested, operated, and maintained to meet the owner’s project requirements.” D. Commissioning Plan: From the LEED Reference Guide, “Commissioning Plan is a document that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and documentation requirements of the commissioning process.” E. Construction IAQ Management Plan: From the LEED Reference Guide, “Construction IAQ Management Plan outlines measures to minimize contamination in a specific project building during construction and describes procedures to flush the building of contaminants prior to occupancy.” F. GBI: the not-for-profit organization that administers the Green Globes Green Building Rating System. G. Manufacturing: Refers to the final assembly of components into the building product. H. Ozone Depleting Substances: Materials and chemical compounds that are destructive to the ozone layer. CFCs and HCFCs, aerosol sprays, and other similar substances are considered “ozone depleting.” I. Rapidly Renewable Materials: Agricultural products, both fiber and animal, that take 10 years or less to grow or raised and can be harvested in a sustainable fashion. J. Recycled Content: The recycled content value of a material assembly shall be determined by weight. The recycled fraction of the assembly is then multiplied by the cost of assembly to determine the recycled content value. 1. 2. K. "Post-consumer" material is defined as waste material generated by households or by commercial, industrial, and institutional facilities in their role as end users of the product, which can no longer be used for its intended purpose. "Pre-consumer" material is defined as material diverted from the waste stream during the manufacturing process. Excluded is reutilization of materials such as rework, regrind, or scrap generated in a process and capable of being reclaimed within the same process that generated it. Regional Materials: Materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site. If only a fraction of a product or material is extracted/harvested/recovered and manufactured locally, then only that percentage (by weight) shall contribute to the regional value. SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS GREEN GLOBES – NEW CONSTRUCTION 011123-2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 L. Salvaged Materials or Reused Materials: Construction materials recovered from existing buildings or construction sites and reused. M. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC’s): Chemical compounds common in and emitted by many building products over time through outgassing, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Solvents in paints and other coatings. 2. Wood preservatives, strippers, and household cleaners. 3. Adhesives in particleboard, fiberboard, and some plywoods. 4. Foam insulation. N. Waste Management Plan: A Project-related plan for the collection, transportation, and disposal of the waste generated at the construction site. The purpose of the plan is to ultimately reduce the amount of material being land filled. 1.5 A. 1.6 A. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Respond to questions and requests from Architect and the GBI regarding Green Globes criteria that are the responsibility of the Contractor, that depend on product selection or product qualities, or that depend on Contractor's procedures until the GBI has made its determination on the project's Green Globes certification application. Document responses as informational submittals. GREEN GLOBES SUBMITTALS General: Submit additional Green Globes submittals required by other Specification Sections. 1. B. Project Materials Cost Data: Provide statement indicating total cost for materials used for the Project. Costs exclude labor, overhead, and profit. Include breakout of costs for the following categories of items: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. C. Green Globes submittals are in addition to other submittals. If submitted item is identical to that submitted to comply with other requirements, submit duplicate copies as a separate submittal to verify compliance with indicated Green Globes requirements. Furniture. Plumbing. Mechanical. Electrical. Specialty items such as elevators and equipment. Wood-based construction materials. Green Globes Action Plans: Provide preliminary submittals within 60 days of date established for commencement of the work indicating how the following requirements will be met. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Waste management plan complying with Division 01 Section - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL. List of proposed salvaged and refurbished materials. Identify each material that will be salvaged or refurbished, including, but not limited to, its source, cost, and replacement cost if the item was to be purchased new. List of proposed materials with recycled content. Indicate cost, post-consumer recycled content, and pre-consumer recycled content for each product having recycled content. List of proposed regional materials. Identify each regional material, including its source, cost, and the fraction by weight that is considered regional. List of proposed certified wood products. Indicate each product containing certified wood, including, but not limited to, its source and cost of certified wood products. SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS GREEN GLOBES – NEW CONSTRUCTION 011123-3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 6. 7. D. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 List of proposed certified wood products. Indicate each product containing certified wood, including, but not limited to, its source and cost of certified wood products. Construction indoor air quality (IAQ) management plan. Green Globes Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit reports comparing actual construction and purchasing activities with Green Globes action plans for the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. E. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Waste reduction progress reports complying with Division 01 Section - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL. Salvaged and refurbished materials. Recycled content. Regional materials. Certified wood products. Green Globes Documentation Submittals: 1. Product data and wiring diagrams for sensors and data collection system used to provide continuous metering of building energy-consumption performance over a period of time of not less than one year of postconstruction occupancy. 2. Comply with Division 01 Section "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 3. Receipts for salvaged and refurbished materials used for Project, indicating sources and costs for salvaged and refurbished materials. 4. Product data and certification letter indicating percentages by weight of post-consumer and preconsumer recycled content for products having recycled content. Include statement indicating cost for each product having recycled content. 5. Product data for regional materials indicating location and distance from Project of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material. Include statement indicating cost for each regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional. 6. Product data and chain-of-custody certificates for products containing certified wood. Include statement indicating cost for each certified wood product. 7. IAQ Management Plan a. Construction IAQ management plan. b. Product data for temporary filtration media. c. Product data for filtration media used during occupancy. d. Construction Documentation: Six photographs at three different times during the construction period, along with a brief description of the SMACNA approach employed, documenting implementation of the IAQ management measures, such as protection of ducts and on-site stored or installed absorptive materials. 8. Product data for adhesives and sealants used inside the weatherproofing system indicating VOC content of each product used. Indicate VOC content in g/L. 9. Product data for paints and coatings used inside the weatherproofing system indicating VOC content of each product used. Indicate VOC content in g/L. 10. Product data to document that: a. Carpet installed in the building interior meets the testing and product requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute’s Green Label Plus program. b. Carpet cushion installed in the building interior meets the requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute Green Label program. 11. Product data for products containing composite wood or agrifiber products or wood glues indicating that they do not contain urea-formaldehyde resin. 1.7 A. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Qualification Data: For Green Globes coordinator. SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS GREEN GLOBES – NEW CONSTRUCTION 011123-4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC B. A. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Project Materials Cost Data: Provide statement indicating total cost for materials used for Project. Costs exclude labor, overhead, and profit. Include breakout of costs for the following categories of items: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.8 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Furniture. Plumbing. Mechanical. Electrical. Specialty items such as elevators and equipment. Wood based construction materials. QUALITY ASSURANCE Green Globes Coordinator: Engage an experienced Green Globes Coordinator to coordinate Green Globes criteria. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. 2.2 A. MATERIALS, GENERAL Provide products and procedures necessary to obtain Green Globes credits required in this Section. Although other Sections may specify some requirements that contribute to Green Globes criteria, the Contractor shall determine additional materials and procedures necessary to obtain Green Globes criteria indicated. RECYCLED CONTENT OF MATERIALS Building materials shall have recycled content such that post-consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre-consumer recycled content for Project constitutes a minimum of [20] percent of cost of materials used for Project. 1. 2. 2.3 A. Cost of post-consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre-consumer recycled content of an item shall be determined by dividing weight of post-consumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content in the item by total weight of the item and multiplying by cost of the item. Do not include plumbing, mechanical and electrical components, and specialty items such as elevators and equipment in the calculation. REGIONAL MATERIALS Not less than [10] percent of building materials (by cost) shall be regional materials. . 2.4 A. LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, adhesives and sealants shall comply with the following VOC content limits when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Wood Glues: 30 g/L. Metal-to-Metal Adhesives: 30 g/L. Adhesives for Porous Materials (Except Wood): 50 g/L. Subfloor Adhesives: 50 g/L. Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L. Carpet Adhesives: 50 g/L. Carpet Pad Adhesives: 50 g/L. SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS GREEN GLOBES – NEW CONSTRUCTION 011123-5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. B. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 VCT and Asphalt Tile Adhesives: 50 g/L. Cove Base Adhesives: 50 g/L. Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L. Rubber Floor Adhesives: 60 g/L. Ceramic Tile Adhesives: 65 g/L. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L. Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L. Contact Adhesive: 80 g/L. Structural Glazing Adhesives: 100 g/L. Wood Flooring Adhesive: 100 g/L. Structural Wood Member Adhesive: 140 g/L. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Adhesive: 250 g/L. Special-Purpose Contact Adhesive (contact adhesive that is used to bond melamine-covered board, metal, unsupported vinyl, rubber, or wood veneer 1/16 inch or less in thickness to any surface): 250 g/L. Top and Trim Adhesive: 250 g/L. Plastic Cement Welding Compounds: 250 g/L. ABS Welding Compounds: 325 g/L. CPVC Welding Compounds: 490 g/L. PVC Welding Compounds: 510 g/L. Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 550 g/L. Sheet-Applied Rubber Lining Adhesive: 850 g/L. Aerosol Adhesive, General-Purpose Mist Spray: 65 percent by weight. Aerosol Adhesive, General-Purpose Web Spray: 55 percent by weight. Special-Purpose Aerosol Adhesive (All Types): 70 percent by weight. Other Adhesives: 250 g/L. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L. Other Sealants: 420 g/L. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. Modified Bituminous Sealant Primers: 500 g/L. Other Sealant Primers: 750 g/L. For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, paints and coatings shall comply with the following VOC content limits when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC not more than 50 g/L. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 150 g/L. Dry-Fog Coatings: VOC not more than 400 g/L. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC not more than 200 g/L. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than 250 g/L. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: VOC not more than 340 g/L. Pretreatment Wash Primers: VOC not more than 420 g/L. Clear Wood Finishes, Varnishes: VOC not more than 350 g/L. Clear Wood Finishes, Lacquers: VOC not more than 550 g/L. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L. Carpet and carpet cushion (if any) installed in the building interior shall meet the testing and product requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute’s Green Label Plus program. SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS GREEN GLOBES – NEW CONSTRUCTION 011123-6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC D. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Composite wood, agrifiber products, and adhesives shall not contain urea-formaldehyde resin. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REFRIGERANT AND CLEAN-AGENT FIRE-EXTINGUISHING-AGENT REMOVAL A. Remove CFC-based refrigerants from existing HVAC&R equipment indicated to remain and replace with refrigerants that are not CFC based. Replace or adjust existing equipment to accommodate new refrigerant as described in Division 23 Sections.. B. Remove clean-agent fire-extinguishing agents that contain HCFCs or halons and replace with agent that does not contain HCFCs or halons. See Division 21 Section "Clean-Agent Fire-Extinguishing Systems" for additional requirements. 3.2 MEASUREMENT AND VERIFICATION A. If not already in place, install metering equipment to measure energy usage. Monitor, record, and trend log measurements. B. Evaluate energy performance and efficiency by comparing actual to predicted performance. 3.3 A. 3.4 A. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT Comply with Division 01 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL. CONSTRUCTION IAQ MANAGEMENT Comply with SMACNA's "SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings under Construction." 1. 2. If Owner authorizes use of permanent heating, cooling, and ventilating systems during construction period as specified in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls," install filter media having a MERV 8 according to ASHRAE 52.2 at each return-air inlet for the air-handling system used during construction. Replace all air filters immediately prior to occupancy. END OF SECTION SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS GREEN GLOBES –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´'HVLJQ,QWHQWµDQG´%DVLVRI'HVLJQµGRFXPHQWDWLRQKDVEHHQUHYLHZHG &RPPLVVLRQLQJUHTXLUHPHQWVDUHLQFOXGHGLQWKH&RQVWUXFWLRQ'RFXPHQWDWLRQ $&RPPLVVLRQLQJ3ODQKDVEHHQGHYHORSHG $(PHUJHQF\5HVSRQVH3ODQ 'RHV'LYLVLRQLQFOXGHWKHSURMHFW VHQYLURQPHQWDOJRDOVDQGSURFHGXUHVZLWKUHJDUGWRHPHUJHQF\ UHVSRQVH" %6,7( %'HYHORSPHQWDUHD 'RHVWKHVLWHSODQLQGLFDWHWKDWWKHEXLOGLQJLVFRQVWUXFWHGRQ <HV 1R DQH[LVWLQJVHUYLFHGVLWH" DUHPHGLDWHGSUHYLRXVO\FRQWDPLQDWHGVLWH" ODQGZLWKDQH[LVWLQJPLQLPXPGHYHORSPHQWGHQVLW\RIIW࢖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´VWDFNHIIHFWµ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࢖\HDU /HVVWKDQJDOORQVIW࢖\HDU /HVVWKDQJDOORQVIW࢖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oDGHVLQIXOO\UHQRYDWHG EXLOGLQJV" /HVVWKDQ $WOHDVW $WOHDVW RIH[LVWLQJIDo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࢖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umter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 012100 - ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. B. Types of allowances include the following: 1. 2. C. 1.2 Lump-sum allowances. Quantity allowances. Related Requirements: Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices. SELECTION AND PURCHASE A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work. B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work. C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. 1.4 Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. B. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance. C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. 1.5 COORDINATION A. 1.6 Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as required to coordinate installation. LUMP-SUM AND QUANTITY ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site. B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance. ALLOWANCES 012100 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC C. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. 1. 1.7 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed. ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-inplace where applicable. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins. 1. 2. B. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other margins claimed. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. 1. 2. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. 3.2 Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. PREPARATION A. 3.3 Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance No. 1: Lump-sum Allowance: Include the sum of $10,000 for purchase and installation of additional structural steel in accordance with Division 5 Section “Structural Steel” to account for miscellaneous detailing or materials not indicated on design drawings but required for final installation. END OF SECTION 012100 ALLOWANCES 012100 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 012200 - UNIT PRICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. B. Related Requirements: 1. 1.2 Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders. DEFINITIONS A. 1.3 Unit price is an amount incorporated in the Agreement, applicable during the duration of the Work as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. PROCEDURES A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable taxes, overhead, and profit. B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor. D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES A. Unit Price No. 1 – Roof Deck Replacement: Provide a unit price for removal and replacement of deteriorated existing roof deck. 1. 2. 3. B. Description: Removal and disposal of existing deteriorated metal deck (which cannot be cleaned and re-primed while maintaining the structural integrity), and replaced with new metal roof deck to match structural and finish properties at existing deck. Unit of Measurement: Per sq. ft. Base Quantity of decking to be removed and replaced included in the Base Bid: 4,000 square feet Unit Price No. 2 – Roof Deck Refurbishment: Provide a unit price for wire-brush cleaning and repriming of existing roof deck. UNIT PRICES 012200 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. C. Description: Removal of trench rock. Unit of Measurement: Cubic yard, measured in situ. Truck counts are not acceptable. Description: Removal of mass (bulk) rock. Unit of Measurement: Cubic yard, measured in situ. Truck counts are not acceptable. Unit Price No. 5 – Unsatisfactory Soil Removal with Off-Site Disposal: 1. 2. F. Description: Clean and re-primed existing roof decking that has been determined in the field as structurally sound. Unit of Measurement: Per sq. ft. Base Quantity of decking to be cleaned and re-primed included in the Base Bid: 4,000 square feet Unit Price No. 4 – Removal of Mass (Bulk) Rock: 1. 2. E. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Unit Price No. 3 – Removal of Trench Rock: 1. 2. D. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Description: Unsatisfactory soil removal from site and disposal off-site. Unit of Measurement: Cubic yard, measured in situ. Truck counts are not acceptable. Unit Price No. 6 – Off-Site Satisfactory Soil Replacement: 1. 2. Description: Soil replacement using satisfactory off-site soil, compacted. Unit of Measurement: Cubic yard, measured in situ. Truck counts are not acceptable. END OF SECTION 012200 UNIT PRICES 012200 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. B. Related Requirements: Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. 1.3 Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. 2. Substitution Request Form: Use facsimile of form provided in Project Manual. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICCES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 m. 3. 1.4 Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that specified product provided for achieving Green Globe prerequisites and credits. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed unless otherwise indicated. C. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the Notice of Award. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied: a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC d. e. f. g. h. i. j. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that specified product provided for achieving Green Globe prerequisites and credits. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. 1.2 Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. 1.3 Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions." PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. 2. B. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 10 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect. Contractor-Initiated Work Change Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. Work Change Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.4 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS A. Allowance Adjustment: See Division 01 Section "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances. B. Unit-Price Adjustment: See Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured scope of unitprice work. 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. 1.6 On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. B. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1.2 Division 01 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing the handling and processing of allowances. Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements governing the use of unit prices. Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule. Division 01 sustainable design requirements Section for administrative requirements governing submittal of cost breakdown information required for Green Globe documentation. SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. Cost-loaded Critical Path Method Schedule may serve to satisfy requirements for the schedule of values. 1. 2. 3. B. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets. b. Submittal schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. Subschedules for Phased Work: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide subschedules showing values coordinated with each phase of payment. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. 2. 3. 4. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum. a. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for LEED documentation and other Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 1.3 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-inplace may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Application for Payment Forms: Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. 2. E. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. Transmittal: Submit three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. F. Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. 2. 3. 4. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC G. 12. 13. 14. List of subcontractors. Schedule of values. Green Globe submittal for project materials cost data. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). Green Globe action plans. Schedule of unit prices. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). List of Contractor's staff assignments. List of Contractor's principal consultants. Copies of building permits. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. Initial progress report. Report of preconstruction conference. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. 2. I. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. H. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. AIA Document G706-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." AIA Document G706A-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." AIA Document G707-1994, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." Evidence that claims have been settled. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. Final liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. 2. 3. B. Related Requirements: 1. 1.2 Coordination drawings. Requests for Information (RFIs). Project meetings. Division 01 Section "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and fieldengineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. DEFINITIONS A. 1.3 RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. 2. 3. 1.4 Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. 2. 3. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. C. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION013100 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. Preparation of the schedule of values. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. Delivery and processing of submittals. Progress meetings. Preinstallation conferences. Project closeout activities. Startup and adjustment of systems. COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity. 1. B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.6 Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. b. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. 2. B. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION013100 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Project number. Date. Name of Contractor. Name of Architect. RFI number, numbered sequentially. RFI subject. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. Contractor's signature. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect. D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. 2. 3. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log monthly. Include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. F. The following RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. f. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. Project name. Name and address of Contractor. Name and address of Architect. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. RFI description. Date the RFI was submitted. Date Architect's response was received. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION013100 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.7 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. 2. 3. B. Preconstruction Conference: Architect will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. 2. 3. 4. C. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. All sub-contractors intending to bid on or who are awarded work on the project are required to attend pre-bid and pre-construction meetings respectively. The purpose of these meetings is to review all air plenum specifications and details including but not limited to pre-construction mock-ups and plenum sealing requirements. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. c. Designation of key personnel and their duties. d. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. e. Procedures for RFIs. f. Procedures for testing and inspecting. g. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. h. Distribution of the Contract Documents. i. Submittal procedures. j. Green Globe requirements . k. Preparation of record documents. l. Use of the premises. m. Work restrictions. n. Working hours. o. Owner's occupancy requirements. p. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. q. Procedures for moisture and mold control. r. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. s. Construction waste management and recycling. t. Parking availability. u. Office, work, and storage areas. v. Equipment deliveries and priorities. w. First aid. x. Security. y. Progress cleaning. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. Preinstallation Conferences: Contractor shall conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION013100 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. 3. 4. 5. D. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Green Globe requirements. i. Review of mockups. j. Possible conflicts. k. Compatibility problems. l. Time schedules. m. Weather limitations. n. Manufacturer's written instructions. o. Warranty requirements. p. Compatibility of materials. q. Acceptability of substrates. r. Temporary facilities and controls. s. Space and access limitations. t. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. u. Testing and inspecting requirements. v. Installation procedures. w. Coordination with other work. x. Required performance results. y. Protection of adjacent work. z. Protection of construction and personnel. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. Progress Meetings: Contractor shall conduct progress meetings at biweekly stage of construction or request of Owner. 1. 2. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 intervals, or as required by Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION013100 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center b. 3. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Status of Green Globe documentation. 5) Deliveries. 6) Off-site fabrication. 7) Access. 8) Site utilization. 9) Temporary facilities and controls. 10) Progress cleaning. 11) Quality and work standards. 12) Status of correction of deficient items. 13) Field observations. 14) Status of RFIs. 15) Status of proposal requests. 16) Pending changes. 17) Status of Change Orders. 18) Pending claims and disputes. 19) Documentation of information for payment requests. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION013100 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 1.2 Contractor's construction schedule. Construction schedule updating reports. Daily construction reports. Site condition reports. DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. 2. 3. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. D. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1. 1.3 Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. 2. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated. PDF electronic file. B. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. D. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION013200 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float. E. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. F. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at monthly intervals. G. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. 1.4 LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. 2. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work Substantial Completion . 1. B. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. C. to date of Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION013200 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Uninterruptible services. c. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. d. Use of premises restrictions. e. Environmental control. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work. D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion E. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Unresolved issues. Unanswered Requests for Information. Rejected or unreturned submittals. Notations on returned submittals. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time. F. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. G. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format. B. Startup Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for the Notice of Award. Outline significant construction activities for the first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's construction schedule using a time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work. 1. 2. 3. D. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 60 days after date established for the Notice of Award. a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of Architect's approval of the schedule. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule in order to coordinate with the Contract Time. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths. 1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities: a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b. Mobilization and demobilization. c. Purchase of materials. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION013200 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. 3. 4. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 d. Delivery. e. Fabrication. f. Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities. i. Testing and commissioning. j. Punch list and final completion. k. Activities occurring following final completion. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges. a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path. E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "early start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. G. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 2.3 Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity. Description of activity. Main events of activity. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities. Early and late start dates. Early and late finish dates. Activity duration in workdays. Total float or slack time. Average size of workforce. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values). Identification of activities that have changed. Changes in early and late start dates. Changes in early and late finish dates. Changes in activity durations in workdays. Changes in the critical path. Changes in total float or slack time. Changes in the Contract Time. REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. List of subcontractors at Project site. List of separate contractors at Project site. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. Equipment at Project site. Material deliveries. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION013200 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. B. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. Accidents. Meetings and significant decisions. Unusual events. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. Meter readings and similar recordings. Emergency procedures. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. Change Orders received and implemented. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. Services connected and disconnected. Equipment or system tests and startups. Partial completions and occupancies. Substantial Completions authorized. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. 2. 3. B. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. 2. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION013200 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. 1.2 Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.3 Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's ACTION SUBMITTALS A. 1.4 Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of digital data files of the Contract Drawings will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. 1. B. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the Contract Drawings for use in preparing Shop Drawings and Project record drawings. a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings. b. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement included in Project Manual . Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC a. C. 2. 3. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. E. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. D. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., LNHS-061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., LNHS-061000.01.A). Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use software-generated form from electronic project management software acceptable to Owner, containing the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. g. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. h. Category and type of submittal. i. Submittal purpose and description. j. Specification Section number and title. k. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. l. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. m. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. n. Related physical samples submitted directly. o. Indication of full or partial submittal. p. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively. q. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. r. Other necessary identification. s. Remarks. Metadata: Include the following information as keywords in the electronic submittal file metadata: a. Project name. b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. c. Manufacturer name. d. Product name. e. . Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 F. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. G. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. 2. 3. Note date and content of previous submittal. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. I. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: 1. 2. B. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically-submitted certificates and certifications where indicated. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. Submit Product Data in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC C. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted. 1. 2. 3. D. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches, but no larger than 30 by 42 inches . Submit Shop Drawings in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit two full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit two sets of Samples. Architect will retain one Sample sets; remainder will be returned. 1) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC E. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Submit product schedule in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. F. Coordination Drawings Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." G. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." H. Application for Payment and Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." I. Test and Inspection Reports and Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittals: requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." J. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." K. Maintenance Data: Maintenance Data." L. Green Globe Submittals: requirements Section. M. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. N. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. O. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. P. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. Q. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. R. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. S. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. T. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Comply with Comply with requirements specified in Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 sustainable design 013300 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. U. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. V. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." W. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. X. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. Y. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. Z. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. 2.2 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. B. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: "Closeout Procedures." SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES See requirements in Division 01 Section 013300 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC C. 3.2 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action, as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Reviewed: Contractor may proceed. Revise as Noted: Contractor may proceed in accordance with notations provided. Revise and Resubmit: Revise submittal and resubmit prior to proceeding. Rejected: Submittal not acceptable C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. 2. C. 1.2 Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, Commissioning Authority, or authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ) are not limited by provisions of this Section. Related Requirements: Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and to substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. F. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop. G. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC I. 1.3 LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. J. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility sent to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems: 1. 2. B. 1.5 Seismic-force-resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the designated seismic system quality-assurance plan prepared by Architect. Main wind-force-resisting system or a wind-resisting component listed in the wind-force-resisting system quality-assurance plan prepared by Architect. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Date of issue. Project title and number. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. Identification of product and Specification Section. Complete test or inspection data. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 11. 12. 13. B. 4. 5. 1.6 LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. 2. 3. C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Name, address, and telephone number of representative making report. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. G. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329 ; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1. 2. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 H. Manufacturer's Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1. 2. J. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. K. 1.7 Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. d. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated. Plenum Mock-up Testing: All subcontractors responsible for constructing or penetrating the under floor plenum must participate in the construction of an on-site plenum mockup consisting of all planned plenum components, penetrations, seams and openings. The mock-up plenum is to be inspected and tested by an independent commissioning agent for air leakage to verify that it was constructed and sealed in accordance with specifications and drawings including meeting the air leakage requirements. QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. 2. B. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. 3. 4. 5. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's representative's services include examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar qualitycontrol services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. G. Access to the Work. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. 1.8 Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, as indicated in Statement of Special Inspections attached to this Section, and as follows: QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. Air Plenum Testing: Special inspections must be conducted by an independent quality auditor or commissioning agent to ensure that plenum sealing work is performed by all subcontractors in compliance with specifications and drawings. Inspections shall occur as work progresses and whenever possible in the presence of a representative from the general contractor. Reports of inspections will be submitted to the general contractor. 1. The constructed plenum is to be inspected and tested by an independent commissioning agent for air leakage to verify that it was constructed and sealed in accordance with specifications and drawings including meeting the air leakage requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. 3.2 Date test or inspection was conducted. Description of the Work tested or inspected. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's, Commissioning Authority's, reference during normal working hours. REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Division 01 Section "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. REFERENCES Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 014200 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.3 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Thomson Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S." B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. IAPMO ICC ICC-ES C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. COE CPSC DOC DOD DOE EPA FAA FCC FDA GSA HUD NIST OSHA PBS PHS RUS SD TRB USDA USPS D. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials International Code Council ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. Army Corps of Engineers Consumer Product Safety Commission Department of Commerce Department of Defense Department of Energy Environmental Protection Agency Federal Aviation Administration Federal Communications Commission Food and Drug Administration General Services Administration Department of Housing and Urban Development National Institute of Standards and Technology Occupational Safety & Health Administration Public Buildings Service (See GSA) Office of Public Health and Science Rural Utilities Service (See USDA) State Department Transportation Research Board Department of Agriculture Postal Service Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from U.S. Access Board CFR Code of Federal Regulations Available from Government Printing Office FED-STD Federal Standard (See FS) FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS) REFERENCES 014200 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC UFAS Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards Available from Access Board PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 014200 REFERENCES 014200 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Requirements: Division 01 Section "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 1.2 USE CHARGES A. 1.3 General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. C. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire prevention program. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top rails . TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top and bottom rails. Provide galvanizedsteel bases for supporting posts. C. Privacy Screening at Perimeter Site Fencing: Provide 70% heat-sealed vinyl coated woven polyester mesh, with reinforced grommet border, brass grommets for attachment, internal grommet strip, and half moon wind vents. 1. 2.2 3.0 ounce/sy base material w/ 6.0 ounce per square yard coating of dark poly vinyl chloride coating for a total weight of 9.0 ounces per square yard. TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Are not required, Contractor may use space within the building for construction project management. B. Common-Use Field Office space within the building: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep area clean and orderly. C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system. 1. Use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. B. 3.2 Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Division 01 Section "Summary." Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Connect to and extend existing service as needed. B. Sewers and Drainage: Connect sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: construction. Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC D. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Sanitary Facilities: Use Owner’s existing facilities. If temporarily taken out of service provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. E. Heating: Provide temporary heating required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. G. Electric Power Service: Use Owner’s existing system, provide by-passes and extend temporary power as needed. H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1. I. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install one telephone line(s) for each field office. 1. 2. 3. 3.3 Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine in each field office. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Architect's office. f. Engineers' offices. g. Owner's office. h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from field office. SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Electronic Communication Service: Provide a desktop computer in the primary field office adequate for use by Architect and Owner to access project electronic documents and maintain electronic communications. B. General: Comply with the following: 1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. C. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. required to minimize dust. Reapply treatment as Temporary Use of Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations. 1. 2. 3. 4. E. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings. 1. D. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas according to Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course according to Division 32 Section "Asphalt Paving." Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. 2. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. F. Parking: Use areas designated by Owner for parking areas for construction personnel. Do not park in adjacent garage. G. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. 2. 3. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required informing public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times. H. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." I. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. 3.4 Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of 2003 EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and requirements specified in Division 31 Section "Site Clearing." D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. E. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. F. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials. G. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin , furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. 2. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations . Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. H. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each work day. I. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. J. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. K. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. L. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, insulate temporary enclosures. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire prevention program. 1. 2. 3. 4. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A. Contractor's Moisture Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction. B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect materials from water damage and keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. D. Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows: 1. 2. 3.6 Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage. Discard or replace water-damaged and wet material. Discard, replace, or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in drywall or other interior finishes. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions. Remove materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level within 48 hours. OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. 2. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Requirements: Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. 2. 3. B. 1.3 Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. B. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.4 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. 1.5 Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. 2. 3. 4. C. Storage: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.6 Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. 2. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. 2. 3. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. Refer to Divisions 02 through 33. Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. C. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Products: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. D. 2.2 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. Samples, if requested. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. B. Related Requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. 1.2 Construction layout. Field engineering and surveying. Installation of the Work. Cutting and patching. Coordination of Owner-installed products. Progress cleaning. Starting and adjusting. Protection of installed construction. Correction of the Work. Division 01 Section "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. Division 01 Section “Cutting and Patching” Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire-rated construction. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements. B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal. C. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor . D. Final Property Survey: Submit 2 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated. B. Cutting and Patching: construction elements. 1. EXECUTION Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural element during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection 017300 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. 3. 4. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. 1. B. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with requirements of Division 01 sustainable design requirements Section. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. 2. B. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. 2. 3. EXECUTION Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 017300 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC C. 3.2 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. Establish limits on use of Project site. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect. EXECUTION 017300 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.4 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. B. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. C. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework. D. Final Property Survey: Engage a land surveyor to prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey. 1. 3.5 Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey." INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. 2. 3. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. EXECUTION 017300 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Hazardous Materials: hazardous. 3.6 Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered CUTTING AND PATCHING A. 3.7 Comply with requirements of Section 017329 – Cutting and Patching. PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. 2. 3. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. 2. Remove liquid spills promptly. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. EXECUTION 017300 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 017300 EXECUTION 017300 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 017329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. 1.3 Division 01 Section "Selective Demolition" for demolition of selected portions of the building. Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for patching fire-rated construction. DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their loadcarrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating elements include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Primary operational systems and equipment. Air or smoke barriers. Fire-suppression systems. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. Control systems. Communication systems. Conveying systems. Electrical wiring systems. Operating systems of special construction in Division 13 Sections. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Miscellaneous elements include the following: 1. 2. 3. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. Membranes and flashings. Exterior curtain-wall construction. CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 4. 5. 6. Equipment supports. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems. D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. 2. 3.2 Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.3 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 31 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. END OF SECTION 017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. 2. B. Related Requirements: 1. 2. 3. 1.2 Salvaging nonhazardous demolition waste. Disposing of nonhazardous construction waste. Division 02 Sections "Structure Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements. Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for disposal requirements for masonry waste. Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements. DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 75 percent by weight of total nonhazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Facilitate salvage of materials, including the following: 1. 1.4 Lamp posts. ACTION SUBMITTALS A. 1.5 Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Include the following information: 1. Material category. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Generation point of waste. Total quantity of waste in tons. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste. B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-ofProject rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work. C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. G. Green Globe Submittal: letter template for Credit signed by Contractor, tabulating total waste material, quantities diverted and means by which it is diverted, and statement that requirements for the credit have been met. H. Qualification Data: For waste management coordinator. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. 1.7 Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates. C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. 1. 2. 3. 4. construction waste generated by the Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 5. 6. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan. C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site. 1. 2. D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. 2. 3.2 Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within ten days of submittal return. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. Comply with Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Clean salvaged items. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. Store items in a secure area until installation. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. B. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Permitted on Project site. C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Clean salvaged items. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. Transport items to Owner's storage area on-site. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.3 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers. B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor. C. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 3.4 Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until they are removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor. RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Asphalt Paving: Grind asphalt to maximum 1-1/2-inch size. B. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals. 1. 3.5 Pulverize concrete to maximum 1-1/2-inch size. RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Packaging: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. Wood Materials: 1. 2. C. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. 1. 3.6 Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding. DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 017419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Related Requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. 1.2 Substantial Completion procedures. Final completion procedures. Warranties. Final cleaning. Repair of the Work. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing Owner's personnel. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections. ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For cleaning agents. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. C. Field Report: For pest control inspection. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. 1.5 Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC B. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Divisions 02 through 33 Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Divisions 02 through 33 Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's signature for receipt of submittals. Submit test/adjust/balance records. Submit sustainable design submittals required in Division 01 sustainable design requirements Section and in individual Division 02 through 33 Sections. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. D. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. 2. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. 1.7 Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. 2. 3. 1.8 Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. MS Excel electronic file. Architect will return annotated copy. SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1. 2. 3. 4. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC o. p. C. 3.2 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report. REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. END OF SECTION 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Related Requirements: 1. 1.2 Operation and maintenance documentation directory. Emergency manuals. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. Product maintenance manuals. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for the Work in those Sections. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. 2. B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. 2. C. Architect will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect. a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory. b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals. Three paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. Architect will return two copies. Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and maintenance data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC B. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. 2. 3. C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Title page. Table of contents. Manual contents. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Subject matter included in manual. Name and address of Project. Name and address of Owner. Date of submittal. Name and contact information for Contractor. Name and contact information for Architect. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. D. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. E. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. F. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy, bound and labeled volumes. 1. 2. 3. 4. 2.2 Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, post-type binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents, and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. OPERATION MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. 2. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. B. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Operating standards. Operating procedures. Operating logs. Wiring diagrams. Control diagrams. Piped system diagrams. Precautions against improper use. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. Manufacturer's name. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. Equipment function. Operating characteristics. Limiting conditions. Performance curves. Engineering data and tests. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Startup procedures. Equipment or system break-in procedures. Routine and normal operating instructions. Regulation and control procedures. Instructions on stopping. Normal shutdown instructions. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification. 2.3 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Product name and model number. Manufacturer's name. Color, pattern, and texture. Material and chemical composition. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC D. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Inspection procedures. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 2.4 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below. B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. 2. 3. 4. D. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Test and inspection instructions. Troubleshooting guide. Precautions against improper maintenance. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC H. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. D. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. F. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. Comply with Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END OF SECTION 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. 2. 3. B. Related Requirements: 1. 2. 1.2 Record Drawings. Record Specifications. Record Product Data. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific requirements for project record documents of the Work in those Sections. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set of file prints. 2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set of prints. 2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised Drawings as modifications are issued. 1. 2. 3. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. c. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 4. B. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. 2. 3. 4. 2.2 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. 2. 1.2 Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. 1. 1.3 Indicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance. B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. C. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. B. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC B. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. Project record documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds. g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 8. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. 3.2 Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Division 01 Section "Operations and Maintenance Data." INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location. B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1. C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. D. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals. END OF SECTION 017900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 019113 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 OPR and BoD documentation are included by reference for information only. SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements that apply to implementation of commissioning without regard to specific systems, assemblies, or components. B. Related Sections: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1.3 Division 21 Section "Commissioning of Fire Suppression" for commissioning process activities for fire-suppression systems, assemblies, equipment, and components. Division 22 Section "Commissioning of Plumbing" for commissioning process activities for plumbing systems, assemblies, equipment, and components. Division 23 Section "Commissioning of HVAC" for commissioning process activities for HVAC&R systems, assemblies, equipment, and components. Division 25 Section "Commissioning of Integrated Automation" for commissioning process activities for integrated automation systems, assemblies, equipment, and components. Division 26 Section "Commissioning of Electrical Systems" for commissioning process activities for electrical systems, assemblies, equipment, and components. Division 27 Section "Commissioning of Communications" for commissioning process activities for communications systems, assemblies, equipment, and components. Division 28 Section "Commissioning of Electronic Safety and Security" for commissioning process activities for electronic safety and security systems, assemblies, equipment, and components. DEFINITIONS A. BoD: Basis of Design. A document that records concepts, calculations, decisions, and product selections used to meet the OPR and to satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, standards, and guidelines. The document includes both narrative descriptions and lists of individual items that support the design process. B. Commissioning Plan: A document that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and documentation requirements of the commissioning process. C. CxA: Commissioning Authority. D. OPR: Owner's Project Requirements. A document that details the functional requirements of a project and the expectations of how it will be used and operated. These include Project goals, measurable performance criteria, cost considerations, benchmarks, success criteria, and supporting information. E. Systems, Subsystems, Equipment, and Components: Where these terms are used together or separately, they shall mean "as-built" systems, subsystems, equipment, and components. 1.4 COMMISSIONING TEAM A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s): Individuals, each having the authority to act on behalf of the entity he or she represents, explicitly organized to implement the commissioning process through GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 coordinated action. The commissioning team shall consist of, but not be limited to, representatives of each Contractor, including Project superintendent and subcontractors, installers, suppliers, and specialists deemed appropriate by the CxA. B. Members Appointed by Owner: 1. 2. 3. 1.5 CxA: The designated person, company, or entity that plans, schedules, and coordinates the commissioning team to implement the commissioning process. Owner will engage the CxA under a separate contract. Representatives of the facility user and operation and maintenance personnel. Architect and engineering design professionals. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide the OPR documentation to the CxA and each Contractor for information and use. B. Assign operation and maintenance personnel and schedule them to participate in commissioning team activities. C. Provide the BoD documentation, prepared by Architect and approved by Owner, to the CxA and each Contractor for use in developing the commissioning plan, systems manual, and operation and maintenance training plan. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Each Contractor shall assign representatives with expertise and authority to act on its behalf and shall schedule them to participate in and perform commissioning process activities including, but not limited to, the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1.7 Evaluate performance deficiencies identified in test reports and, in collaboration with entity responsible for system and equipment installation, recommend corrective action. Cooperate with the CxA for resolution of issues recorded in the Issues Log. Attend commissioning team meetings held on a variable basis. Integrate and coordinate commissioning process activities with construction schedule. Review and accept construction checklists provided by the CxA. Complete electronic construction checklists as Work is completed and provide to the Commissioning Authority on a variable basis. Review and accept commissioning process test procedures provided by the Commissioning Authority. Complete commissioning process test procedures. CxA'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Organize and lead the commissioning team. B. Provide commissioning plan. C. Convene commissioning team meetings. D. Provide Project-specific construction checklists and commissioning process test procedures. E. Verify the execution of commissioning process activities using random sampling. The sampling rate may vary from 1 to 100 percent. Verification will include, but is not limited to, equipment submittals, construction checklists, training, operating and maintenance data, tests, and test reports to verify compliance with the OPR. When a random sample does not meet the requirement, the CxA will report the failure in the Issues Log. GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 F. Prepare and maintain the Issues Log. G. Prepare and maintain completed construction checklist log. H. Witness systems, assemblies, equipment, and component startup. I. Compile test data, inspection reports, and certificates; include them in the systems manual and commissioning process report. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 019113 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 25, 2014 SECTION 024113 - SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY OF WORK: A. 1.2 This section covers all work associated with the demolition and removal of site features as indicated on the drawings, as specified herein and as otherwise required to accomplish other work associated with the contract. SUBMITTALS A. 1.3 None this section. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with federal, state, and local demolition, hauling and disposal regulations. B. Comply with the requirements of the land disturbance permit and approved plans issued for this project by South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control, Bureau of Water (SCDHEC-BOW) and the City of Sumter. 1.4 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING A. Lump Sum Price 1. The items listed in the proposal shall be considered as sufficient to complete the work in accordance with the plans and specifications. Any portion of the work not specifically listed in the bid form shall be deemed a part of the item with which is it associated and shall be included in the lump sum price. The price shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to properly demolish and dispose of off-site all facilities shown to be removed on the construction plans and as specified herein including any testing, construction supervision and all other work required for a satisfactory completion of site demolition operations. Base bids on the following criteria: a. b. c. B. Explosives shall not be brought to the site. Burning will not be allowed. Contractor is responsible for applicable permits, fees and licenses. Unit Prices 1. None this Section. SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 024113 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 25, 2014 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials: All material submittals shall be submitted by the contractor and reviewed and accepted in writing by the Engineer prior to ordering of any materials. B. Manufacturer: Material and equipment shall be the standard products of a manufacturer who has manufactured them for a minimum of 2 years and who provides published data on the quality and performance of the projects. C. Subcontractor: A subcontractor for any part of the work must have experience on similar work. At the option of the Engineer, a list of projects and the Owners or Engineers who are familiar with his competence may be required to be submitted to verify experience. D. Equipment: Shall be well maintained, suited for the intended work and capable of delivering the finished product to the standards shown on drawings and as specified herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DEMOLITION A. Demolish structures completely, safely, and remove from the site using methods required by governing regulations. Small structures may be removed intact when acceptable to the Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Proceed with demolition in a systematic manner. C. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Break up and remove concrete slabs-ongrade unless otherwise shown to remain. D. Demolish and remove below grade construction and concrete slabs on grade to a minimum depth of two feet below proposed subgrade. E. Provide full depth sawcuts through all pavements to be removed. Sawcuts shall be neat, straight and vertical. 3.2 FILLING BASEMENTS AND VOIDS A. Completely fill below grade areas and voids resulting from demolition or removal of structures (underground fuel storage tanks, wells, cisterns, etc.) using approved fill materials as specified in SECTION 312000 “EARTH MOVING”. B. Ensure that areas to be filled are free of standing water, frost, frozen material, trash and debris prior to fill placement. SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 024113 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 25, 2014 C. Place and compact fill materials as specified by SECTION 312000 “EARTH MOVING”. D. Grade surface to match adjacent grades and to provide flow to surface drainage structures after fill placements and compaction. 3.3 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Dispose of demolished materials in accordance with current local, state and federal regulations. All cost in connection with disposing of demolished materials will be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Do not burn any material, debris, or trash on-site. 3.4 PROTECTIONS A. Ensure safe passage of persons around all areas. B. Conduct operations to prevent damage to adjacent buildings, structures, or other facilities, trees, vegetation, or injury to persons, etc. C. Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition operations at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain, keep in service, and protect against damage during demolition and/or relocation operations. E. Prevent interruption of existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. F. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities as acceptable to governing authorities. G. Make arrangements, before initiating demolition, for relocating, disconnecting, rerouting, abandoning, or similar action as may be required relative to utilities and other underground piping, to permit work to proceed without delay. Arrangements shall be made in accordance with the regulations of authorities of utilities concerned, including, but not limited to overhead and underground power and telephone lines and equipment, gas piping, storm sewers, sanitary sewers, or water piping. The Contractor shall not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and/or pollution. H. Use water sprinkling and other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering into the air to lowest practical level. I. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 024113 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 25, 2014 INSPECTIONS A. Inspections 1. 2. B. The Engineer will have the right to require that any portion of the work be done in his presence and if the work is covered up after such instruction, it shall be exposed by the Contractor for observation. However, if the Contractor notifies the Engineer that such work is scheduled and the Engineer fails to appear within 72 hours, the Contractor may proceed without him. All work done and materials furnished shall be subject to review by the Engineer or the Project Representative, and all improper work shall be reconstructed, and all materials which do not conform to the requirements of the specifications shall be removed from the work upon notice being received from the Engineer for the rejection of such materials. The Engineer shall have the right to mark rejected materials so as to distinguish them as such. The Contractor shall give the Project Engineer or Project Representative a minimum of 72 hours notice for all required observations or tests. Acceptance 1. Final acceptance will be based on a satisfactory demolition as approved by the Engineer. Demolition work shall be re-worked to the satisfaction of the Engineer until specified requirements are met. All additional work which is the result of a failed inspection shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 024113 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 024113 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION (Wal-Mart Building/Future CCTC Building) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. 1.2 Section Includes: Demolition and removal of selected building and site elements. DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.3 PREDEMOLITION MEETINGS A. 1.4 Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery technician. B. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Submit before Work begins. C. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. 1.6 Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. 1.7 Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program. FIELD CONDITIONS A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. B. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. C. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024119 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. D. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of pre-demolition photographs. 1. 3.2 Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation." UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. 1. B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. 2. 3. 3.3 Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified in Division 01 Section "Summary." Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. Disconnect, demolish, and remove components indicated to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024119 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. B. 3.4 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. B. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. 2. C. 3.5 Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill. 1. 2. 3. 4. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 024119 SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024119 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following: 1. Footings. 2. Slabs-on-grade. 3. Topping slabs B. Products installed, but not furnished, under this Section include the following: 1. Anchor rods and embed plates indicated to be cast into cast-in-place concrete, furnished under Division 05 Section "Structural Steel Framing" C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency procedures and administrative requirements. 2. Division 32 Section "Concrete Paving" for concrete pavement and walks. 3. Division 32 Section "Decorative Concrete Paving" for decorative concrete pavement and walks. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. 1.4 Moisture level in finished concrete shall be within limits acceptable to types of finish flooring indicated. Test methods and acceptable limits shall be as specified in Division 09 finish flooring Sections, or as required by finish flooring manufacturer's written product data or certified written statement. General Contractor is responsible for choosing and implementing methods of limiting excessive moisture during construction and curing, or remedial treatment, process, or other means to bring moisture level within acceptable limits, and for assigning and contracting for these responsibilities to installers DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blastfurnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor’s Statement of Responsibility Per Division 01 Section "Collective Inspections and Structural Testing" B. Product Data: 1. Bar supports 2. Vapor retarders 3. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive 4. Cartridge Injection Adhesive 5. Evaporation retarder 6. Curing compound 7. Curing and sealing compound 8. Semirigid joint filler 9. Joint-filler strips 10. Controlled low-strength material, including design mixture. C. Contractor’s Statement of Responsibility Per Division 01 Section "Collective Inspections and Structural Testing" D. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. 2. Mix design submittals shall include test results and/or trial batch data that meet or exceed the required average compressive strength as required by ACI 301. 3. Trial batches shall consist of identical cementitious materials, fine and course aggregates, and zeadmixtures to be used for mix design. 4. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. E. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: 1. Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. 2. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. 3. Identify all step footing locations and associated reinforcing 4. Identify and dimension all grade beam and tie beam construction joints 5. Include slab on grade construction joint reinforcement 6. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure. a. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Architect. F. Qualification Data: 1. For ready-mix concrete manufacturer. 2. For Cartridge injection adhesive installer. Include manufacturer's training certificates or letter from manufacturer certifying training was complete with a list of individuals that were trained G. Material Certificates: For each of the following indicating compliance with the required standards and signed by manufacturers: 1. Vapor retarders CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. 3. 4. 5. H. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Reinforcing Steel Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement Aggregates a. Material certificates shall be not be more than 90 days old and shall be more current than the submitted material test report. Cementitious Materials a. Material certificates shall be not be more than 90 days old and shall be more current than the submitted material test report. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with requirements: 1. Aggregates a. 2. 3. Submit material test reports in accordance with ACI 301 not more than 90 days old demonstrating compliance with the specified ASTM standards. Cementitious materials. a. I. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Submit material certificates in accordance with ACI 301 not more than 90 days old demonstrating compliance with the specified ASTM standards. Capillary Barriers Research/Evaluation Reports: 1. Submit ICC reports for the following: a. Cartridge Injection Adhesive J. Hot and Cold Weather Program: Describe in detail procedure for working in Hot and Cold Weather. Included detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment to be used to comply with requirements. K. Substitutions for Cartridge Injection Adhesive: 1. 2. 3. 4. L. Substitution requests may only be made using products with ICC-ESR reports for the product in the specific substrate. Substitution request shall include signed and sealed calculations demonstrating that the product is capable of providing equivalent performance of the specified product for each specific location and condition when calculated using the data in the referenced ESR report and in accordance with the appropriate design procedure and standards required by the building code. Substitution request shall specify the diameter and embedment depth of the substituted product Any increase in material cost resulting from the substitution shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Minutes of preinstallation conference. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings, design calculations, and other structural data by a qualified professional engineer. B. Installer Qualifications: The installer shall be experienced placing, finishing, curing, treating and protecting concrete equal in material, design and scope to that required for this project C. Cartridge Injection Adhesive Installer Training: Conduct a thorough training session with the manufacturer's representative. Each individual responsible for the installation of anchors shall attend the training session. Training shall consist of a review of the complete process for the installation of the anchors and the use of proper equipment for drilling and installing the anchors, to include but not limited to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. E. Hole drilling procedure. Clarify acceptability of rotary hammer drilling and/or core drilling. Hole drilling equipment Type and diameter of drill bits Hole preparation and hole cleaning technique Hole cleaning equipment Adhesive injection technique Adhesive injection equipment Adhesive curing requirements Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician Grade II. F. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. G. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. 2. ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5 and Section 7, "Lightweight Concrete. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 H. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. I. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. 1.7 Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold and hot-weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, construction contraction and isolation joints, joint-filler strips, semirigid joint fillers, forms and form removal limitations, shoring and reshoring procedures, capillary barrier requirements, vapor-retarder installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances, steel reinforcement installation, cartridge injection adhesive installer requirements, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: 1. 2. 3. B. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. Maintain reinforcement free of dirt and other deleterious materials. Store reinforcing on dunnage or other supports up off of ground. Waterstops: Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. D. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC E. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. 2. 3. 2.2 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: 1. ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M, as drawn. C. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain, fabricated from asdrawn steel wire into flat sheets. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, plain-steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. C. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. Cartridge Injection Adhesive: A two part adhesive injection system for anchorage of new reinforcing steel to existing concrete construction. 1. Where adhesive manufacturer is not indicated, subject to compliance with requirements and acceptance by the Architect, provide the following or approved equal: a. 2. Hilt HIT RE 500-SD Adhesive Anchorage System, ICC ESR-2322. Where specifically indicated in the contract documents provide the following: a. Hilti HIT –HY 200 Adhesive Anchorage System, ICC ESR-3187 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2.4 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, Type I/II or Type III, Supplement with the following: a. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 3M coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. 1. 2. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch nominal. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330, 3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. D. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 2.6 Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. WATERSTOPS A. 2.7 Self-Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodium bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete, Sized per manufacturer’s requirements for the specific application. VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A, minimum 15 mil thickness. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2.8 LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Stego Industries LLC; Stego Wrap 15-Mil Vapor Barrier. Fortifiber Corporation; Moistop Ultra A. Raven Industries Inc.; Vapor Block 15. Reef Industries, Inc.; Griffolyn Type-65G. W.R. Meadows, Inc.; Sealtight Vapormat 15. Seam Tape: Manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure-sensitive tape. CAPILLARY BARRIERS:. A. Clean mixture of crushed stone, crushed gravel, and manufactured or natural sand; with 100 percent passing a 3/8-inch (9.5-mm) sieve, 10 to 30 percent passing a No. 100 sieve, and not more than 5 percent passing No. 200 sieve; complying with deleterious substance limits of ASTM C 33 for fine aggregates. 1. 2.9 Compactable and trimmable. CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: sheet. C. Water: Potable. D. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: Type 1, Class A. 2.10 A. ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene ASTM C 1315, RELATED MATERIALS Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: Provide one of the following. 1. Flexible lightweight, non-staining, polythelene, closed cell, non-absorbent, uv stable, compressible foam with a pre-scored removable strip to allow for clean and uniform sealant joint as follows: a. b. Density: ASTM D1751 Compression: ASTM D3575 1) 10% Deflection: 10 psi maximum CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center 2) c. 2. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 80% Deflection: 126 psi maximum Water absorption: ASTM D3575, 0.5% volume maximum Resilient, flexible, non-extruding, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber with preformed cap to allow for clean and uniform sealant joint a. Density: ASTM D 1751 B. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240. C. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1. 2.11 A. Type IV, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. C. Admixtures: Use admixtures as noted in mix design and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. 2. 3. 2.12 A. Use water-reducing, high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS Footings: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. Slump Limit: 4 to 6 inches, 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture plus or minus 1 inch. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 9 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC B. 3. 3. A. 2.14 A. A. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. Slump Limit: 4 to 6 inches, 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture plus or minus 1 inch. Maximum Aggregate Size: ¾” FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." CONCRETE MIXING Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. 2.15 Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. Slump Limit: 4 to 6 inches, 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture plus or minus 1 inch. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 540 lb/cu. yd. Topping Slabs: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. 2. 2.13 Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. Slump Limit: 4 to 6 inches, 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture plus or minus 1 inch. Slabs-on-Grade: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. 2. D. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Foundation Walls and Retaining Walls: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. 2. C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Unless a detailed hot weather concrete plan incorporating the recommendations of ACI 305 has been submitted and approved comply with the following: a. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes. b. When air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH MATERIAL Controlled Low-Strength Material: Self-compacting flowable concrete material produced from the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, [Type I] [Type II] [or] [Type III]. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33. Foaming Agent: ASTM C 869. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 10 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 5. 6. B. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. Produce conventional-weight, controlled low-strength material with 80-psi compressive strength when tested according to ASTM C 495. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. 2. Smooth-formed finished surfaces: Class A, 1/8 inch Rough-formed finished surfaces: Class D, 1 inch D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. 2. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. I. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. J. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 11 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC K. 3.2 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. 2. 3. 4. 3.3 Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." Anchor rods and embeds shall be securely fastened in formwork prior to placing concrete, and concrete vibrated around the anchor or embed to ensure proper flow of concrete around anchors and embeds. Anchor rod sleeves (where required) shall be accurately located and fastened in formwork prior to placing concrete. Wet setting of anchor rods and embeds is not permitted. REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. 1. 2. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved its 28-day design compressive strength. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 SHORES AND RESHORES A. Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. B. In multistory construction, extend shoring or reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute loads in such a manner that no floor or member will be excessively loaded or will induce tensile stress in concrete members without sufficient steel reinforcement. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 12 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC C. 3.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. 3.6 Lap joints per manufacturer, but not less than 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape or adhesive. CAPILLARY BARRIERS: A. General: Place capillary barrier on compacted subgraded beneath vapor retarder for all slabs on grade unless noted otherwise. 1. 2. 3. 4. 3.7 Compact capillary barrier with mechanical equipment to an elevation tolerance of plus 0 and minus ¾ inch. Capillary barriers are not required where mud slabs and below slab sheet waterproofing are indicated. Ensure surface of capillary barrier is uniform to prevent damage to vapor retarders. Ensure capillary barrier is compacted to a uniform surface free of ruts, divots or other anomalies from construction traffic. Repair any anomalies immediately prior to concrete placement. STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. C. Anchorage of reinforcement into hardened concrete using cartridge injection adhesive anchors shall only be used where specifically indicated on plans or with written direction from the Engineer of Record for a specific location. D. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 1. E. Foundation reinforcing steel may be supported on solid concrete brick units of strength equal to or greater than foundation concrete. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 13 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC F. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Welded Wire Reinforcement: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths Locate welded wire reinforcement in top 1/3 of slab on grades unless noted otherwise Locate welded wire reinforcement at mid-depth of concrete slab thickness over deck flutes unless noted otherwise. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing plus 2”, but not less than 6”. Lace overlaps with wire. Slabs on Grade 4” or less in thickness: Support welded wire reinforcement on chairs, bolsters or bar supports spaced to minimize sagging, and as required to support construction traffic a. b. 6. b. 7. Alternately, welded wire reinforcement may be placed on grade and “hooked”/pulled to the proper location Placement of welded wire reinforcement after placement of concrete and “walking in” is not permitted. Slabs on Grade greater than 4” in thickness: Support welded wire reinforcement on chairs, bolsters or bar supports spaced to minimize sagging, and as required to support construction traffic a. Placement of welded wire reinforcement on grade or deck and “hooked”/pulled up into slab as concrete is placed is not permitted. Placement of welded wire reinforcement after placement of concrete and “walking in” is not permitted. Elevated slabs: Support welded wire reinforcement on chairs, bolsters or bar supports spaced to minimize sagging, and as required to support construction traffic a. b. 3.8 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Alternately, welded wire reinforcement may be placed on grade and “hooked”/pulled to the proper location Placement of welded wire reinforcement after placement of concrete and “walking in” is not permitted. CARTRIDGE INJECTION ADHESIVE A. Where manufacturer recommends the use of special tools for installation of anchors, such tools shall be used. B. All facets of hole drilling, hole cleaning, anchor installation, anchor torqueing shall be in strict accordance with the ICC-ESR report and manufacturer’s data. C. Drill holes perpendicular to substrate surface. D. Drill holes with rotary impact hammer drills using carbide-tipped bits or core drills using diamond core bits as indicated in the ICC-ESR report. E. Drill bits and core bits shall be of diameters indicated in the ICC-ESR report. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 14 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 F. All holes shall be cleaned with compressed air to remove all drilling dust and other deleterious substances. G. Remove water from holes to attain a surface dry condition unless specifically permitted otherwise by ICC-ESR report. H. Base Material Strength: Unless otherwise specified, do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete has achieved full design strength. I. Hilti HIT-HY200 system adhesive shall be installed using the Hilti Safe Set Technology. 1. The Hilti hollow drill bit and Hilt vacuum system shall be employed. J. Embedded Items: Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Exercise care in coring or drilling to avoid damaging existing reinforcing or embedded items. Notify the Engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Take precautions as necessary to avoid damaging prestressing tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. K. Inject adhesive into holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. L. Follow manufacturer recommendations to ensure proper mixing of adhesive components. M. Sufficient adhesive shall be injected in the hole to ensure that the annular gap is filled to the surface. N. Remove excess adhesive from the surface. O. Shim reinforcement with suitable device to center the reinforcement in the hole. P. Do not disturb or load reinforcment before manufacturer specified cure time has elapsed. Q. Observe manufacturer recommendations with respect to installation temperatures. 3.9 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Provide supplemental reinforcing and/or smooth dowels where indicated at joints. Strip bulkheads from footings, beams, grade beams, tie beams, and slabs and roughen surface of concrete to a minimum 1/4" amplitude while concrete is still plastic. Form keyed joints unless indicated otherwise. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete unless noted otherwise. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 15 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 6. 7. b. c. 9. 10. C. 2. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch wide joints into concrete. a. 2. 3. A. Cut joints as soon as cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface , but not more than 12 hours after finished, and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. 3.10 Joints parallel to joists (perpendicular to girders) shall be located at the midpoint between two adjacent joists. Joints parallel to girders (perpendicular to joists) shall be located at the midpoint of two adjacent girders. Stagger and offset joints as required to meet the requirements. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least [onefourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1. D. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder intersection. Locate joints in slabs on steel deck as follows: a. 8. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants," are indicated. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. CONCRETE PLACEMENT Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 16 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC B. 2. 3. 2. 3. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. F. Do not add water to concrete unless the batched water is specifically noted as less than the mix design and is indicated as such on the batch ticket. Do not add more water than the amount of withheld water which is specifically identified on the batch ticket. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. E. Do not add more water than is allowed in mix design. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301 and as follows. 1. D. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless specifically identified in the mix design and amount of withheld water is noted on batch ticket. 1. C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. 2. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 17 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3. G. 2. A. 3.12 Unless a detailed hot weather concrete plan incorporating the recommendations of ACI 305 has been submitted and approved; maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. C. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. FINISHING FORMED SURFACES 1. B. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. 3.11 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete coordinate with Architectural drawings and specifications. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bullfloated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch in one direction. 1. C. Apply scratch finish to surfaces to receive concrete floor toppings or to receive mortar setting beds for bonded cementitious floor finishes. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 18 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. 2. D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. 2. E. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel-finished floor surfaces. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. 3.13 Apply a trowel finish to surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, epoxy terrazo or another thin-film-finish coating system. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 10-ft long straightedge resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 3/16 inch. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin-set method without cleavage membrane. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 1. F. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish, trowel and fine broom finish, or to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo. Apply to mud slabs. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with inplace construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 19 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC D. 3.14 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast-in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel finish concrete surfaces. CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hotweather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Foundations: 1. 2. Protect top sides of footings to receive masonry or concrete construction from dirt and debris. Excavations: a. b. c. d. F. Do not allow excavations directly adjacent to or beneath footings to the absolute greatest extent possible. Where excavations must occur beneath in place footings or slabs the area shall be careful excavated as to not damage structural elements. The area shall be backfilled and compacted at the end of the work day. Areas excavated below footings shall be backfilled with Controlled Low-Strength Material. Areas excavated adjacent to and at or below footing elevation shall be backfilled with Controlled Low-Strength Material unless the area is large enough to be backfilled with control fill in lifts attaining proper compaction between lifts. Slabs: 1. 2. 3. Protect slabs to remain expose, stained or receive other non-opaque floor coverings or treatments with impervious covers to prevent staining of the slab Do not allow construction equipment or vehicles to drive on slabs. Excavations: a. Do not allow excavations directly adjacent to or beneath slabs on grade to the absolute greatest extent possible. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 20 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC b. c. d. G. Where excavations must occur beneath in place footings or slabs the area shall be careful excavated as to not damage structural elements. The area shall be backfilled and compacted at the end of the work day. Areas excavated below slabs shall be backfilled with Controlled Low-Strength Material. Areas excavated adjacent to and at or below slab elevation shall be backfilled with Controlled Low-Strength Material unless the area is large enough to be backfilled with control fill in lifts attaining proper compaction between lifts. Repair vapor retarders per manufacturer's requirements Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. b. 2. 3. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. A. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, as follows: 1. 3.15 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Apply curing and sealing compound to areas of exposed concrete not to receive any floor treatment, staining, painting or floor covering. Coordinate with finish schedule. CONCRETE REPAIRS Where deficient concrete is identified on the job all repairs shall be subject to the EOR and AOR approval. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 21 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 B. The contractor shall be responsible for enlisting a concrete repair specialists with no less than 5 years of documented concrete repair service and having repaired deficient conditions similar to those identified on no less than 5 projects in the previous five years. C. The contractor and repair specialists shall prepare a narrative of the proposed repair including detailed methods and material, and submit for EOR approval prior to commencing with repairs. D. Where repair of deficient work is to remain exposed, the deficient work shall be removed and replaced as directed by the EOR. 3.16 JOINT FILLING A. Fill all joints in exposed concrete slabs B. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month(s). Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. C. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. D. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 1 deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports in accordance with the schedule of special inspections. B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. C. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. END OF SECTION 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 22 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 SECTION 050520 - POST INSTALLED STRUCTURAL ANCHORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. 2. Wedge anchors Cartridge injection adhesive anchors B. This specification section is only intended for use when specifically required by the drawings or other referencing specifications and structural applications. This section is not intended for use in non-structural applications or where not specifically referenced by the drawings or other specification sections. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. 3. 1.3 Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency procedures and administrative requirements. Division 05 Section "Structural Steel Framing" for anchorage of structural steel. Division 05 Section "Engineered Cold Formed Metal Framing" for anchorage of performance based cold form metal framing. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. 1.4 The basis of design products are as specified in this specification or the contract documents. Product substitutions must have capacities equal to or greater than values calculated for each specific condition calculated when calculated using the data in the referenced ESR report and in accordance with the appropriate design procedure and standards required by the building code. See requirements for substitution submittals. DEFINITIONS A. Post Installed Structural Anchors: Anchors supporting and/or anchoring structural elements of the building which are installed into hardened concrete or masonry and that are specified in the contract documents or performance based shop drawing design submittals for structural elements. POST INSTALLED STRUCTURAL ANCHORS 050520 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 B. Wedge Anchors: A torque-controlled anchor, with an integral cone expander and single piece steel expansion clip providing 360-degree contact with the base material while not requiring oversized holes for installation and an impact section to prevent thread damage with required nuts and washers. C. Cartridge Injection Adhesive Anchors: An anchor system consisting of rod insert, nut, washer and a cartridge type, two-component polymer or hybrid mortar adhesive system dispensed and mixed through a static mixing nozzle supplied by the manufacturer. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor’s Statement of Responsibility Per Division 01 Section "Collective Inspections and Structural Testing" B. Product Data: 1. 2. C. Wedge Anchors Cartridge Injection Adhesive Anchors Research/Evaluation Reports: 1. Submit ICC reports for the following: a. b. D. Wedge Anchors Cartridge Injection Adhesive Anchors Substitutions: 1. 2. 3. 4. Substitution requests may only be made using products with ICC-ESR reports for the product in the specific substrate. Substitution request shall include signed and sealed calculations demonstrating that the product is capable of providing equivalent performance of the specified product for each specific location and condition when calculated using the data in the referenced ESR report and in accordance with the appropriate design procedure and standards required by the building code. Substitution request shall specify the diameter and embedment depth of the substituted product Any increase in material labor cost resulting from the substitution shall be the responsibility of the contractor. E. Manufacturer's Instruction: Manufacturer's Installation Instructions F. Qualification Data: Submit installer qualification data as stated in Quality Assurance section. Qualifications shall be submitted in a letter format for each type of anchor to be installed, and shall include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. The specific product to be used Complete description of installation procedure Personnel to be trained on anchor installation Date of Manufacturer training POST INSTALLED STRUCTURAL ANCHORS 050520 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 5. 1.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Manufacturer's training certificates or letter from manufacturer certifying training was complete with a list of individuals that were trained. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." a. b. c. d. Coordinate meeting with individual preinstallation conferences for the following Structural Steel Framing Cold-Formed Metal Framing Rough Carpentry B. Installer Qualifications: The installer shall be experienced in installing anchors equal to type, and into the substrate material required for this project C. Installer Training: Conduct a thorough training session with the manufacturer's representative. Each individual responsible for the installation of anchors shall attend the training session. Training shall consist of a review of the complete process for the installation of the anchors and the use of proper equipment for drilling and installing the anchors, to include but not limited to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Hole drilling procedure. Clarify acceptability of rotary hammer drilling and/or core drilling. Hole drilling equipment Type and diameter of drill bits Hole preparation and hole cleaning technique Hole cleaning equipment Adhesive injection technique Adhesive injection equipment Anchor rod, nut and washer material requirements and associated cleaning requirements Anchor and Anchor rod installation Anchor tightening Adhesive curing requirements D. Certifications: All anchors shall have an ICC ESR Evaluation report indicating conformance with the current applicable Acceptance Criteria for the building code applicable to the project. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Keep anchors, rod materials, nuts and washers in manufacturer's packaging with label intact until needed for use. B. Keep anchors free of dirt and debris. C. Store anchors in a clean dry area POST INSTALLED STRUCTURAL ANCHORS 050520 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 D. Protect anchors from corrosion and deterioration. E. Store anchors and adhesives in strict accordance with manufacturer's requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Nuts: Having a proof load stress equal or greater than the minimum tensile strength of the associated anchor where type and strength is not specifically indicated by anchor or adhesive manufacturer. B. Washers: Of type and material compatible with nuts unless specifically indicated by anchor or adhesive manufacturer. C. Plate Washers: Provide ASTM A 36 plate washers of size and configuration specifically indicated. 2.2 CORROSION RESISTANCE A. Anchors and Anchor Bodies 1. Uncoated Carbon Steel: Carbon steel anchors uncoated and free from oil, lubricants and other deleterious substances.Acceptable for use as follows: a. 2. Zinc Plated: Zinc plating in accordance with ASTM B633, Type III Fe/Zn 5 (SC1) Acceptable for use as follows: a. 3. Interior dry conditions Exterior conditions Anchoring galvanized steel elements Stainless Steel: AISI Type 304 or 316 stainless steel and complying with ASTM F 593. Acceptable for use as follows: a. b. B. Interior dry conditions Hot Dip Galvanized: Carbon steel anchors with hot-dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153. Acceptable for use as follows: a. b. c. 4. Interior dry conditions Anchoring treated lumber elements Anchoring stainless steel elements Nuts 1. Uncoated carbon steel: Acceptable for use as follows: POST INSTALLED STRUCTURAL ANCHORS 050520 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC a. 2. With Stainless Steel Anchors Uncoated carbon steel: Acceptable for use as follows: a. 2. 3. With uncoated anchors Hot Dip Galvanized: Hot-dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153. Acceptable for use as follows: a. With Hot Dip Galvanized Nuts Stainless Steel: AISI Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Acceptable for use as follows: a. With Stainless Steel Nuts Plate Washers: 1. Uncoated carbon steel: Acceptable for use as follows: a. 2. With Uncoated Nuts Hot Dip Galvanized: Hot-dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153. Acceptable for use as follows: a. 2.3 With Zinc Plated Anchors With Hot Dip Galvanized Anchors Washers 1. D. With Uncoated Anchors Stainless Steel: ASTM F594. Acceptable for use as follows: a. C. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Hot Dip Galvanized: Hot-dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153. Acceptable for use as follows: a. b. 3. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center With Hot Dip Galvanized Nuts WEDGE ANCHORS A. Provide anchors with length identification markings conforming to ICC-ES AC01 or ICC-ES AC193 as appropriate based on the anchor substrate.. B. Size: As indicated on drawings C. Embedment depth: As indicated on the drawings but not less than the manufacturer’s documented minimum embedment depth. Where not specifically indicated use manufacturer’s minimum documented embedment depth. POST INSTALLED STRUCTURAL ANCHORS 050520 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. D. Embedment depth is from surface of concrete or masonry. Anchor lengths and extent of threads shall account for embedment depth, connected elements, plate washers, washers, nut and appropriate stick thru. Anchors shall be tested in accordance with ACI 355.2 and the most recent issue of ICCES AC193 including the following: a. b. c. 2. 3. All mandatory testing Shear and tension in cracked concrete. Critical and minimum edge distances and spacing Anchors design shall be in accordance with ACI 318 Appendix D Where not specifically indicated otherwise in contract documents or approved performance based shop drawings submittal anchors shall be as follows: a. b. Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ with nut and washer, of required finish, ICC ESR-1917 Approved equal (See substitution requirements) Masonry Anchors: 1. Anchors for masonry shall be tested in accordance with most recent edition of ICC-ES AC01 including the following a. b. c. 2. 3. All mandatory testing Seismic tension and shear Critical and minimum edge distances and spacing Anchors design shall be in accordance with ACI 530 Where not specifically indicated otherwise in contract documents or approved performance based shop drawings submittal anchors shall be as follows: a. b. 2.4 LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Concrete Anchors: 1. E. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 with nut and washer, of required finish, ICC ESR-1385. Approved equal (See substitution requirements) CARTRIDGE INJECTION ADHESIVE ANCHORS A. Provide anchors with length identification markings conforming to ICC-ES AC58 or ICC-ES AC308. B. Size: As indicated on drawings C. Embedment depth: As indicated on the drawings but not less than the manufacturer’s documented minimum embedment depth. Where not specifically indicated use manufacturer’s minimum documented embedment depth. 1. Embedment depth is from surface of concrete or masonry. Anchor lengths and extent of threads shall account for embedment depth, connected elements, plate washers, washers, nut and appropriate stick thru. POST INSTALLED STRUCTURAL ANCHORS 050520 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center D. Adhesive: Two component epoxy or two component hybrid system. E. Concrete Anchors: 1. Anchors shall be tested in accordance with the most recent issue of ICC-ES AC308 including the following: a. b. c. 2. 3. b. HAS-E Standard or HAS SS rods, washers, and nuts of required finish with Hilti HIT RE 500-SD Adhesive Anchorage System for anchorage to concrete, ICC ESR-2322. Approved equal (See substitution requirements) Where Hilti HIT-HY 200, ICC ESR-3187 system is specifically indicated in contract documents or approved performance based shop drawings submittal anchors shall be as follows: a. b. c. F. All mandatory testing Shear and tension in cracked concrete. Critical and minimum edge distances and spacing Anchors design shall be in accordance with ACI 318 Appendix D as amended by the specific design provisions of ICC-ES AC308 Where not specifically indicated otherwise in contract documents or approved performance based shop drawings submittal anchors shall be as follows: a. 4. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 For anchors 3/8” to 3/4” diameter: HIT-TZ Standard or HIT-TZ SS rods, washers, and nuts of required finish. For anchors 1/2” to 1” in diameter: Hilt HAS-E Standard or HAS SS rods, washers, and nuts of required finish. Approved equal (See substitution requirements) Masonry Anchors: 1. Anchors for masonry shall be tested in accordance with most recent edition of ICC-ES AC58 including the following a. All mandatory testing b. Seismic tension and shear c. Critical and minimum edge distances and spacing 2. Anchors design shall be in accordance with ACI 530 3. Where not specifically indicated otherwise in contract documents or approved performance based shop drawings submittal anchors shall be as follows: a. HAS-E Standard or HAS SS rods, washers, and nuts of required finish with Hilti HIT HY 150 Max Adhesive Anchorage System for anchorage to concrete, ICC ESR-1967 . POST INSTALLED STRUCTURAL ANCHORS 050520 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC b. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Approved equal (See substitution requirements) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. 2. 3.2 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Installation constitutes acceptance of existing conditions and responsibility of satisfactory performance. INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Where manufacturer recommends the use of special tools for installation of anchors, such tools shall be used. B. Match mark and drill, match drill or use other methods to ensure anchors are properly located. C. Do not adjust anchor location after installation. Coordinate with EOR for modifications to connected element where anchors are incorrectly located. D. All facets of hole drilling, hole cleaning, anchor installation, anchor torqueing shall be in strict accordance with the ICC-ESR report and manufacturer’s data. E. Drill holes perpendicular to substrate surface. F. Drill holes with rotary impact hammer drills using carbide-tipped bits or core drills using diamond core bits as indicated in the ICC-ESR report. G. Drill bits and core bits shall be of diameters indicated in the ICC-ESR report. H. All holes shall be cleaned with compressed air to remove all drilling dust and other deleterious substances. I. Remove water from holes to attain a surface dry condition unless specifically permitted otherwise by ICC-ESR report. J. Base Material Strength: Unless otherwise specified, do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. K. Embedded Items: Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Exercise care in coring or drilling to avoid damaging existing reinforcing or embedded items. Notify the Engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Take precautions as necessary to avoid damaging prestressing tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. POST INSTALLED STRUCTURAL ANCHORS 050520 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 L. Perform anchor installation in strict accordance with manufacturer instructions and ICC-ES report. M. Anchors shall be installed perpendicular to the substrate face within plus or minus 5 degrees unless specifically permitted otherwise by ICC-ESR report. N. Install plate washers where specifically indicated or where connected elements have oversized holes. O. Install a round washer under nuts. Round washers are in addition to plate washers where plate washers are required. 3.3 WEDGE ANCHORS A. Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. B. Set anchors to manufacturer’s recommended torque, using a torque wrench. Following attainment of 10% of the specified torque, 100% of the specified torque shall be reached within 7 or fewer complete turns of the nut. If the specified torque is not achieved within the required number of turns, the anchor shall be removed and replaced unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 3.4 CARTRIDGE INJECTION ADHESIVE ANCHORS A. Clean all holes per manufacturer instructions using manufacturer’s approved tools to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of adhesive. B. Inject adhesive into holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. C. Follow manufacturer recommendations to ensure proper mixing of adhesive components. D. Sufficient adhesive shall be injected in the hole to ensure that the annular gap is filled to the surface. E. Remove excess adhesive from the surface. F. Shim anchors with suitable device to center the anchor in the hole. G. Do not disturb or load anchors before manufacturer specified cure time has elapsed. H. Observe manufacturer recommendations with respect to installation temperatures. I. Hilti HIT-HY200 system anchors shall be installed using the Hilti Safe Set Technology. 1. For conditions using HAS rods the Hilti hollow drill bit and Hilt vacuum system shall be employed. POST INSTALLED STRUCTURAL ANCHORS 050520 - 9 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspection: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports in accordance with the schedule of special inspections. B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. C. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace misplaced or malfunctioning anchors. Fill empty anchor holes and patch failed anchor locations with high-strength non-shrink, nonmetallic grout. Anchors that fail to meet proof load or installation torque requirements shall be regarded as malfunctioning. B. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that ensure that cold-formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 050520 POST INSTALLED STRUCTURAL ANCHORS 050520 - 10 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 SECTION 051200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. Products furnished, but not installed under this Section: 1. 2. 1.3 Structural steel. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel Loose Lintels Nonshrink Grout. Loose Steel Lintels, installed under Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" Anchor rods and embed plates indicated to be cast into cast-in-place concrete, installed under Division 03 Section "Cast-in-place-Concrete" DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural-steel frame, as classified by AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and as modified herein. B. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel (AESS): Structural steel designated as architecturally exposed structural steel in the Contract Documents. C. Seismic-Load-Resisting System: Elements of structural-steel frame designated as "SLRS" or along grid lines designated as "SLRS" on Drawings, including columns, beams, and braces and their connections. D. Heavy Sections: Rolled and built-up sections as follows: 1. 2. 3. E. Shapes included in ASTM A 6/A 6M with flanges thicker than 1-1/2 inches. Welded built-up members with plates thicker than 2 inches. Plates thicker than 2 inches. Demand Critical Welds: Those welds, the failure of which would result in significant degradation of the strength and stiffness of the Seismic-Load-Resisting System. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. PJP and CJP welds of columns to column base plates. PJP and CJP welds of SLRS beam flanges to columns PJP and CJP welds of SLRS sing plate shear connections to columns PJP and CJP welds of SLRS beam webs to columns PJP and CJP welds of SLRS column splices Other welds specifically indicated on drawings STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 7. 1.4 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Other welds specifically noted as demand critical in prequalified connection criteria. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Connections: Provide details of connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by structural-steel fabricator to withstand loads indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated. 1. 1.5 Select and complete connections using schematic details indicated and AISC 360 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor’s Statement of Responsibility Per Division 01 B. Fabricator’s Certificate of Compliance Per Division 01 C. Product Data: 1. 2. 3. Primers Paints Electrodes a. b. 4. 5. 6. 7. D. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. Direct-tension indicators. Tension-control, high-strength bolt-nut-washer assemblies. Nonshrink grout. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. E. Indicate what welding process will be used with each electrode Submit electrodes for both shop and field welding All anchor rods shall be detailed with a minimum 2” projection above top of nut in the final installed condition unless noted otherwise. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. Include embedment drawings showing plan location and elevation of all embedded items. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical high-strength bolted connections. Include scale drawings of all gusset plates. Provide minimum 1/4" thick cap plates at the ends of all exposed HSS members, and at the top of all HSS columns. Equally space filler beams or joists between columns and/or other dimensioned beams unless noted otherwise. Where delegated design submittals are required the delegated design submittal must be included with associated shop drawings or the submittal will not be reviewed. Welding certificates STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. F. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Submit welding certificates for all individuals expected to be performing field welding Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS's) and Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs): Provide according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for each field welded joint whether prequalified or qualified by testing, including the following: 1. 2. G. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Power source (constant current or constant voltage). Electrode manufacturer and trade name, for demand critical welds. Qualification Data: 1. 2. Fabricator Erector H. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. I. Source Quality Control Reports: Provide reports for all UT testing of CJP shop welds J. Minutes of preinstallation conference. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category SBD (Conventional Steel Building Structures) B. Structural Steel and Architectural Structural Steel Installer Qualifications: The erector shall be experienced in installing structural steel equal in material, design and scope to the structural steel required for this project. C. Post Installed Structural Anchor Installer: See specification section 050520 for requirements D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." E. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. 2. 3. 4. F. AISC 303. AISC 360. AISC 341 and AISC 341s1. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. 2. 3. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control. Review items requiring special inspection and testing that must be tested and inspected prior to installation of decking, concrete slabs, or other items that might limit access to the item to be tested or inspected Review welding requirements STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 4. 5. 6. 1.7 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Review electrode storage requirements Review pre-construction bolt installation verification Review bolt installation calibration requirements DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact. 1. 2. 3. 1.8 Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and seals containers. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F 1852 fasteners and for retesting fasteners after lubrication. COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes and Tees: ASTM A 992. 1. B. Channels, Angles Shapes: 1. 2. C. In addition Heavy shapes shall have a minimum Charpy V-notch toughness of 20ft-lb at 70 degrees tested in alternate core locations as described in ASTM A6 Supplementary Requirement S30 ASTM A 36 unless noted otherwise ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50 where indicated. Plate and Bar: 1. 2. ASTM A 36 unless noted otherwise ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50 where indicated. STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3. D. In addition Heavy shapes shall have a minimum Charpy V-notch toughness of 20ft-lb at 70 degrees tested in alternate core locations as described in ASTM A6 Supplementary Requirement S30 Square or Rectangular HSS: Fy=46 KSI Round HSS: Fy=42 KSI Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 1. 2. 3. 2.2 LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing. 1. 2. E. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center All weld filler metal shall meet the requirements of H16 as tested in accordance with AWS A4.3 per AISC 341-05 Appendix W. All weld filler metal shall have a minimum CVN toughness of 20 ft-lbs at 0 degrees Fahrenheit. Demand Critical Welds: All weld filler metal shall have a minimum CVN toughness of 20 ft-lbs at minus 10 degrees Fahrenheit per AWS and 40 ft-lbs at 70 degrees Fahrenheit per AISC 341-05 Appendix X. BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 or ASTM A 490 as indicated or as required, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: a. b. 2. Plain for primed or painted steel Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C for hot dip galvanized steel. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325 or Type 490 corresponding to bolt type, compressible-washer type. a. Finish: 1) 2) B. Plain for unprimed steel or steel receiving standard shop primer. Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50 for hot galvanized steel or steel to receive high performance top coating. Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F 1852 or ASTM F 2280 as indicated or as required, Type 1, heavy hex or round head steel structural bolts with splined ends; ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 hardened carbonsteel washers. 1. Finish: 1) 2) Plain for unprimed steel or steel receiving standard shop primer. Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50 for hot galvanized steel or steel to receive high performance top coating. STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC C. Configuration: Straight. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon steel. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36 carbon steel. Washers: ASTM F 436 hardened carbon steel. Finish: a. b. Plain for unprimed steel or steel receiving standard shop primer. Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C for hot galvanized steel or steel to receive high performance top coating. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36 unless noted otherwise. 1. 2. 3. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon steel. Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. Finish: a. b. 2.3 LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36 or ASTM F 1554, Grade 55, or ASTM F 1554, Grade 105 as indicated. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. D. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Plain for unprimed steel or steel receiving standard shop primer. Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C for hot galvanized steel or steel to receive high performance top coating. PRIMER A. 2.4 Special Primer: Provide special shop primer that complies with Division 09 Painting specifications. PAINT A. Column Base Paint: MIL-C-184480B, “Coating Compound, Bituminous, Solvent, Coal-Tar Base”. 1. B. 2.5 Typical at column bases below finished floor or below grade. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780. NONSHRINK GROUT A. 2.6 Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC 360. 1. 2. Camber structural-steel members where indicated. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3. 4. 5. B. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6/A 6M and maintain markings until structural steel has been erected. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shoppriming operations. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel: Comply with fabrication requirements, including tolerance limits, of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for structural steel identified as architecturally exposed structural steel. 1. 2. C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Fabricate with exposed surfaces smooth, square, and free of surface blemishes including pitting, rust, scale, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. Remove blemishes by filling or grinding or by welding and grinding, before cleaning, treating, and shop priming. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. D. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. E. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. F. Steel Wall-Opening Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel wallopening framing to be attached to structural steel. Straighten as required to provide uniform, square, and true members in completed wall framing. G. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel framing members. 1. 2. 3. 2.7 Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not enlarge holes by burning. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work. SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: a. B. Snug tightened unless noted otherwise Weld Connections: STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. Comply with AISC 341-05 Appendix W, AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.8/D1.8M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel: Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent weld show-through on exposed steel surfaces. a. b. 2.8 LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC 303 for mill material. Elements that are part of the SLRS: a. 4. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Grind butt welds flush. Grind or fill exposed fillet welds to smooth profile. Dress exposed welds. CLEANING A. Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unprimed according to SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning" unless noted otherwise. B. Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to receive special primer according to division 9 painting requirements, but not less than SSPC-SP 6, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." C. Preparing Galvanized Steel for Shop Priming: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean steel of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with etching cleaner. 1. Surface Smoothing (If High Sports of Zinc Are Present): a. Remove zinc high spots, such as a metal drip line, by cleaning with hand or power tools as described in SSPC Surface Preparation Specification 2 or 3. Remove zinc until it is level with the surrounding area, taking care that the base coating is not removed by the cleaning methods. b. After cleaning, inspect surface for conformance to required zinc thickness in accordance with ASTM A 123/A 123M or A 153/A 153M, utilizing a magneticfield-type thickness instrument in accordance with ASTM E 376. c. Repair areas below required zinc thickness in accordance with ASTM A 780. 2. Cleaning: Clean all Galvanized Structural Steel using one of the following methods: a. b. Aqueous Alkaline Cleaning: Use alkaline solution, pH of 11 to 12 but not greater than 13, to remove traces of oil, grease or dirt. Apply through immersion in tank filled with solution, sprayed on, or brushed on with soft bristle brush. Apply in temperature range of 140 to 185F. After cleaning, rinse thoroughly in hot water or water under pressure. Allow to dry completely before proceeding. Solvent Cleaning: Use typical cleaning solvents, such as mineral spirits or highflash naphtha, to remove oil and grease, as specified in SSPC Surface Preparation Specification 1. Use proper rags or brushes to wipe galvanized parts. Dip small parts or cleaned in ultrasonic baths of solvents. After cleaning, rinse thoroughly in hot water or water under pressure. Allow to dry completely before proceeding. STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Surface Conditioning: Condition the surface of all Galvanized Structural Steel using one of the following methods: a. b. c. d. 2.9 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Sweep Blasting: Abrasive sweep or brush blast with rapid nozzle movement to roughen galvanized surface profile. Select abrasive material with care to provide stripping action without removing excess zinc layers. Follow the procedures detailed in ASTM D 6386 for abrasive sweep blasting. Following abrasive blast cleaning, blow down surfaces with clean, compressed air. Zinc Phosphate Treatment: Treat newly galvanized zinc surface with acidic zinc phosphate solution containing oxidizing agents and other salts for accelerating conversion action. Follow procedures detailed in ASTM D 6386 for zinc phosphate treatment. After 3 to 6 minutes, wash surface with clean water and allow to completely dry before application of paint system. Wash Primer Treatment: Use metal conditioner to neutralize surface oxides and hydroxides and to etch surface. Follow procedures detailed in ASTM D 6386 for wash primer treatment. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for drying time prior to top coating. This wash-primer treatment may be better suited to certain types of paint systems. Acrylic Passivation Process: Apply acidic acrylic solution to newly galvanized surface and then allow to dry, forming thin film coating. Follow procedures detailed in ASTM D 6386 for acrylic passivation/pretreatment. Painting is possible any time during period of 4 months after application as long as the surface is free of visible zinc oxides or zinc hydroxides. SPECIAL PRIMING A. Shop prime all steel surfaces noted per Division 09 Section “Painting” except the following: 1. 2. 3. Surfaces to be field welded. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials (applied fireproofing). B. Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. C. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. D. Apply two coats of shop primer to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. E. Priming of steel notes as architecturally exposed structural steel shall be done with extreme care to avoid drips and runs. 2.10 A. GALVANIZING Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 9 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in the finished Work unless they will function as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. Galvanize loose and hung lintels, shelf angles, all exposed exterior steel and all steel located in exterior masonry walls unless noted otherwise. Coordinate with drawings and specifications. a. 2.11 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Galvanized elements to be top coated shall not be quenched, and shall be swept blast to ensure proper adhesion of top coats. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. All source quality control shall be completed by the fabricator’s personnel unless noted otherwise and shall be in accordance with the certified fabricator’s quality control manual, AISC Code of Standard Practice, and AWS D1.1. B. Testing Agency: Fabricator will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and inspections and prepare test reports as required. C. Complete Joint Penetration (CJP) Welds: In addition to visual inspection, 100% of all shop completed full penetration welds shall be ultrasonically tested in accordance with ASTM E164 and all defects repaired as required by AWS D1.1. 1. Payment for shop testing shall be the responsibility of the fabricator. D. Special inspections are not required at the source of fabrication based on the requirement for an AISC certified fabricator. E. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. F. Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." G. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded connections will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify, with steel Erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. 1. B. 3.2 Prepare a certified as-built survey of bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 10 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC A. 3.3 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated. ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and AISC 360. B. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Where ungrouted anchor rod sleeves are required caulk the annular surface between the sleeve and the anchor rod to prevent grout from entering the sleeves. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate as indicated. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts. a. 6. Use grout forms and grout surcharging as required to ensure that grout completely fills the space below bearing or base plate, and no voids remain. Paint base plates, anchor bolts and sections of columns below grade and below finished floor with Coal Tar Mastic Paint. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." D. Maintain erection tolerances of architecturally exposed structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." E. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. 2. Level and plumb individual members of structure. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service. F. Splice members only where indicated. G. Remove erection bolts on welded, architecturally exposed structural steel; fill holes with plug welds; and grind smooth at exposed surfaces. STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 11 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 H. Do not use thermal cutting during erection unless approved by Architect. Finish thermally cut sections within smoothness limits in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. I. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. 1. J. Pour stops and edge angles: Pour stops and edge angles shall be field installed based on global building control lines to ensure overall building geometry is maintained. 1. 3.4 For slip crtitical connections enlarge hole to next standard hole size and provide next standard bolt size. Do not located based on local member geometry. FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. B. Finger Tight Bolts: All joints noted as finger tight shall be hand tightened as required to install elements. Do not tighten by mechanical means 1. 2. C. Joint Type: As indicated on shop drawings. Provide jam nuts to prevent nut from backing off. After initial tightening turn nut and jam nut in opposite direction to bind them against one another. Weld Connections: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for mill material. Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC 303 for mill material. Elements that are part of the SLRS: a. 6. Comply with AISC 341-05 Appendix W, AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.8/D1.8M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel: Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent weld show-through on exposed steel surfaces. a. b. Grind butt welds flush. Grind or fill exposed fillet welds to smooth profile. Dress exposed welds. STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 12 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 FIELD PAINTING A. Column bases: Paint column bases below grade and/or below finished floor with coal tar mastic paint. B. Field painting of structural steel for finished appearance in exposed conditions or for high performance coating systems is specified in Division 09 “Painting”. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspection: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports in accordance with the schedule of special inspections. B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. C. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. B. Touchup Painting: At all exterior and exposed interior conditions promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field connections, rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted joists, bearing plates, abutting structural steel, and accessories. 1. 2. Clean and prepare surfaces by hand-tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 2, or power-tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 3. Apply a primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces. Coordinate with Part 2 priming requirements END OF SECTION 051200 STRUCTUAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 13 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 SECTION 053100 - STEEL DECKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. 3. 1.3 Roof deck. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency procedures and administrative requirements. Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for concrete fill. Division 05 Section "Structural Steel Framing" for framing deck openings with miscellaneous steel shapes. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. 1.4 Deck Fastening Systems: The basis of design for the deck fastening systems is outlined in this specification and the contract documents. Product substitutions must result in diaphragm shear strength, and uplift resistance capacities equal or greater than values calculated for each specific condition. The baseline strength shall be calculated using the data in the referenced ESR report and in accordance with the appropriate design procedure and standards required by the building code. See requirements for substitution submittals. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. 2. 3. 4. Galvanizing Repair Paint Sidelap fasteners Mechanical fasteners Powder Actuated Fasteners B. Contractor’s Statement of Responsibility Per Division 01 Section "Collective Inspections and Structural Testing" C. Shop Drawings: Submit detailed layout showing placement extent of each type of deck including the following: STEEL DECKING 053100 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Coordinate layout with approved Engineered cold-formed metal trusses and Steel joist shop drawings Anchorage pattern for each type of deck and each anchorage condition Details for flat sump pans and associate anchorage Details of hip, ridge and valley plates and associated anchorage Details of cover plates and associated anchorage and changes in deck direction. Details of end jointed conditions Details of side lap conditions. Details of girder fills Details of finish/filler strips Details of pour stops D. Product Certificates: For each type of steel deck, signed by product manufacturer. E. Research/Evaluation Reports: 1. 2. For steel decking in fire resistance assemblies submit reports per the assembly specification. Submit ICC reports for the following: a. b. c. F. Qualification Data: Submit Powder Actuated Fastener installer qualification data as stated in Quality Assurance section. Qualifications shall be submitted in a letter format for each type of anchor to be installed, and shall include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. G. Side lap Fasteners Mechanical fasteners Power actuated fasteners The specific product to be used Complete description of installation procedure Personnel to be trained on fastener installation Date of Manufacturer training Manufacturer's training certificates or letter from manufacturer certifying training was complete with a list of individuals that were trained. Substitution for Deck Fastening Systems: 1. 2. 3. 4. Substitutions to a welded fastening system in lieu of powder actuated fastening system will not be permitted. Substitution requests may only be made using products with ICC-ESR reports for the product indicating approval for use of the product in the specific condition existing on this project. Substitution requests shall be include signed and sealed calculations demonstrating that the product is capable of providing equivalent performance of the basis of design product for each specific location and condition when calculated using the referenced ESR report and in accordance with the appropriate design procedure and standards required by the building code. An increase in material or labor cost resulting from the substitution shall be the responsibility of the contractor. STEEL DECKING 053100 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer certified by SDI to manufacture steel deck complying with applicable standard specifications and load tables of SDI "Specifications". 1. B. The Manufacturer for steel deck bearing on structural steel or steel joists shall be act as a direct subcontractor of the structural steel fabricator. 2. Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services for designing deck to comply with performance requirements. Erector Qualifications: The erector shall be experienced in installing steel deck equal in material, design and scope to the steel deck required for this project. 1. The steel deck erector for steel deck bearing on structural steel or steel joists shall act as a direct subcontractor of the structural steel fabricator. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. D. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide steel deck units identical to those tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations of applicable testing and inspecting agency. Steel deck units shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. E. AISI Specifications: Comply with calculated structural characteristics of steel deck according to AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members." F. SDI Specifications: 1. 2. 3. Form Deck shall comply with ANSI/SDI NC-2010, "Standard for Non-Composite Floor Deck", or latest adopted edition of the standard. Roof Deck shall comply with ANSI/SDI RD-2010, "Standard for Steel Roof Deck", or latest adopted edition of the standard. Composite Steel Deck shall comply with ANSI/SDI-C1.O-2006, "Standard for Composite Steel Floor Deck", or latest adopted edition of the standard. G. Professional Engineering Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in the jurisdiction where the project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. H. Powder Actuated Fastener Installer Training: Conduct a thorough training session with the manufacturer's representative. Each individual responsible for the installation of fasteners shall attend the training session. Training shall consist of a review of the complete process for the installation of the fasteners and the use of proper equipment for the installation. STEEL DECKING 053100 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC I. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site in conjunction with preinstallation conference for the supporting substrate (i.e. structural steel, steel joists, etc.) 1. 2. 1.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control. Review items requiring special inspection and testing that must be tested and inspected prior to installation of decking DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation. 1. Protect and ventilate acoustical cellular roof deck with factory-installed insulation to maintain insulation free of moisture. C. Store steel decking on supports off the ground D. Keep steel decking free of dirt and foreign matter. 1.7 Protect with a COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout of steel decking in areas of steel joist framing with approved joist shop drawings. Do not submit decking for these areas for approval until steel joist shop drawings have been approved. Prior to fabrication perform a final coordination with field use engineered steel joist shop drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOF DECK A. Steel Roof Deck: Fabricate panels, without top-flange stiffening grooves as follows: 1. Type "RD1" a. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel (SS), G60 zinc coating. b. c. d. Deck Profile: Type WR, wide rib. In areas of existing roof deck for repairs/replacement the contractor shall verify existing deck profile prior to fabrication. Profile Depth: 1-1/2 inches. Properties as follows: STEEL DECKING 053100 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) e. f. g. 2.2 LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Design Uncoated-Steel Thicknesses: 0.0295 inch Moment of Inertia (Ip): 0.152 in4/ft Moment of Inertia (In): 0.181 in4/ft Section Modulus (Sp): 0.182 in3/ft Section Modulus (Sn): 0.184 in3/ft Yield Strength (Fy): 33 ksi Span Condition: Double span unless noted otherwise. Side Laps: Nested End Joints: Lapped ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply with requirements indicated. B. Powder Actuated Fasteners: Basis of design product as indicated on drawings. See requirements for substitution submittals. Where not specifically indicate the basis of design fasteners shall be Hilti fasteners in accordance with ICC ESR-2197. C. Mechanical Fasteners: Unless noted otherwise, ASTM C1513, corrosion-resistant coated, selfdrilling, self-tapping steel drill screws. No. 10 minimum diameter unless noted otherwise. D. Side-Lap Fasteners: Unless noted otherwise, ASTM C1513, corrosion-resistant coated, selfdrilling, self-tapping steel drill screws. No. 10 minimum diameter unless noted otherwise. E. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, grade, thickness, and finish to match associated deck. Profile as required for application. F. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, of same material and finish as deck, and of thickness and profile indicated. Where not specifically indicated provide as recommended by SDI Publication No. 30 for overhang and slab depth. 1. Provide a stiffened return lip on the vertical lip of all pour stops. G. Column Closures, End Closures, Z-Closures, and Cover Plates: Steel sheet, of same material, finish, and thickness as deck, unless otherwise indicated. H. Flat Sump Plate: Single-piece steel sheet, 0.0747 inch thick, of same material and finish as deck. For drains, cut holes in the field. I. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780. J. Repair Primer: Manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive primer of same type and color as shop primer. STEEL DECKING 053100 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. 3.2 Examine supporting frame and field conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not install powder actuated fasteners or other penetrating type fasteners in protected zones. B. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in SDI Publication No. 30, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. C. Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members. D. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side-lap interlocks. 1. Align cellular deck panels over full length of cell runs and align cells at ends of abutting panels. E. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection. F. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to deck. G. Provide flat sump plates at all roof drains H. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of deck, and support of other work. I. Mechanical Fasteners: Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to drawings, and the following requirements: 1) 2) 3.3 Minimum edge distance and center to center spacing of fasteners shall be three fastener diameters unless noted otherwise. Minimum screw penetration shall leave at least 3 exposed threads on the backside of connection unless noted otherwise. ROOF DECK INSTALLATION A. Fasten roof deck panels to steel supporting members as indicated. B. Fasten roof deck side laps and perimeter edges as indicated. C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches, with end joints as follows: STEEL DECKING 053100 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Lapped unless noted as butted. D. Roof Sump Plates: Install over openings provided in roof deck and mechanically fasten flanges to top of deck. Space mechanical fasteners not more than 12 inches apart with at least one fastener at each corner. E. Miscellaneous Roof-Deck Accessories: Install hip, ridge and valley plates, cover plates, finish/filler strips, end closures, and reinforcing channels according to deck manufacturer's written instructions. 1. 2. 3. 3.4 Provide cover plates at changes in deck direction unless noted otherwise Provide hip, ridge, and valley plates at all changes in roof planes. Provide reinforcing channels at all deck edges including framed penetrations to ensure the deck edge is properly supported FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspection: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports in accordance with the schedule of special inspections. B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. C. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.5 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces of deck with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. B. Apply repair primer, of same type and color as adjacent shop-primed deck. Provide final protection and maintain conditions to ensure that steel deck is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 053100 STEEL DECKING 053100 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 SECTION 054100 - ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This specification section addresses structural cold-formed elements which are not specifically designed and detailed in the contract documents, with the exception of engineered fabricated cold formed metal trusses. These elements require delegated design to be completed via the shop drawing process. B. This Section includes the following: C. 1.3 A. 1. Exterior non-load-bearing wall framing. 2. Exterior wall furring 3. Exterior Ceiling and Soffit Framing Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency procedures and administrative requirements. 2. Division 05 Section "Post Installed Structural Anchors" for wedge, and adhesive anchors 3. Division 06 Section "Sheathing" for sheathing of cold formed walls and roofs 4. Division 09 Section "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for interior non-loadbearing, metal-stud framing and ceiling-suspension assemblies. 5. Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies" for interior nonload-bearing, non-structural, metal-stud-framed, shaft-wall assemblies. 6. Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation," for insulating built up exterior wall members PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Structural Performance: Provide cold-formed metal framing capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. a. Dead Loads: Weights of attached and supported sheathing and Cladding b. Live Loads: As indicated c. Snow Loads: Compute using structural design criteria given. d. Wind Loads: 1) Use components and cladding pressures given based on element location, and tributary area. Effective wind area as defined by ASCE 7 may be use to determine appropriate pressure. 2) Where components and cladding pressure are not given calculate them based on structural design criteria given. 3) Components and cladding pressures can be multiplied by a factor to reduce pressures to a 10 year wind pressure when checking deflection Seismic Loads: Compute Seismic load factors to determine horizontal and vertical seismic forces using structural design criteria given. Deflection Limits: Design framing systems to withstand design loads without deflections greater than the following: a. b. c. 3. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Design Loads: As follows: e. 2. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Exterior Non-Load-Bearing Framing 1) Horizontal deflection of 1/600 of the wall height when acting as backup for masonry: 2) Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the wall height when acting as backup for other than masonry. Exterior Wall Furring 1) Horizontal deflection of 1/600 of the wall height when acting as backup for masonry: 2) Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the wall height when acting as backup for other than masonry. Ceiling Joist Framing: 1) Live load vertical deflection of 1/360 of the span not to exceed 3/4" 2) Total load vertical deflection of 1/240 of the span not to exceed 1" Design framing systems to provide for movement of framing members without ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, connection failure, undue strain on fasteners and anchors, or other detrimental effects when subject to a maximum ambient temperature change of 120 deg F. 4. Design framing system to maintain clearances at openings, to allow for construction tolerances, and to accommodate live load deflection of primary building structure as follows: a. B. 1.4 A. Upward and downward movement of 3/4" inch. Cold-Formed Steel Framing, General: Design according to AISI's "Standard for ColdFormed Steel Framing - General Provisions." 1. Headers: Design according to AISI's "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing Header Design." 2. Design exterior non-load-bearing wall framing to accommodate horizontal deflection without regard for contribution of sheathing materials. SUBMITTALS Product Data: 1. Electrodes 2. Galvanizing Repair Paint 3. Bracing 4. Bridging 5. Studs and Joists 6. Tracks 7. Miscellaneous structural clips and accessories 8. Furring 9. Post installed structural anchors: See specification section 050520 B. Contractor’s Statement of Responsibility Per Division 01 Section "Collective Inspections and Structural Testing" C. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide shop drawings for all items included in this spec section 2. Show layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold-formed metal ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. D. E. 3. Wall framing shall include plans and/or elevations with sections cut to indicate construction of all various wall types. Details shall be provided for all head, sill, jamb, bottom track, top track and all special conditions. 4. Indicate specific post installed structural anchors, mechanical fasteners, and powder actuated fastener products to be used during installation. Delegated-Design Submittal: 1. Include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Indicate specific post installed structural anchors, mechanical fasteners and powder actuated fasteners used in calculations and to be used during installation. Welding certificates. 1. F. G. Submit welding certificates for all individuals expected to be performing field welding Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS's) and Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs): Provide according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code -Steel" and AWS D1.3/D1.3M, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel," for each welded joint whether prequalified or qualified by testing, including the following: 1. Power source (constant current or constant voltage). 2. Electrode manufacturer and trade name, for demand critical welds. Research/Evaluation Reports: 1. For cold-formed metal framing in fire resistance assemblies submit reports per the assembly specification 2. Submit ICC reports for the following: a. Vertical deflection clips b. Horizontal drift deflection clips c. Mechanical fasteners d. Powder actuated fasteners ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC H. 1.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 e. Single Deflection Track f. Post installed structural anchors: See specification section 050520. Qualification Data: 1. Post Installed Structural Anchor Installer per specification section 050520 2. Powder Actuated Fastener Installer: Submit installer qualification data as stated in Quality Assurance section. Qualifications shall be submitted in a letter format for each type of anchor to be installed, and shall include the following. a. The specific product to be used b. Complete description of installation procedure c. Manufacturer’s training certificates QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Post Installed Structural Anchor Installer: See specification section 050520 for requirements B. Powder Actuated Fastener Installer: All installers shall be experienced in installing anchors equal to type and into the substrate material required for the project. All installers shall have a manufacturer’s training certificate. C. Installer Qualifications: The installer shall be experienced in installing cold formed steel equal in material, design and scope to that required for this project. D. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings, design calculations, and other structural data by a qualified professional engineer. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in the jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of cold-formed metal framing that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. F. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code--Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." G. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide cold-formed metal framing identical to that of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. H. AISI Specifications and Standards: ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC I. 1.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 1. Comply with AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of ColdFormed Steel Structural Members" and its "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions." 2. Comply with AISI's "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - Header Design." Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control. 2. Review Powder Actuated Fastener Installer requirements DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect cold-formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. B. Store cold-formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to avoid condensation. C. Store cold-formed metal framing on supports off the ground D. Keep cold-formed metal framing fee of dirt and foreign matter. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. 2.2 A. MATERIALS Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating weight as follows: 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G60 Steel Sheet for Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G60. EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC B. C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As required for structural performance, but not less than 43 mils. 2. Flange Width: As required for structural performance, but not less than 1-5/8 inches. 3. Section Properties: As required for structural performance. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As required for structural performance, but not less than 43 mils. 2. Flange Width: As required for structural performance, but not less than 1-1/2 inches. 3. Section Properties: As required for structural performance. Steel Box Headers: Manufacturer's standard C-shapes used to form header beams in a boxed configuration, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As required for structural performance, but not less than 43 mils. 2. Flange Width: As required for structural performance, but not less than 1-5/8 inches 3. Section Properties: As required for structural performance. D. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips as required by detailing conditions, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web. E. Single Deflection Track: Manufacturer's single, deep-leg, U-shaped steel track; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, of web depth to contain studs while allowing free vertical movement, with flanges designed to support horizontal and lateral loads and transfer them to the primary structure, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As required for structural performance, but not less than 43 mils. 2. Flange Width: 1 inch plus twice the design gap. 3. Flanges: Provide flanges with slotted holes at regular intervals to allow for positive attachment of studs while allowing for vertical movement up to the design gap dimension. ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 4. F. 2. 2.3 A. 2.4 A. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Webs: Provide webs with slotted holes at regular intervals to allow for positive attachment of track to structure while allowing for horizontal movement where required based on interstory drift criteria. Double Deflection Tracks: Manufacturer's double, deep-leg, U-shaped steel tracks, consisting of nested inner and outer tracks; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges. 1. G. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Outer Track: Of web depth to allow free vertical movement of inner track, with flanges designed to support horizontal and lateral loads and transfer them to the primary structure, and as follows: a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As required for structural performance, but not less than 43 mils. b. Flange Width: plus twice the design gap. Inner Track: Of web depth indicated, and as follows: a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As required for structural performance, but not less than 43 mils b. Flange Width: Insert dimension equal to sum of outer deflection track flange width plus 1 inch Drift Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of isolating wall stud from upward and downward vertical displacement and lateral drift of primary structure as required by interstory drift criteria. EXTERIOR WALL FURRING Z-shaped sections: Manufacturer's standard C or Z-furring as follows: 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As required for structural performance but not less than 43 mils. 2. With Slotted or non-slotted web, 3. Face flange: 1-1/4 inches minimum but not less than required by finish wall system 4. Wall attachment flange: 7/8 inch minimum 5. Depth: As required for wall system specified on drawings EXTERIOR CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING Steel Joists: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel joists, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC B. 2.5 A. B. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As required for structural performance, but not less than 43 mils. 2. Flange Width: As required for structural performance, but not less than 1-5/8 inches. 3. Section Properties: As required for structural performance. Steel Joist Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel joist track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As required for structural performance, but not less than 43 mils. 2. Flange Width: As required for structural performance, but not less than 1-5/8 inches. 3. Section Properties: As required for structural performance. FRAMING ACCESSORIES Fabricate steel-framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight as follows: 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G60 Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as follows: 1. Supplementary framing. 2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. 3. Web stiffeners. 4. Anchor clips. 5. End clips. 6. Foundation clips. 7. Gusset plates. 8. Stud kickers, knee braces, and girts. 9. Joist hangers and end closures. ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 9 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center 10. Hole reinforcing plates. 11. Backer plates. LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. B. Post installed structural anchors: See specification section 050520. C. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Fastener system specifically indicated on approved shop drawings and calculations of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure the required loads as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 and ICC AC70 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency, and documented in an ICC ESR report applicable for the specific substrate being anchored into. D. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, selftapping steel drill screws. 1. E. 2.7 Head Type: elsewhere. Low-profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780. B. Nonmetallic, Non-shrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, non-staining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage-compensating agents, and plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, with fluid consistency and 30-minute working time. C. Shims: Load bearing, high-density multi-monomer plastic, non-leaching. D. Sealer Gaskets: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members. 2.8 A. FABRICATION Fabricate cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI's specifications and standards, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. 1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates. ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 10 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 3. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening; clinch fastening, or riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. 4. a. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screw penetrating joined members by not less than three exposed screw threads. Fasten other materials to cold-formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw fastening, according to Shop Drawings. B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent distortion. C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold-formed metal framing assembly to a maximum out-of-square tolerance of 1/8 inch. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach continuous angles, supplementary framing, or tracks to structural members indicated to receive sprayed fireresistive materials. B. After applying sprayed fire-resistive materials, remove only as much of these materials as needed to complete installation of cold-formed framing without reducing thickness of fire-resistive materials below that are required to obtain fire-resistance rating indicated. Protect remaining fire-resistive materials from damage. ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 11 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 C. Install load bearing shims or grout between the underside of wall bottom track and the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations to ensure a uniform bearing surface on supporting concrete or masonry construction. D. Install sealer gaskets to isolate the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cold-formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. B. Install cold-formed metal framing according to AISI's "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions" and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Install shop- or field-fabricated, cold-formed framing and securely anchor to supporting structure. 1. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush, even, true-to-line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch. D. Install cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. E. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. F. Post installed structural anchors: See specification section 050520. G. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. 1. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 2. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration. H. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. I. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. J. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold-formed metal framing. ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 12 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Independently frame both sides of joints. K. Install insulation, specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation," in built-up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. L. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. M. Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. 3.4 Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated. B. Fasten flanges of studs as indicated on shop drawings. C. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: As indicated, but not more than 16 inches. D. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for non-plumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. E. Isolate non-load-bearing steel framing from building structure per shop drawings to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. F. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. G. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide a complete and stable wall-framing system. 3.5 EXTERIOR FURRING INSTALLATION A. Install, anchor, bridge, and brace furring according to Shop Drawings and requirements in this Section. B. Furring Spacing: Coordinate furring spacing with finished wall material shop drawings. C. Install vertical sag bridging as required by shop drawings. ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 13 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC D. 3.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 Fasten furring to backup wall system as indicated on shop drawings. EXTERIOR CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Install perimeter joist track sized to match joists. Align and securely anchor or fasten track to supporting structure at corners, ends, and spacings indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Install joists bearing on supporting frame, level, straight, and plumb; adjust to final position, brace, and reinforce. Fasten joists to both flanges of joist track. C. 1. Install joists over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing as indicated on shop drawings, but not less than 1-1/2 inches. 2. Reinforce ends and bearing points of joists with web stiffeners, end clips, joist hangers, steel clip angles, or steel-stud sections as indicated on Shop Drawings. Locate joists against abutting walls, and as follows: 1. Joist Spacing: As indicated, but not more than 16 inches D. Frame openings with built-up joist headers consisting of joist and joist track, nesting joists, or another combination of connected joists if indicated. E. Install joist reinforcement at interior supports with single, short length of joist section located directly over interior support, with lapped joists of equal length to joist reinforcement, or as indicated on Shop Drawings. 1. Install web stiffeners to transfer axial loads of walls above. F. Install bridging at intervals indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten bridging at each joist intersection. G. Secure joists to interior supports to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange. H. Install miscellaneous joist framing and connections, including web stiffeners, closure pieces, clip angles, continuous angles, hold-down angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable joist-framing assembly. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspection: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports in accordance with the schedule of special inspections. B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. C. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to deter- ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 14 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 July 26, 2014 mine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.8 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold-formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that cold-formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 054100 ENGINEERED COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054100 - 15 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 25, 2014 SECTION 129300 - SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. Related Requirements: 1. 2. 1.3 Seating. Tables. Bicycle racks. Trash receptacles. Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for installing pipe sleeves cast and installing anchor bolts cast in concrete footings. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavation for installing concrete footings. ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Product Schedule: For site furnishings. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. 1.5 Maintenance Data: For site furnishings to include in maintenance manuals. MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. 2. Trash Receptacle Inner Containers: Two full-size units for each size indicated. Anchors: Five stainless steel bolts. SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 25, 2014 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SEATING A. Basis of Design: Urbanscape Winchester Collection Bench, Model #W1J113C. 1. 2. 6 foot bench with back, with arms, square perforated; Color: smoke. B. Frame: Cast aluminum and Steel. C. Seat and Back: Steel. D. Arms: Two. E. Installation Method: Attached at finish grade. 2.2 TABLES A. Basis of Design: Wabash Valley – Camino Series. 1. 2. 42 inch Table with 3&4 seats, square perforated; Color: smoke. B. Frame: Cast aluminum and Steel. C. Table Top: Steel. D. Installation Method: Attached at finish grade. 2.3 BICYCLE RACKS A. Basis of Design: Timberform Cycloops Model #2170-13-E-C. B. Material: Powder-coated; Color - Black. C. Capacity: Thirteen (13) bicycles. D. Installation Method: Attached below finished grade and Cast in concrete. 2.4 TRASH RECEPTACLES A. Basis of Design: Urbanscape – “M” Style, Model #TM3B41C. 1. B. Color: smoke. Facing Surrounds: Steel. SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 25, 2014 C. Support Frames: Steel. D. Capacity: 30 gal. E. Installation Method: Mounted on elevated leg angles anchored at finished grade. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Metal Components: Form to required shapes and sizes with true, consistent curves, lines, and angles. Separate metals from dissimilar materials to prevent electrolytic action. B. Welded Connections: Weld connections continuously. Weld solid members with full-length, full-penetration welds and hollow members with full-circumference welds. At exposed connections, finish surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness or unevenness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. C. Pipes and Tubes: Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of handrail and railing components. D. Preservative-Treated Wood Components: Complete fabrication of treated items before treatment if possible. If cut after treatment, apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces. E. Exposed Surfaces: Polished, sanded, or otherwise finished; all surfaces smooth, free of burrs, barbs, splinters, and sharpness; all edges and ends rolled, rounded, or capped. F. Factory Assembly: Assemble components in the factory to greatest extent possible to minimize field assembly. Clearly mark units for assembly in the field. 2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. 2.7 Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Baked-Enamel, Powder-Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard, baked, polyester, powder-coat finish complying with finish manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation, including pretreatment, application, baking, and minimum dry film thickness. SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2.8 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 25, 2014 STEEL AND GALVANIZED-STEEL FINISHES A. Baked-Enamel, Powder-Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard, baked, polyester, powder-coat finish complying with finish manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation, including pretreatment, application, baking, and minimum dry film thickness. B. PVC Finish: Manufacturer's standard, UV-light stabilized, mold-resistant, slip-resistant, mattetextured, dipped or sprayed-on, PVC-plastisol finish, with flame retardant added; complying with coating manufacturer's written instructions for pretreatment, application, and minimum dry film thickness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for correct and level finished grade, mounting surfaces, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Complete field assembly of site furnishings where required. B. Unless otherwise indicated, install site furnishings after landscaping and paving have been completed. C. Install site furnishings level, plumb, true, and securely anchored at locations indicated on Drawings. D. Post Setting: Set cast-in support posts in concrete footing with smooth top, shaped to shed water. Protect portion of posts above footing from concrete splatter. Verify that posts are set plumb or at correct angle and are aligned and at correct height and spacing. Hold posts in position during placement and finishing operations until concrete is sufficiently cured. E. Posts Set into Voids in Concrete: Form or core-drill holes for installing posts in concrete to depth recommended in writing by manufacturer of site furnishings and 3/4 inch larger than OD of post. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions, with top smoothed and shaped to shed water. F. Pipe Sleeves: Use steel pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions, with top smoothed and shaped to shed water. SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 25, 2014 END OF SECTION 129300 SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 5 Fire Sprinkler System Specification Sheet (Per §40-10-250) Project Data Project name: Central Carolina Technical College – Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center State project: Yes No Address (street # & street name): 853 Broad Street Location in South Carolina: City: Sumter County: Sumter State project #: H59-6059-CA Water Supply Information Date test conducted: (flow test data must be less than 1 year old per §40-10-250(A)(1)) Static pressure (psi): 50 Residual pressure (psi): 11-21-2013 Distances of test gauges relative to the base of the riser: Source of water supply: Horizontal (ft): Pipe Size (in.): 6” Title: N/A Organization: City of Sumter Public Services Yes No Fire pump: New Existing Yes No On-site storage tank: Flow (gpm): 1060 Vertical (elevation difference in ft): Municipal dead-end Municipal circulation Other: Name: N/A Test data by/from: 42 Telephone #: 803-436-2558 Pump Capacity (gpm): 500 Churn Pressure (psi): 48 Rated Pressure (psi): 40 Pressure @ 150% flow (psi): 24 New Existing Tank capacity (gallons): NFPA Hazard Classification (attach continuation page when necessary) Area # Class or Code Reference Description of Hazard Protected (commodity description, storage height, and arrangement as applicable.) 1 Ordinary Hazard Group 2 Shops 2 Light Hazard Offices, Classrooms, Conference rooms Design Parameters (attach continuation page when necessary) Area # System Type Density (gpm/ft2) / Area (ft2) or Other (reference code section) Inside Hose (gpm) Outside Hose (gpm) 1 Automatic Wet 0.20 / 1500 0 250 2 Automatic Wet 0.10/1500 0 100 Seismic Design Data: SS=0.420g Codes and Standards (attach continuation page when necessary) Applicable Codes, Standards & Editions (i.e. "2006 IBC", "2007 NFPA 13", etc.) for the Scope of Work on the Sprinkler System NFPA-13(2010), ICC IBC(2012), ICC IFC(2012) Scope of work (such as sprinkler system A.G. from 1'-0" A.F.F., U.G. from tap to 5'-0" outside, etc.) and notes (attach continuation page when necessary): Above ground and to 5’-0” outside of building footprint. Specifier's Information Name: Craig Buck, P.E. Engineering services provided through a firm: Yes No Firm name: RMF Engineering, Inc. Address: 194 Seven Farms Drive, Suite G City: Charleston State: South Carolina Zip: 29492 Phone #: 843 971 9639 Fax #: 843 971 9641 E-mail: craig.buck@rmf.com Revision No.: ____0_ Certificate of Authorization Page _1___ of __1__ Professional Engineer’s Seal Signature: __________________________ Date: _____06/27/2014____________ SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 210500 – WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements and all other Specification Sections apply to the work specified in this section. In the event of conflict between specific requirements of the various documents, the more restrictive, the more extensive (i.e.: more expensive) requirement shall govern. GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Provide all materials, equipment, and labor, including all required drilling for the design and installation of new supervised automatic wet-pipe and dry-pipe sprinkler system(s) for the Central Carolina Technical College AMTTC. B. A new four (4) inch fire service will be provided under another Division where shown. The Contractor shall arrange for and coordinate the installation of the new service. The Contractor shall provide all work within the building and to a point five (5) feet from building wall, including necessary excavation and backfill. C. The sprinkler system(s) shall be supplied from new sprinkler zone assemblies. In new sprinkler zone assemblies, waterflow switches and valve tampers shall be furnished and installed under this contract. D. Final locations of sprinkler zones shall be coordinated with Central Carolina Technical College and the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) and verified in writing by the Contractor prior to the start of work. E. The piping for each system shall be sized in accordance with hydraulic calculations to comply with the hydraulic requirements found in NFPA Standard 13-2010 and 14-2010, and the Owner's Insurance Underwriter Standards. F. All core drilling of floors and walls shall be included under this contract. All electrical work related to this contract shall be provided under Division 26, Electrical. G. Secure all required approvals and inspections from City of Sumter and the State of South Carolina. H. Submit all required drawings and calculations. I. All work must be performed in accordance with these specifications and other related documents. J. Contractors shall be solely responsible for design and installation of the system(s) in accordance with the specifications. 1.3 INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS A. The work performed shall be complete in every respect. Each system that has been installed or modified shall be complete in accordance with the applicable codes, standards, manufacturer's recommendations and Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) listings. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC B. 1.4 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Upon completion of this work, the Owner shall be provided with the following 1. Complete information and record drawings describing and depicting all systems as installed, including all information necessary for maintaining, troubleshooting, and expanding the systems. 2. Complete documentation of system testing. 3. Certify that each system installed or modified has been inspected and tested, has been installed or modified entirely in accordance with the applicable code, standards, Manufacturer's recommendations and UL listings, and is in proper working order. Contractor shall use "Contractor's Material and Test Certificates for Aboveground Piping and Underground Piping". SCOPE A. The requirements of Division 23, Sections “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions” and “Basic Materials and Methods” shall apply to work specified under this section. B. Sprinkler contractor's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on the Fire Sprinkler System Specification Sheet (FSSSS). C. The area of work shall be fully sprinklered throughout in accordance with NFPA Standard 13-2010. Provide automatic sprinkler protection in accordance with NFPA Standard 13-2010, except as made more stringent herein. The building shall be served from an automatic wet-pipe sprinkler system. D. Provide sprinkler system supervisory switches and waterflow indicators as required. All electrical work related shall be provided under Division 26, ELECTRICAL. E. Provide all required drains and inspector test connections, connected and ready to use. F. Prepare and submit shop drawings, record drawings, and other submittals required herein. G. Flush and test the sprinkler system. H. Guarantee all new equipment, systems, and modifications during installation for a one (1) year period after final acceptance of the work by the Architect. I. Provide all required drilling for sprinkler and water supply pipe. J. Pipe sizes shall be as required by NFPA Standards but in no case less than those shown on the drawings. For the Contractor's information, fire flow test data is hereinafter included. K. Sprinkler heads shall be provided as required by NFPA Standards. Sprinkler head locations shall be coordinated with the Architectural reflected ceiling plans. Sprinkler shop drawings shall indicate the ceiling grid, lighting fixtures, air devices, etc. Generally, sprinkler heads shall be centered in tiles, plus or minus two (2) inches from tile centerlines. L. Provide specialty heads, shut-off valves with tamper switches on sprinkler pipes serving special use areas, such as elevator shafts, elevator machine rooms, electric rooms, etc. as required by local code and the authority having jurisdiction. M. All requirements of the State of South Carolina, the State Fire Marshal's Office, and the Local/County Fire Prevention Bureaus shall apply to this specification. Provide systems according to NFPA 13-2010 and State Engineer Manual Section 5.13. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 N. The sprinkler contractor shall review all architectural and structural drawings, including all reflected ceiling plans prior to preparing the bid. Attention shall be paid to stairways, elevator hoistways, areas with floating ceilings, large exposed ductwork and vertical slab openings. O. The sprinkler contractor shall provide all required construction coordination as specified in Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions”. All coordination issues and conflicts shall be resolved by the Contractor(s) at no additional cost to the Owner. Resolutions may include, but not be limited to, moving pipe mains, sprinkler heads, drain and test piping, valves, etc. 1.5 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. 1.6 Provide and install all piping as required by NFPA Standards and approved plans in accordance with all applicable standards. Piping installation and hangers shall be in accordance with Division 23, Section “Basic Materials and Methods”, unless specified otherwise in this Section. WORKING CONDITIONS A. 1.7 The Contractor shall be responsible for attending a pre-construction meeting and construction coordination meetings with the Owner and Architect. CODES, STANDARDS, ORDINANCES, AND PERMITS A. All work shall conform to the requirements of the applicable portions of the latest editions of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards and Recommended Practices listed herein: 1. NFPA 13 - "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems", 2010 Edition 2. NFPA 14 - "Standard for the Installation of Standpipes and Hose Systems", 2010 Edition 3. NFPA 24 - "Recommended Practice for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their Appurtenances", 2010 Edition 4. NFPA 25 - "Recommended Practice for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Sprinkler Systems", 2008 Edition 5. NFPA 70 - "National Electrical Code", 2005 Edition 6. NFPA 72 - "Standard for the Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Local Protective Signaling Systems", 2010 Edition 7. NFPA 101 - "Standard Code for Life Safety from Fire in Buildings and Structures", 2009 Edition 8. The Fire Protection Sprinkler Systems Act. SC Code of Laws Title 40 Chapter 10. B. All work and materials shall conform to all Federal, State, and local codes and regulations governing this installation including the current editions of the International Building and Fire Prevention Codes, and the International Building Code, as modified or interpreted by the State of South Carolina to permit use of current NFPA Standards. C. All designs, work, and materials shall conform to the Owner’s Insurance Underwriter guidelines and standards. D. If there is a conflict between the referenced NFPA Standards, Federal, State or local codes, Insurance Underwriter requirements, and this specification, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to bring the conflict to the attention of the Architect for resolution. E. All devices, systems, equipment, and materials furnished and installed shall be of types or models approved by City of Sumter, State of South Carolina and Underwriters Laboratories for use in systems and occupancies of this type. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.8 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTOR A. The Contractor shall hold all licenses and obtain all permits necessary to perform work of this type. B. The Contractor shall be regularly engaged in the design, installation, testing, and servicing of automatic sprinkler systems. C. The Contractor shall provide a job site supervisor who shall be present at all times that work is actively in progress. 1.9 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. The Owner and Architect or their representative(s) will review all submittals for conformance to these specifications. 2. If the Contractor's submittals, upon review by the Owner or Architect do not conform to the requirements of these specifications, the Contractor shall be required to resubmit with modifications, within seven (7) working days of receipt of the Architect's notification to the Contractor. The contractor shall be responsible for the extra expenses for subsequent review of rejected submittals necessitated by the Contractor's failure to provide a complete and accurate submittal meeting the requirements of the specifications. Such extra fees shall be deducted from payments to the Contractor. 3. If the Contractor's submittals conform to the requirements of these specifications, the Architect will issue a Certificate of Compliance. Subsequently, the Fire Sprinkler System Specification Sheet and Certificate of Compliance will accompany the shop drawing submittal to the State Fire Marshal for review and approval. B. Hydraulic Calculations 1. The contractor shall submit hydraulic calculations based on the information provided on the Fire Sprinkler Specification Sheet (FSSSS). C. Shop Drawings: 1. In accordance with South Carolina State Fire Marshal policy memo 3-008, the shop drawing transmittal shall include the following data: a. Square footage of the largest floor. b. Number of stories. c. Contact information for the General Contractor including contact name, company name and mailing address. 2. The Contractor shall submit sufficient quantity of AutoCAD prepared shop drawings, catalog cuts, and hydraulic calculations to the Architect for approval. Shop drawings shall show light fixtures, ducts, mechanical equipment, structural elements, and all other items which may affect the layout of sprinkler heads and piping. Plans showing sprinkler work shall be not less than 1/8 inch per foot. a. The AutoCAD prepared shop drawings shall be consistent and compatible with AutoCAD format being used by the Architect. b. Shop drawings shall show all of the information required by NFPA Standard 13-2010 for working plans and shall include drawings showing the location of all equipment, controls, piping, valves, and drains. c. Shop drawings shall show locations of pipe supports, seismic braces and end-of-line pipe restraints in plan view. Shop drawings shall also detail pipe supports, seismic braces and end-of-line restraints. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC d. e. f. g. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 The shop drawings shall indicate all areas to be sprinklered and type of hazard, locations and sizes of water supply pipe, major drains and tests, alarm check valve and water motor gong, risers and other main piping and valves, and the location of fire department connections. Complete riser diagrams shall also be submitted. The drawings shall locate by dimension all fire protection piping and sprinkler heads. Shop drawings shall be provided in sufficient detail to show compliance with the Standards referenced on the Fire Sprinkler System Specification Sheet (FSSSSS) to the degree required by the regulations of the State Fire Marshal. Provide all electrical wiring diagrams of air compressor, flow switches, alarms, and supervising equipment for coordination under Division 26, Electrical. All wiring shall be provided under Division 26, Electrical. Submit all product data, including piping, valves, sprinkler heads, pipe hangers and supports, fire department connection, etc. D. Operation and Maintenance Manual 1. Refer to Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions” for additional requirements of operation and maintenance manuals. The Contractor shall provide the Architect with a loose-leaf manual containing the following data: a. A detailed description of the new sprinkler system(s), including the provisions for system expansion. b. A detailed description of routine maintenance required or recommended including a maintenance schedule and detailed maintenance instructions for each type of device installed. c. Manufacturer's data sheets and installation manuals/instructions for all equipment installed. d. A list of recommended spare parts. e. Service directory for all components in the system. f. Eleven (11) inches by seventeen (17) inches reduced copies of the as-built drawings. 2. Within thirty (30) days of authorization to proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect four (4) copies of the draft manual for approval (excluding as-built drawings). 3. Within thirty (30) days of the completion of the work, six (6) copies of the approved manual with as-built drawings shall be delivered to the Owner. E. Record Drawings: 1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain on the site an up-to-date record set of approved shop drawing prints which shall be marked to show each and every change made to the sprinkler system from the original approved shop drawings. This shall not be construed as authorization to deviate from or make changes to the shop drawings approved without written instruction in each case. This set of drawings shall be used only as a record set. 2. Upon completion of the work, the record set of prints shall be used to prepare complete, accurate final record drawings (CAD) reflecting any and all changes and deviations made to the sprinkler system. 3. Upon completion of the work, one set of black line record drawings shall be submitted to the Architect for review and approval. 4. Upon approval of the black line record drawings, four (4) additional sets of black line record drawings and one set of unprotected AutoCAD 2008 disks shall be delivered to the Owner. F. Drawing Approval by Code Authority: 1. The Contractor’s shop drawings are subject to approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.10 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 WARRANTY PERIOD A. The Contractor shall warranty all materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year beginning with the date of substantial completion. The Contractor shall be responsible during the design, installation, testing, and guarantee periods for any damage caused by him or his subcontractors or by defects in his or his subcontractors' work, materials, or equipment. B. During the warranty period, the Contractor shall provide emergency repair service for the sprinkler system within eight (8) hours of a request by the Owner for such service. This service shall be provided on a twenty-four (24) hour per day, seven (7) days per week basis. Warranty shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion. 1.11 TRAINING A. The Contractor shall conduct one training session of four (4) hours to familiarize the building personnel with the features, operation, and maintenance of the sprinkler systems. Training sessions shall be scheduled by the Architect at a time mutually agreeable to the Contractor and the Owner. B. The proposed training agenda shall include, but not be limited to, the following items: 1. Overview of system operation 2. Overview of system equipment and device locations 3. Detailed operation guidelines 4. Detailed maintenance procedures 5. Periodic testing procedures 1.12 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS A. Spare Parts: Contractor shall install two (2) metal sprinkler cabinets containing a minimum total of four (4) sprinklers, of each type, finish, and temperature rating used on the project. Contractor shall provide two (2) sets of sprinkler wrenches compatible with each type of sprinkler provided. The cabinet shall be installed at the locations approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall supply the Owner with two (2) complete sets of special tools and equipment necessary to perform routine maintenance on the sprinkler systems. 1.13 A. FINAL APPROVAL AND ACCEPTANCE Final approval and acceptance of the work will be given when the following occurs: 1. The complete sprinkler system(s) have been inspected, tested, and approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 2. Required submittals, system operation and maintenance manuals, record drawings, spare parts, special tools, and training have been provided to, reviewed, and accepted by the Owner and Architect. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DESIGN CRITERIA A. 2.2 Hydraulically calculated wet-pipe sprinkler systems shall be installed, designed to produce uniform discharge over the design area, and shall conform to the hydraulic requirements of NFPA Standard 132010 and the Fire Sprinkler System Specification Sheet (FSSSSS) requirements. GENERAL A. All equipment and system components furnished and installed shall be new and of first quality, and be listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) or approved by Factory mutual (FM) for their intended use. All such equipment and system components shall be installed within the limitations of the respective UL listings or FM approvals. B. Each item of equipment shall be capable of performing its function over an extended period of time with a minimum of attention and maintenance. All equipment shall be constructed using new materials designed and built in accordance with the best practices of the industry. Each major item of equipment shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark; serial number; UL label; operating instructions and hydraulic temperature characteristic conditions, etc., if applicable. C. Unless specified otherwise, the standard manufactured products of Grinnell, Viking, or Reliable shall be provided. Equipment and installation shall comply with the latest edition of NFPA Standard 13-2010. 2.3 PIPING A. Fire protection system piping shall meet the requirements of NFPA Standard 13-2010 and the following: 1. Schedule 40 black steel pipe meeting ASTM A-795 requirements with the following: a. Black cast-iron screwed fittings 125 pound steam, 175 pound water ANSI B16.4 and threaded joints conforming to ANSI B1.20.1 b. Mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings for roll or cut pipe sizes 2-1/2 inches and larger. 2. Incoming fire service shall be a one-piece in-building riser, installed as indicated on the plans. Riser shall be composed of a single extended 90 degree fitting of fabricated 304 stainless steel tubing, maximum working pressure 200psi. The fitting shall have a grooved-end connection (AWWA C606) on the building side and a CIPS coupler (Ductile Iron Pipe) on the underground side. The grooved end shall include a coupler and cap to facilitate testing of the underground piping. The in-building riser shall be an Ames Fire & Waterworks Series IBR or equal. 3. Underground piping shall be ductile iron with a rated working pressure of 175 psi conforming to AWWA C151/A21.51, with cement mortar lining conforming to AWWA C104/A21.4. Fittings shall be ductile iron conforming to AWWA C110/A21.10. Gaskets shall be suitable in design and size for the pipe with which such gaskets are to be used. Gaskets for ductile iron pipe joints shall conform to AWWA C111/A21.11. 4. A flexible coupling shall be provided at or near all building expansion joints. 5. Pressure ratings of all fittings shall meet or exceed maximum working pressures available within the system. 6. All piping and hangers where exposed to the weather or installed in a corrosive atmosphere shall be protected against corrosion. No piping shall be subject to freezing. B. If piping systems utilizing mechanical couplings are used, all coupling and pipe fittings such as elbows, tees, reducers, etc. (not including valves and specialties) shall be provided by one manufacturer and shall be part of a UL/FM approved assembly. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 C. Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fittings 1. Manufacturer: FlexHead Industries, Inc. 2. Description: Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fittings for use in commercial suspended ceilings and sheetrock ceilings. 3. Regulatory Requirements: In accordance with NFPA 13-2010. 4. Product Performance Criteria: a. FM Approved for its intended use pursuant to FM 1637 Approval Standard for Flexible Sprinkler Hose with Threaded End Fittings. b. UL Listed for its intended use pursuant to UL 2443 Standard for Flexible Sprinkler Hose with Fittings for Fire Protection Service. c. Seismically qualified for use pursuant to ICC-ES AC-156 Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Qualification by Shake-Table Testing of Nonstructural Components and Systems. 5. FlexHead Flexible Hose Assemblies and End Fittings: a. 100% Type 304 Stainless Steel. b. Straight Hose Assembly Lengths: 2ft length, Model #2024, 175 psi maximum rated pressure. Fully welded non-mechanical fittings, braided, leak-tested with minimum 1-inch true-bore internal corrugated hose diameter. c. Elbow Hose Assembly Lengths (For use in confined spaces): 2ft length, Model #2024E, 175 psi maximum rated pressure. Fully welded non-mechanical fittings, braided, leaktested with minimum 1-inch true-bore internal corrugated hose diameter. 6. FlexHead Ceiling Bracket: a. Type G90 Galvanized Steel. b. Direct attachment type, having integrated snap-on clip ends positively attached to the ceiling using tamper-resistant screws. c. Flexible Hose Attachment: Removable hub type with set screw. D. UL Listed Flexible Expansion Loop 1. All fire protection pipe passing through or crossing building seismic or expansion joints shall contain a UL listed flexible expansion loop, designed for seismic movement. Flexible loops shall impart no thrust loads to building structure. 2. Loops shall be located at, or near, the building seismic or expansion joint. Seismic bracing shall not pass through building seismic joint and shall not connect or tie together different sides or parts of building structure. Flexible loops shall be capable of movement in the ±X, ±Y, ±Z planes. Movement requirements and location, relative to seismic separation, shall be determined by system design engineer. Flexible loops may be installed to accommodate thermal expansion, seismic movement, and building settlement. Unless specified otherwise by system design engineer or governing codes, all flexible loop connections to sprinkler piping shall be installed, inspected, and tested in accordance with current NFPA Standard 13-2010. 3. Flexible loops shall consist of two flexible sections of hose and braid, two 90 degree elbows, and 180 degree return. Loops shall include a factory supplied, center support nut located at the bottom of the 180 degree return, and a drain/air release plug. Materials of construction and end fitting type shall be consistent with pipe material and equipment/pipe connection fittings. 4. Flexible expansion/seismic loops shall be equal to Metraloop Fireloop as manufactured by Metraflex Company. 2.4 CONTROL AND DRAIN VALVES A. Fire Protection system control valves shall be the following types: 1. Gate Valves 2-1/2 inch and over shall be UL listed 175 pounds per square inch (psi) water working pressure (WWP), OS&Y with cast iron body and flanged end equal to Stockham Fig. No. G-634. 2. Gate Valves 2 inch and under shall be UL listed, 175 pounds per square inch (psi) water working pressure (WWP), OS&Y with bronze body and screwed end equal to Stockham Fig. B-133. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3. 4. 5. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Check Valves 2-1/2 inch and over shall be UL listed, 175 pounds per square inch (psi) water working pressure (WWP), swing check with cast iron body and flanged end equal to Stockham Fig. G-939. For vertical installations, provide UL listed wafer check valve, 175 psi WWP equal to Grinnell. Butterfly valves with integral valve supervisory switches, whose entire assembly is approved for use in sprinkler systems for pipe sizes 1-1/2 inch and smaller. Automatic ball drip drain valves shall be Elkhart Fig. No. 702. B. Riser control valves shall be of the OS&Y gate type with valve supervisory switch. C. All valves must be UL listed or FM approved for their intended use. D. All water supply control valves and drain valves shall be permanently marked to show their function and sprinkler system zone which they serve. Valve marking shall correspond to campus wide valve marking procedure. E. Pressure ratings of all valves shall meet or exceed maximum working pressures available within the system. F. Provide inspector's test and drain assemblies. G. Provide check valve in accordance with NFPA Standard 13-2010. 2.5 DRY PIPE VALVES A. Provide valve complete with accessories and appurtenances for the proper operation of the system. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide dry-pipe valve by one of the following: 1. AFAC Inc. 2. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. 3. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. 4. Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. 5. Venus Fire Protection Ltd. 6. Victaulic Company. 7. Viking Corporation. B. Standard: UL 260 C. Design: Differential-pressure type. D. Include UL 1486, quick-opening devices, trim sets for air supply, drain, priming level, alarm connections, ball drip valves, pressure gages, priming chamber attachment, and fill-line attachment. E. Low Air Pressure Supervisory Switch: 1. Provide switch for dry-pipe sprinkler system and connect to building fire alarm system to activate the system supervisory alarm when air pressure in system drops halfway from the normal pressure to the tripping point. Connection of switch shall be under Division 28, Fire Alarm. Provide a bleeder valve in the air line ahead of the switch for testing operation of the switch. The valve shall be normally open. Closing the valve shall shut off the air supply to the switch and exhaust the pressure between the switch and valve. F. Air Compressor: WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 9 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. 2.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Provide an approved, UL listed automatic type, electric motor-driven air compressor including pressure switch, air piping, and 10 gallon minimum capacity tank. Compressor shall have a minimum capacity capable of charging the complete sprinkler system to normal system air pressure within 30 minutes. Provide an approved automatic air maintenance device for each system. Motor Horsepower: Fractional. Power: 120-V ac, 60 Hz, single phase. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS A. Sprinklers shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories and only new sprinklers shall be used. Any sprinkler that incurs damage, is painted, or is sprayed with any fire retardant or obstructive material shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. Sprinklers shall be provided and installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 13-2010 and properly coordinated with other work including duct and electric fixture installation. The correct type of sprinkler head shall be used in every location. B. The correct temperature rating of every sprinkler head shall be used according to the maximum ceiling temperature rating and requirements in NFPA Standard 13-2010. All sprinklers with the exception of specified decorative types and bulb type sprinklers shall have their frame arms colored at the factory in accordance with the standard table in NFPA Standard 13-2010. High temperature heads shall be used where required by NFPA Standard 13-2010 and the Authority having jurisdiction. C. Sprinklers that may be subject to mechanical damage due to their location (under stairwells, or low hanging sprinklers in corridors, storage rooms or under ducts) shall be provided with approved guards (Reliable Model MA or equivalent). Sprinklers under open gratings shall be provided with approved shields. D. Automatic sprinklers shall be of the following types: 1. Quick Response sidewall, semi-recessed pendent or concealed sprinklers shall be installed in all areas, including offices, laboratories, classrooms, corridors, storage rooms, multipurpose rooms, and other technically appropriate areas. Quick Response sprinklers shall be ordinary temperature rated. All sprinklers in these areas shall be Quick Response which will permit removal and replacement of ceiling without cutting tiles. 2. Standard upright or pendent sprinklers shall be installed in areas not provided with Quick Response Sprinklers. 3. Provide Quick Response, dry, horizontal sidewall sprinklers heads listed for ordinary hazard to protect exterior loading dock. 4. Provide closely spaced sprinklers as required for protection of slab openings. 5. Architect will select finish for all automatic sprinklers from samples of available finishes supplied by Contractor from the manufacturer. 6. All sprinklers within a space shall be from the same manufacturer and have the same heat response element, including temperature rating and response characteristics. 7. Sprinklers located on exterior piping systems, or located in corrosive atmospheres shall be corrosion resistant. 8. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to install all sprinklers securely and in a manner acceptable to the Owner and Architect. E. Concealed type sprinkler heads shall be provided in gypsum, plaster and wood ceilings and as noted on the drawings. Concealed sprinkler caps in the wood ceiling shall be a custom color as selected by the architect. Unless otherwise noted, sprinkler heads in acoustical ceiling tile shall be semi-recessed pendent type. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 10 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2.7 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SUPERVISORY AND ALARM EQUIPMENT A. Vane-type waterflow indicators with adjustable pneumatic retard (0-90 seconds) shall be used to indicate waterflow in each new sprinkler system zone. B. Valve supervisory switches (new riser control valves) shall be provided for all new valves controlling the water supply to the sprinkler system(s). C. Valve supervisory switches shall be the yoke mounted type. Contractor shall not use remote mounted, wire loop type switches. D. All electrical wiring of flow switches and valve tamper switches into the fire alarm system shall be provided under Division 16, ELECTRICAL. The sprinkler contractor is responsible for providing, installing, and adjusting the devices as necessary for proper operation. E. All valves controlling water supply shall be electrically supervised in accordance with requirements of IBC Section 903 and NFPA Standards. The switches shall be a single circuit limit switch mounted to the piping so that when the valve is fully opened the limit switch actuator holds the contacts open. If the valve is closed to a point where the stem has reached a distance of 1/5 of total travel to the closed position, the limit switch actuator shall close to the switch contacts. 2.8 HANGERS A. 2.9 Provide hangers from the building structure in strict accordance with NFPA Standard 13-2010. Provide seismic bracing and supports for all fire protection piping to comply with NFPA Standard 13-2010 and IBC Section 1621.1. Submittal shall detail seismic bracing and pipe supports and show locations of each. All pipe supports and seismic bracing shall be of UL listed components. Engineered pipe supports will only be allowed if shop drawings containing calculations according to NFPA Standard 13-2010 9.1.1.4 are approved by the AHJ prior to the start of installation. FIRE PUMP A. Provide where shown on the plans one (1) fire pump system complete with pump, driver, transfer switch, controller and all accessories required to satisfy the requirements of NFPA Standard 20-2010. The fire pump system shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., and approved by Factory Mutual. The fire pump shall be designed to deliver the capacity indicated on the FSSSS. Pump shall operate at a maximum synchronous speed of 3,550 rotations per minute (RPM). B. The fire pump shall be a vertical splitcase, vertical mounted, bronze fitted, single stage double suction, centrifugal pump. The driver shall be a vertical, open dripproof, ball bearing type, AC, induction, squirrel cage "P" face motor: wound for 480 volts, 3 phase, 60 Hertz. The motor shall be of such capacity that 115% of the full-load ampere rating shall not be exceeded at any condition of pump load. Locked rotor current shall not exceed the values specified in NFPA Standard 20. C. The mounting feet of the pump shall be machined perpendicular to the shaft. The pump shall be bolted to an extra heavy cast iron drip rim ring base. The top of the pump shall be machined to receive the motor mounting bracket. The mounting bracket shall be machined with registered fits to align pump and motor. D. Casings shall be of cast iron having a minimum tensile strength of 35,000 P.S.I. Bearing housing supports, and suction and discharge flanges shall be integrally cast with the lower half of the casing. Removal of the upper half of the casing must allow the rotating element to be removed without disconnecting the suction and discharge flanges. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 11 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 E. Impellers shall be of the enclosed type and shall be of vacuum cast bronze. Impellers shall be dynamically balanced, keyed to the shaft, and held in place with threaded shaft sleeves. F. The pump shaft shall be made of SAE 1045 Steel or equal, accurately machined to give a true running rotating element. Shaft shall be protected by bronze sleeves which are key locked and threaded so that the sleeves tighten with the rotation of the shaft. An o-ring shall seal between the impeller hub and the shaft sleeve to protect the pump shaft. G. Pump shall be equipped with renewable bronze casing rings so designed that hydraulic pressure will seat them against a shoulder in the pump case around the full periphery of the wearing ring. The wearing rings will be locked by dowelling to prevent rotation. The rotating element uses heavy duty grease lubricated ball bearings and shall be equipped with water slingers. Bearing housings shall be so designed to flush lubricant through the bearing. H. Provide all fittings, piping and control wiring necessary for a complete installation in accordance with NFPA Standard 20. The pumping unit shall include the following accessories: 1. Eccentric Tapered Suction Reducer 2. Concentric Tapered Discharge Increaser 3. Pressure Gauges for both Fire Pump and Jockey Pump 4. Circulation Relief Valve 5. Automatic Air Release Valve 6. Balldrip Valve - 1/2" 7. Coupling Guard I. The fire pump motor controller and transfer switch shall be completely assembled, wired, and tested by the manufacturer before shipment from the factory and shall be marked "Fire Pump Controller" and "Transfer Switch". The controller shall be of the closed transition wye-delta type and shall be complete with externally operable disconnect switch, circuit breaker with an interrupting capacity of 30,000 asymmetrical amperes at 480 volts, magnetic contactors, pressure switch, and running period timer, all in NEMA-2 enclosure. Controller shall be Sylvania Clark Control, Eaton Cutler Hammer, Firetrol, A.O. Smith or equal to Sylvania Clark Control wall mounted type and shall comply in all respects with NFPA Standard 20. J. The pump, driver, controller, and transfer switch shall be purchased under a unit contract. The pump shall be given a complete performance test with positive suction pressure and certified performance curves shall be prepared and submitted. Pump manufacturer shall assume unit responsibility and shall provide the services of a factory trained Architect to inspect the installation and conduct a final field acceptance test. Fire pump shall be as manufactured by AURORA, Peerless, Allis Chalmers, Patterson, Fairbanks Morse or equal. K. Provide where shown on the plans one jockey pump to operate at 3,500 rotations per minute (RPM) with a capacity of 5.0 gallons per minute (gpm) at 40 pounds per square inch (PSI). Pump shall be equipped with a mechanical seal and close coupled to a XX horsepower (HP), 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle open dripproof motor, and shall be multi-stage centrifugal type, with bronze bearings and stainless steel impellers, shaft, diffuser chambers and impeller seal rings. L. Provide a jockey pump controller in NEMA-1 housing complete with fusible disconnect switch, magnetic across the line starter, running period timer, Hand-Off-Automatic selector switch, control circuit transformer, and mercoid pressure switch with necessary circuitry to provide automatic start and stop. Controller shall be Sylvania Clark Control, Eaton Cutler Hammer, Firetrol, A.O. Smith or equal to Sylvania Clark control. M. Provide a fire pump alarm panel for remote mounting. Panel shall be Sylvania Clark Control, Eaton Cutler Hammer, Firetrol, A.O. Smith or equal to Sylvania Clark Control Type "A". WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 12 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2.10 A. 2.11 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 FLOW SWITCHES Approved water flow switches (Potter Model VSR, VS-SP, or equivalents) shall be installed where indicated. Conductors shall be provided under the Electric Division to provide fire alarm and annunciation. Activation of the sprinkler system by one (1) sprinkler or equivalent test shall cause the fire alarm system to activate and the appropriate lamp(s) to activate on the annunciator. An approved test shall be provided for each water flow switch. WATER MOTOR ALARM A. An outside water motor bell with guard shall be approved and installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 13-2007 (Reliable 6230 or equivalent). B. Electrically operated alarm shall be UL 464, with 10-inch- diameter, vibrating-type, metal alarm bell with red-enamel factory finish and suitable for outdoor use. C. Water motor alarm shall be UL and FM and shall automatically sound a continuous audible alarm when the sprinkler system operates. D. The gong shall be provided with a standard sign stating "SPRINKLER FIRE ALARM - CALL FIRE DEPARTMENT" (Reliable Model A, style D; or equivalent). E. Location of outside water motor gong shall be coordinated with the Architect and Electrical contractor prior to installation. 2.12 A. 2.13 A. FIRE DEPARTMENT VALVES Provide male, angle, 2-1/2 inch rough brass body 300 pound valve with wheel handle and cap with chain. Threads shall meet Fire Department requirements. Valves shall be Potter-Roemer, Inc. Fig 4065 or approved equal. Provide Potter-Roemer, Inc. Figure 1810 or approved equal recessed valve cabinet for each valve. Provide approved device at the valve outlet to reduce the pressure as required by NFPA Standard 14-2010. FIRE DEPARTMENT TEST CONNECTION The hose connection (siamese) for testing of the fire pump shall be polished brass flush type in straightway pattern with two (2) 2-1/2 inch outlets with threads conforming to the National (American) Standard Fire Hose Coupling Screw Threads equipped with screw caps and chains. Siamese shall be labeled "Fire Pump Test Discharge Connection" with raised letters minimum of one (1) inch in size cast on plate. Provide Potter-Roemer Fig. No. 5863, Allen, Badger-Powhatan, Elkhart, Seco or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. The contractor shall examine daily all areas in which the work will be performed. The Contractor shall immediately report unsatisfactory working conditions to the Architect for resolution. The Contractor shall not proceed with work until all unsatisfactory working conditions have been resolved. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 13 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.2 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. The Contractor shall thoroughly review with the Architect the pipe routing, sprinkler locations, and method of installation. Any facet of sprinkler installation that does not meet with the Architect’s or Owner's approval shall be revised by the Contractor to the Owner's satisfaction at no expense to the Owner. 2. Due to the need to maximize area availability, each zone may be constructed in phases requiring multiple hydrostatic tests, set-up, clean-up, etc. 3. All holes made by the Contractor in any new wall, ceiling, or floor shall be patched restoring the wall, ceiling, or floor to its original appearance, condition, fire resistance, and integrity. 4. Location of all equipment, controls, piping, valves and drains shall be coordinated with other sections and trades so as to be easily accessible for operation and maintenance. Location is subject to approval. 5. All sprinklers and equipment shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All special tools recommended by the manufacturer shall be used. 6. The sprinkler contractor shall provide all required construction coordination as specified in Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions”. All coordination issues and conflicts shall be resolved by the Contractors at no additional cost to the Owner. Resolutions may include, but not be limited to, moving pipe mains, sprinkler heads drain and test piping, valves, etc. B. Installation of Piping: 1. Install all pipe, fittings, valves, controls, and hangers as indicated and required in accordance with NFPA Standard 13-2010. 2. Piping installed under this Section shall be coordinated with that of all other Sections and trades so that all work may be installed in the most direct and workmanlike manner and so that interference between piping, ducts, equipment, electrical, architectural and structural features will be avoided. 3. Piping shall be installed and arranged to protect it from freezing and corrosion, and shall be pitched for drainage. Installation of all piping shall be in coordination with air devices, ductwork, light fixtures, and any other work that may obstruct sprinklers. 4. Drains and test piping shall be furnished and installed so that all parts of the system may be drained and tested properly. Low point drains shall be clearly marked and piped to the exterior of the building. A sign be provided in the Sprinkler room of the number and location of the low point drains. 5. Piping shall not be exposed to freezing. All risers including the alarm check valve shall be equipped with drains with sizes as specified in NFPA Standard 13-2010. The alarm check valve drain ("main drain") shall be piped to the outside of the building at a point free from causing water damage. 6. A test pipe(s) of not less than one (1) inch diameter, terminating in a smooth bore corrosion resistant outlet, giving a flow equivalent to one (1) sprinkler, shall be provided (Inspector's test). The test pipe shall be at the top of sprinkler system, piped from the end of the most remote branch line and discharged outside the building including a forty-five (45) degree elbow pointed downward at a point where it can be readily observed. Obtain Architect's approval for each discharge location. 7. All valves controlling water supply for sprinklers shall be accessible for use by emergency and maintenance personnel. All valves controlling water supply for sprinklers shall be electrically supervised and shall be red in color or painted red by the sprinkler subcontractor. 8. All sprinkler piping installed in areas with suspended ceiling shall be concealed in the walls and ceilings. 9. All exterior piping and exposed piping in the parking garage shall be primed with zinc chromate and painted red by the Contractor. 10. All exposed piping within the building shall be primed with zinc chromate and painted red by the Contractor. The contractor shall coordinate with the architect prior to any work being performed. 11. All exposed pipe which passes through a wall, ceiling, or floor shall be provided with escutcheon plates. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 14 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 12. 13. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 All exposed piping, equipment, and devices shall be installed as high as possible, but no less than 7'-6" above the finished floor, and so as not to obstruct any portion of a window, doorway, stairway or passageway, and shall not interfere with the operation or accessibility of any mechanical, plumbing, or electrical equipment. Pipe which passes through fire-resistive barriers (including shaft walls and stairways) shall be sleeved and grouted to maintain the structural integrity and rating of the fire-resistive barriers. C. Dry Pipe Valves 1. General Requirements: Install in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main supply to system. 2. Install trim sets for air supply, drain, priming level, alarm connections, ball drip valves, pressure gages, priming chamber attachment, and fill-line attachment. 3. Install air compressor and connect compressed-air supply to dry-pipe sprinkler piping. 4. Pressurize and check dry-pipe sprinkler system piping and air compressors. D. System Drains: 1. Discharge from new inspector's test pipe and system drains shall be extended and terminated outside with a Zurn Z199-DC-VP or approved equal downspout cover, or with an indirect connection over an open drain at a location approved by the Architect. 2. All interior sectional control valves including riser control valves shall be provided with auxiliary drainage so located as to drain that portion of the system controlled by the sectional valve. These drains shall discharge either outside, to drain connection leading to the main drain, or to a drain system. Obtain approval of all discharge locations. 3. Auxiliary drains shall be provided to properly drain points of the system when a change in direction prevents drainage. 4. Drain and auxiliary drain valves shall be globe or angle valves as required and readily accessible for maintenance personnel. The Inspector's test shall be one (1) inch or larger globe valve installed not over seven (7) feet above the floor and in a readily accessible location. Test valves and the sight test shall be located at readily accessible points not above seven (7) feet above the floor. E. Flexible Couplings, Hangers, and Sway Bracing: 1. Provide pipe hangers and supports for fire protection piping as hereinbefore specified in Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions” and in no case less than the requirements of NFPA Standard 13-2010. 2. All sprinkler piping shall be substantially supported from the building structure which must support the total load of the water filled pipe plus a minimum of 250 pounds applied at the point of hanging in accordance with NFPA Standard 13-2010. All hanging apparatus and equipment shall be of an approved type installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 13-2010. 3. All flexible couplings shall be designed and installed as required by NFPA Standard 13-2010 (including all appendices). Flexibility, internal pressure, and differential movement between the piping and building, earth, or other supporting structure(s) shall be allowed for, so that no allowable stress is exceeded in any member. 4. All sway bracing shall be designed and installed as required by NFPA Standard 13-2010. Sprinkler contractor shall provide two-way, four-way, lateral, longitudinal, etc. bracing for seismic protection. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identification signs similar to or the same as those recommended in NFPA Standard 13-2010 shall be affixed securely by chain to all valves. The signs shall be red in color (Reliable Model A, Style A and B, or equivalent). The main drain sign shall be labeled "MAIN DRAIN". Riser drains shall read "RISER DRAIN" or "DRAIN". Auxiliary drain signs shall be labeled "AUXILIARY DRAIN". Inspector's Test's signs shall be labeled "INSPECTORS TEST". WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 15 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 B. All water supply control valves shall have a standard sign identifying the portion of the system controlled, noting that the valve must be kept open, and leaving a blank space for notification information. All valves which are placed in concealed spaces shall have the standard sign affixed in a visible location (valves hidden by a drop ceiling shall have a sign mounted on the ceiling or wall under the valve). Obtain final approval of the Architect of all sign locations in finished spaces. C. A fire sprinkler valve drawing of the floor shall be provided to identify the locations, details of arrangements and function of all system valves, including control, drain, test, inspection valves. One (1) copy of the drawing shall be mounted and framed under plastic protection in the 1st floor sprinkler room (actual location per Architect). 3.4 INSTALLATION, ACCEPTANCES, AND TEST A. Installation, tests, and acceptance shall be in accordance with all applicable codes and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Installation shall be in accordance with all applicable codes, including the Occupational Safety and Health Acts. Installation of equipment and devices that pertain to other work in the contract shall be closely coordinated with the appropriate subcontractors. C. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the Architect for final inspection and witnessing of the final acceptance test. The Architect or the Owner will conduct a final inspection and witness the final acceptance test. D. The hydrostatic tests shall be documented and subject to third party witness. Failure to document any test or notify the Architect may require retesting at no cost to the Owner. E. All tests and inspections required by the referenced Codes and Standards, the Owner, AHJ, and the Architect shall be performed by the Contractor. 1. Prior to any test, flush underground piping per NFPA 24 - 2010. 2. When local code authorities or third parties are required to witness tests, the contractor shall be responsible for making all necessary arrangements with the code authorities and coordinating the work with the Architect. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all test documents with necessary approval stamps and signatures for the code authorities. The Contractor shall submit one copy of the “Contractors Material and Test Certificates for Aboveground Piping” with all information filled out and original signatures. F. An Owner's Representative will visit the job site to inspect the work and witness acceptance tests when he has been advised by the Contractor that the work is completed and ready for test. If the work is not complete or the test is unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall be responsible for the Representative's extra time and expenses for reinspection and witnessing the re-testing of the work. Such extra fees shall be deducted from payments to the Contractor. G. Contractor shall provide at least five (5) working days notice for all tests. As a minimum the following test shall be provided: 1. Underground mains and lead-in connections to the system shall be flushed before connection is made to any system piping using the criteria required in NFPA Standard 13-2010. 2. All piping shall be tested hydrostatically at not less the 200 pounds per square inch (psi) for two (2) hours. The hydrostatic test pressure shall be measured at the low point of the system. The hydrostatic test shall be for the entire system as installed and specified. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 16 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 All alarm equipment, drainage facilities, inspector's tests, etc., shall be operated while the control valves are wide open. The main drain shall be opened and remain open until the system pressure stabilizes. All air shall have been bled from the system at the top inspector's test connection prior to these tests. H. The following materials shall be furnished by the Contractor at the conclusion of the final acceptance test: 1. Operating and maintenance instructions. 2. The spare sprinklers hereinbefore specified. 3. Any and all special tools noted by the manufacturer required for the fire protection items furnished. I. After completion of installation and tests, clean interior and exterior surfaces of equipment and materials, painted or unpainted, installed under this section of specifications of dirt, rust, loose scale, oils, grease and other foreign matter. 3.5 MATERIAL HANDLING A. Storage: 1. The General Contractor will provide the Contractor with a storage space for the Contractor's use during this project. The Contractor will be responsible for the security of this space. 2. The material storage area may be used for pipe cutting and threading, and component assembly. 3. Overnight storage of material shall be limited to the assigned storage area. Materials brought to the work area shall be installed the same day, or returned to the assigned storage area unless otherwise previously approved by the General Contractor. B. Receiving and Handling: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for all receiving, handling, and storage of his materials at the job site. C. Rubbish Removal: 1. Contractor shall remove rubbish and debris resulting from his work on a daily basis. Rubbish not removed by the Contractor will be removed by the General Contractor and back-charge to the Contractor. 2. Removal of debris and rubbish from the premises shall be coordinated with the General Contractor. 3.6 FIELD PAINTING A. Painting of sprinkler systems above suspended ceilings is not required. B. Clean, prime, and paint new sprinkler system piping, valves, hangers, accessories, and miscellaneous metal work as specified in Division 09 and herein. C. Clean surfaces prior to painting. Immediately after cleaning, prime metal surfaces with SSPC Paint 25 or SSPC Paint 25 metal primer applied to a minimum dry film thickness of 0.04 mm 1.5 mils. D. Exercise care to avoid painting sprinkler heads and operating devices. E. Upon completion of painting, remove materials which were used to protect sprinkler heads and operating devices which have been inadvertently painted and provide new clean sprinkler heads and operating devices of the proper type. Finish primed surfaces as follows: 1. Systems in Finished Areas WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 17 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 a. 2. 3.7 Finished areas are defined as areas where walls or ceilings are painted or are constructed of a prefinished material. Paint primed surfaces with two coats of paint to match adjacent surfaces, except paint valves and operating accessories with two coats of gloss red enamel. Systems in Unfinished Areas a. Paint piping in valve rooms, and mechanical rooms with CID A-A-2962 gloss red enamel applied to a minimum dry film thickness of 0.04 mm 1.6 mils. WELDING AND FLAME CUTTING A. 3.8 Welding or flame cutting by the Contractor shall be permitted on the premises in accordance with NFPA 13-6.5.2. FLOW TEST DATA A. Refer to attached sheet for project Fire Sprinkler System Specification Sheet. END OF SECTION 210500 WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 210500 - 18 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 220500 – PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements and all other Specification Sections apply to the work specified in this section. In the event of conflict between specific requirements of the various documents, the more restrictive, the more extensive (i.e.: more expensive) requirement shall govern. B. Refer to Division 1, Section "Commissioning Requirements" and Division 22, Section "Plumbing Commissioning Requirements" for additional information. 1.2 SCOPE A. This section includes the storm, soil, waste, drain, vent and domestic water systems from their source of supply or point of disposal to and including their connection to equipment and fixtures. B. The requirements of Division 23, Sections “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions” shall apply to all work specified under this section. Sterilization shall comply with Section 610 of the 2009 International Plumbing Code. C. Vents through roof shall be installed by plumbing contractor. Roofing contractor(s) shall be responsible for flashing all roof penetrations thru roof systems to maintain warranties. 1.3 CODES A. All plumbing work shall comply with the 2009 International Plumbing Code and the regulations of the City of Sumter and the State of South Carolina Health Departments. Obtain all approvals before starting plumbing work. Request all inspections during the course of work. B. All residential type faucets, electric water coolers and drinking fountains shall meet the requirements of NSF Standard 61, Section 9. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All building domestic and service water heating systems shall meet the mandatory provisions for performance as documented in ASHRAE 90.1-2007 Section 7.4. The minimum performance requirements listed in ASHRAE 90.1-2007 Table 7.8 must be met. 1.5 SERVICES A. Contractor shall arrange for and coordinate water, gas, foundation drainage, storm, and sanitary services. Contractor shall perform all work within the building and to a point five (5) feet from the building wall and shall be coordinated with civil work. The building water main, sanitary and storm sewers shall connect to site water mains and sewers provided under another Division. PLUMBING 220500 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 B. Contractor shall arrange for all permits required for service connections. The County shall pay tap and impact fees for water & sewer directly to respective utility companies. C. Before any sewer work is done inside the property line, the Contractor shall uncover each street sewer at the point of connection and shall determine the actual sewer elevation. If actual elevation is such that the drainage systems cannot be installed as shown, notify the Architect before proceeding with any work. D. Gas service, new meter and regulator shall be provided by South Carolina Electric & Gas Company (SCE&G). 1.6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Provide all plumbing connections required by equipment which is provided on this project. Certain items of equipment shall be provided under this section and certain items will be furnished and set under other sections of the specifications. In all cases, provide valved water supplies, waste and vent lines, and, unless noted otherwise, make final connections after equipment is in place. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE, VALVES AND FITTINGS A. Provide materials as hereinbefore specified in Division 23, Section “Basic Materials and Methods”. All floor, wall and ceiling penetrations for piping shall be sealed with appropriate sealant. 2.2 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts shall be placed in piping throughout the building, where noted and where required by code and at not greater than seventy five (75) foot intervals. Cleanouts on piping below floors, at ends of runs and changes of direction of piping shall consist of Y branches, the full size of pipes to which they are connected with cleanout plugs and covers as listed below or as detailed. Extend cleanouts on concealed piping to finished walls, floors and grade. Cleanouts shall be Josam, Zurn or J.R. Smith equal to Josam numbers indicated below. B. In concrete floors on grade (generally) - Series 55000-1-SQ cleanout with scoriated square satin nikaloy top, bronze cleanout plug with gasket seal, and adjustable frame. C. At base of vertical piping and in walls - Series 58910-Z cleanout tee with countersunk bronze threaded plug. Where risers are concealed, provide Series 58630-COT cleanout tee with plug and nickel satin access cover and frame. D. Cleanouts on exposed and above ceiling horizontal piping shall be Series 58900 with bronze threaded plug. E. Cleanouts in exterior underground piping shall be countersunk set in four (4) inch extra heavy cast iron pipe extension to grade. Provide Josam Series 58360 set in twelve (12) inches by twelve (12) inches by eight (8) inches concrete finished flush with grade. F. Cleanouts in waterproofed equipment rooms - Series 58460A with bronze plug. PLUMBING 220500 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2.3 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 DRAINS A. Drains installed where water-proofing membranes exist shall have a flashing clamp device. 1. Provide drains where indicated. Drains shall be Josam, Jay R. Smith or Zurn equal to Josam equipment as follows: 2.4 Floor Drains (FD-1 – Finished Floor): Josam 30000-S-ARE-50 Floor Drains (FD-2 – Mechanical Rooms): Josam 32100-AE-50 Floor Drains (FD-3 – Condensate): Josam 30000-E1-50 Trench Drains (TD-1): Polycast 600 series PACKAGED DOMESTIC WATER BOOSTER SYSTEM A. Furnish and install a prefabricated variable speed vertical water pressure booster system as manufactured by HYFAB, Bell and Gossett or SyncroFlo. The system shall be capable of providing the capacities as scheduled on the drawings. B. General: Factory-assembled and tested variable speed domestic water pressure booster system with pumps, piping, isolation and check valves, controls, specialties and accessories mounted on a structural steel base. Pump and electrical protection shall be integrated into the pump controller package. The package shall be arranged in a compact design to allow it to be moved through a standard 36” doorway. C. All packaged equipment shall be independently Third Party labeled as a system suitable for the intended use by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory in accordance with OSHA Federal Regulations, and NFPA Pamphlet 70, National Electric Code Article 90-7. D. Pumps: 1. Pumps shall be close coupled, end suction, with volute housing mounted to allow "back pull out" service of the pump or motor without disturbing piping connections. a. Casing Construction: Radially split, ASTM A48 CL20 cast iron suitable for 175 PSI working pressure. The pump volute shall be supplied with vent and drain tappings. Connections shall be female NPT. The casing shall be O-ring sealed to the seal housing. b. Impeller Construction: Closed, single suction, fabricated from cast bronze conforming to ASTM B 584, keyed to shaft and secured by a locking capscrew. Casing Wear Rings: Replaceable, bronze. c. Pump Shaft and Sleeve Bearings: Steel shaft, with a replaceable bronze shaft sleeve completely covering the wetted area of the shaft under the seal. d. Seals: Mechanical seals consisting of carbon rotating ring, stainless steel spring, ceramic seat, and flexible bellows and gasket. e. Motor: Motor shall be NEMA design JM of size and type scheduled on drawings. Motors shall have a 1.15 service factor. Pump motors shall be secured to mounting frame. Booster designs with pump motors supported from the volute only shall not be acceptable. f. Each pump shall be tested by its manufacturer at shut off and at a minimum of two other operating points at operating speed to verify performance. E. Check valves: Angle style, pilot operated check valves shall be installed on the discharge of each pump. The valve shall have a fusion bonded epoxy coated ductile iron body with a bronze disc. The check valves shall be able to be serviced or rebuilt without removing them from the pressure booster. Direct acting check valves are not acceptable. F. Isolation valves: Provide isolation valves on the suction and discharge of each pump. Valves shall be fullport 3-piece ball valves or lug style butterfly valves with hand lever operator rated for a minimum PLUMBING 220500 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 200psig W.P. All contact surfaces shall be suitable for potable water service. Gate valves shall not be acceptable. G. Thermal protection: Self contained thermal-relief valves factory set to discharge at 125°F shall be mounted on each pump. H. Piping: All piping shall be constructed from Type 304 stainless steel. Suction and Discharge headers shall be designed and constructed for minimal friction loss. I. Pressure gauges: Pressure gauges shall be liquid filled, bourdon tube type. Gauges shall be supplied for both the suction and discharge headers. J. Package base: The pressure booster base shall be designed and fabricated to provide proper structural support for all attached equipment, and provide for anchorage to the structure. The base shall include a rigid structural member for pump and motor support. Main members shall be constructed from heavy weight A-36 structural steel members with reinforcing channels for larger boosters. Steel base shall be painted with machinery enamel. K. Control Panel: Manufacturer shall provide a UL-508A listed complete electrical system including main disconnect, variable speed pump controller, pressure transducers, instrumentation and controls to automatically start, stop and modulate pump speed to smoothly, efficiently and reliably provide pump variable flow rates at a constant discharge pressure. The booster package shall include full pump, motor and drive safety features required to protect the equipment and piping system. 1. Main Control Panel: A door-operated non fused main disconnect shall be provided which shall remove power from the entire pressure booster when switched off. Each Variable Speed Drive (VFD)/Motor shall be protected by a molded case circuit breaker or MSP enclosed in the main control panel. 2. Motor Controller: NEMA ICS 7.1 variable-frequency, variable torque, solid-state pulse-width modulating type. VFD protective features shall include: a. Ground fault b. Short Circuit c. Motor overload 3. Suction and discharge pressure transducers. a. Pressure transducers shall be utilized for providing all pressure signals for the pump control logic. Pressure switches are not acceptable. b. Pressure transducer shall be a solid-state bonded strain gage type with an accuracy of plus/minus 1 %. Transducer shall be constructed of non-ferrous metal suitable for used with domestic water. Pressure transducers constructed of plastic are not acceptable. c. Transducer shall be rated for package discharge and suction pressures as shown on submittal. d. Pressure transducer shall utilize a Packard type connector to prevent moisture intrusion. 4. Temperature Sensor a. A NTC thermistor or RTD shall be used for sensing the booster pumps’ discharge temperatures for temperature limit control logic. Thermostats are not acceptable. b. The temperature sensor shall be of the immersion type and shall be immersed in water from the pumps’ discharge. It shall be sealed of by a reusable compression type fitting allowing easy removal and insertion. 5. Controller: Color touchscreen variable speed pump logic controller in a NEMA 1 enclosure with door operated disconnect to include, power distribution and overload protection for each AFD and the following control features: a. Unit shall utilize user-friendly front panel programming that displays parameters in clear text. b. Display shall show all system variables in plain English. c. Program settings shall be changeable and stored in non-volatile memory. Program settings shall be retained in memory in the event of loss of power to the controller, without the use of a backup battery. d. System operating pressure shall be clearly displayed in PSI or feet of head for ease of use and to provide an operator friendly interface. PLUMBING 220500 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC e. f. g. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Additional parameters, where applicable, shall be displayed in units consistent with pumping systems. The booster shall include HYFAB-Demand Set variable head reset feature. The settings and program in whole or part may be locked out with the use of an operator selectable password. Standard system settings shall include at a minimum the following functions: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 6. 7. 2.5 LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Low suction pressure shutdown with auto restart High discharge pressure shutdown with lockout High discharge temperature shutdown Pump failure alarm Constant pressure setting with variable flow capability Multiple pump operation with alternation Pump starting point with allowable, adjustable pressure drop Mini¬mum speed No flow standby Hydro-pneumatic Tank: a. Furnish hydro-pneumatic tank separately for field installation. b. Furnish tank of size pressure rating and construction specified on pressure booster schedule. Sequence of Operation: a. The pump controller shall receive a 4-20mA signal from each pressure transducer. b. The pressure transducer shall monitor system pressure and provide an analog signal to the pump control software, and allow the VFD motor controller to provide a variable Volts/Hz output to the motor. c. Whenever the pressure drops below the set system pressure, the lead pump shall start and run at speed required to maintain system pressure setpoint (as set by the operator.) If the pressure setpoint cannot be main¬tained by one pump, the lag pump shall start to provide the extra flow and pressure automatically. d. When demand decreases to a level which can be met by one pump and an adjustable minimum run-timer has elapsed, the lag pump will be stopped. e. The lead pump shall alternate based on elapsed run time. f. When the system experiences low demand the controller shall test for a no flow condition without the use of external switches or controls. The controller will stop the lead pump after verifying a zero demand condition exists and a minimum run-timer has elapsed. The hydropneumatic tank shall supply water to the system until the pressure falls below the restart pressure, at which point the lead pump shall restart g. All program settings shall be based on centrifugal pump language. h. Program settings shall be password protected. With proper password entry, settings shall be field adjustable to allow changes by the user. GAS-FIRED INDUSTRIAL DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following or prior approved equal: 1. AERCO International Inc. 2. Fulton 3. Lochinvar Corporation B. General: Each unit shall be UL Listed, ASME coded and stamped, and incorporate a gas train designed in accordance with IRI. Each unit shall have an input of 1350 mbh with a gross output of 1300 mbh when fired with natural gas. Each unit shall operate with a minimum ASHRAE 118.1 efficiency of 96% at full fire. The system shall be capable of providing the capacities as scheduled on the drawings. PLUMBING 220500 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 C. Description: Water heater shall be direct fired, fully condensing, fire-tube design. Power burner shall have full modulation. The minimum firing rate shall not exceed 50,000 BTU/HR input. Water heaters that have an input greater than 50,000 BTU/Hr at minimum fire will not be considered equal. The water heater shall have the capability of discharging into a positive pressure vent. Water heater thermal efficiency shall increase with decreasing load (output), while maintaining setpoint. Water heater shall have an operational setpoint capability of 50 ºF to 190 ºF and shall maintain the outlet temperature within an accuracy of +/- 4 oF during load changes of up to 50% rated capacity. Heater shall operate quietly, less than 55 dba. Water heater shall be factory-fabricated, factory-assembled and factory-tested, fire-tube condensing water heater with heat exchanger sealed pressure-tight, built on a steel base, including a sealed insulated sheet metal enclosure that acts as combustion-air intake plenum, flue-gas vent, water supply, return and condensate drain connections, and controls. Each water heater shall have an ASME approved temperature/pressure relief valve with a setting of 150 psig and 210 oF. D. Heat Exchanger: The heat exchanger shall be constructed with 316L stainless steel helical fire tubes, combustion chamber and dished tubesheet, with a two-pass combustion gas flow design. The heat exchanger shall be electroless nickel plated. The fire tubes shall be 3/4” OD, with no less than 0.035” wall thickness. The upper and lower stainless steel tubesheet shall be no less than 0.625” thick. The heat exchanger shall be welded and brazed construction. The heat exchanger shall be ASME Sect IV (HLW) stamped for a working pressure not less than 160 psig. E. Shell Assembly Pressure Vessel: The shell assembly pressure vessel shall have a maximum water volume of 26 gallons. The water heater water pressure drop shall not exceed 2 psig at 30 gpm. The water heater water connections shall be 2-inch NPT male connections. The shell assembly pressure vessel shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel of 0.25-inch wall thickness. The shell assembly pressure vessel shall be electroless nickel plated. Inspection openings in the pressure vessel shall be in accordance with ASME Section IV pressure vessel code. The shell assembly pressure vessel shall be ASME Sect IV (HLW) stamped for a working pressure not less than 160 psig. F. Modulating Air/Fuel Valve and Burner: The water heater burner shall be capable of a 30-to-1(INN1350) turndown ratio of the firing rate without loss of combustion efficiency or staging of gas valves. The burner shall produce less than 20 ppm of NOx corrected to 3% excess oxygen. The unit shall be certified by the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) as compliant with Rule 1146.2 for water heaters and water heaters less than or equal to 2 MBTUs, and the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) as being compliant with Section 117.465 for water heaters and water heaters less than or equal to 2 MBTUs. The burner shall be metal-fiber mesh covering a stainless steel body with spark ignition and flame rectification. All burner material exposed to the combustion zone shall be of stainless steel construction. There shall be no moving parts within the burner itself. A modulating air/fuel valve shall meter the air and fuel input. The modulating motor must be linked to both the gas valve body and air valve body with a single linkage. The linkage shall not require any field adjustment. A variable frequency drive (VFD), controlled cast aluminum pre-mix blower shall be used to ensure the optimum mixing of air and fuel between the air/fuel valve and the burner. G. The exhaust manifold shall be of corrosion resistant cast aluminum with a 6-inch diameter flue connection. The exhaust manifold shall have a collecting reservoir and a gravity drain for the elimination of condensation. H. Blower: The water heater shall include a variable-speed, DC centrifugal fan to operate the burner firing sequence and pre-purge the combustion chamber. The blower motor shall comply with requirements specified in Division 23 Section “Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment”. The minimum motor size shall be as indicated. If not indicated, the motor shall be large enough so driven load will not require a motor to operate in the service factor range above 1.0. I. Ignition: Ignition shall be via spark ignition with 100 percent main-valve shut-off and electronic flame supervision. PLUMBING 220500 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC J. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Each water heater control system shall be segregated into three components: “C-More” Control Panel, Power Box, and Input/Output Connection Box. The entire system shall be Underwriters Laboratories Recognized. K. The “C-More” control panel shall consist of 6 individual circuit boards utilizing state-of-the-art surfacemount technology, in a single enclosure. These circuit boards shall be defined as follows: display board incorporating LED display to read temperature, and a VFD display module for all message annunciation; CPU board which houses all control functions; electric low water cutoff board with test and manual reset functions; power supply board; ignition /stepper board incorporating flame safeguard control; and connector board. Each board shall be individually field replaceable. The combustion safeguard/flame monitoring system shall utilize spark ignition and a rectification type flame sensor. The control panel hardware shall support both RS-232 and RS-485 remote communications. The controls shall annunciate boiler & sensor status and include extensive self-diagnostic capabilities that incorporates a minimum of 8 separate status messages and 34 separate fault messages. L. Each water heater control system shall incorporate the following additional features for enhanced external system interface: auxiliary start delay timer; auxiliary temperature sensor; mA output feature which allows for simple monitoring of either temperature setpoint, outlet temperature, or fire rate; remote interlock circuit; delayed interlock circuit; and fault relay for simple remote fault alarm. M. Each water heater shall utilize an electric single seated safety shutoff valve with proof of closure switch in its gas train and incorporate dual over-temperature protection with manual reset in accordance with ASME Section IV. The water heater shall operate on 120V/1/60Hz electrical service. N. All aspects of installation of the water heaters shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Materials shall conform to all manufacturer’s recommendations and shall include a Stainless Steel AL-29-4C positive pressure U/L Listed vent system. O. Water heater plant piping shall be field constructed of materials as specified. Each water heater shall have individually isolating shutoff valves for service and maintenance, and a hot water hose connection for field testing. Each water heater shall require a minimum gas pressure of 8.9” W.C. (IRI gas train) at 1,000 scfh (full load rated capacity). The water heater shall be provided with an individual supply gas regulator for proper gas regulation with a 1.25” NPT connection. P. Each heater shall include integral factory wired operating controls to control all operation and energy input. Control of discharge water temperature shall be set through an internal setpoint with a field adjustment of 100F to 200F. Unit shall maintain discharge temperature within specified range through domestic water flow variations from 0 to 100%. Each heater shall be capable of maintaining the outlet temperature within an accuracy of +/- 4F. This shall be accomplished by modulation of firing rate from 100% to 5% of rated input for natural gas units, and 100% to 7% for propane units. Unit shall operate with an Inverse Efficiency Curve, with known Part Load Value Efficiencies. Maximum efficiency shall be achieved at minimum firing input. Q. The “C-More” control panel shall utilize the MODBUS open protocol to interface with third party Building Automation Systems (BAS). Controls interface with BACnet, Lonworks, and N2 shall utilize an optional AERCO Communications Gateway to act as a MODBUS interface/translator between the BAS and the RS-485 port of the “C-More” water heater control panel. The AERCO Communications Gateway shall be comprised of a microprocessor based control utilizing the MODBUS protocol to communicate with the water heaters via the RS-485. Non-volatile backup of all point mappings and programs shall be internally provided as standard. Connection between Gateway and individual water heaters shall be “daisy chain” with shielded, twisted pair, low voltage wiring for ease of installation. R. Each pressure vessel shall carry a 10-year warranty against leakage due to defects in materials or workmanship or corrosion. The heat exchanger tubes/ combustion chamber assembly shall be warranted against failure due to thermal stress failure or condensate corrosion for a prorated five-year period. PLUMBING 220500 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC S. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 The six individual circuit boards of the “C-More” control panel assembly shall carry a 2 year warranty against failure due to defective materials or workmanship. A Warranty Certificate must be issued to the owner from the manufacturer and a copy of the warranty is submitted for engineer’s approval. T. Contractor shall provide the services of a local factory authorized representative to supervise all phases of equipment startup. A letter of compliance with all factory recommendations and installation instructions shall be submitted to the engineer with operation and maintenance instructions. U. The exhaust vent must be UL listed for the use with Category II, III, and IV appliances and compatible with positive pressure, condensing flue gas service. UL listed vents of PVC, CPVC, PP or AI 29-4C stainless steel must be used with the water heaters. The minimum vent duct size for each water heater shall be 6-inch diameter. V. Combustion Air Intake: Water heaters shall be capable of drawing combustion air from the outdoors via a metal or PVC duct connected between the water heater and the outdoors. The minimum sealed combustion air duct size for each water heater shall be 6-inch diameter. 2.6 PRESSURIZED DIAPHRAGM TYPE THERMAL EXPANSION TANKS A. Pressurized diaphragm or bladder type expansion tank shall be provided for the domestic water system, where indicated on the drawings. Pressurized diaphragm type expansion tanks as manufactured by Amtrol or Taco equal to Amtrol Therm-X-Trol Series shall be provided. Capacities shall be as indicated. Each tank and system shall be air precharged to the initial fill pressure of its respective system, suitable for a maximum working pressure of 125 pounds per square inch gauge (psig). All internal parts must comply with FDA regulations and approvals. The tank shall be supported by steel legs or a base (integral ring mount) for a vertical installation. Each tank shall have a steel shell and an internal butyl/EPDM diaphragm or butyl bladder with code approvals NSF/ANSI 61 used to isolate the air charge from fluid. Provide air charger tank connection. 2.7 HOT WATER CIRCULATOR A. Provide in-line circulating pumps as illustrated on the plans and in accordance with the following specifications. B. Refer to Pumps specification in Division 23, Section “Heating and Air-Conditioning Equipment” for more information. C. The pumps shall be of the horizontal system lubricated type specifically designed and guaranteed for quiet operation. D. Pump to be suitable for 225ºF operation at 150 psig working pressure. E. The pumps shall have a ceramic shaft supported by carbon bearings. F. Bearings are to be lubricated by the circulating fluid. G. Pumps to have a capacity (GPM, head) sufficient to meet system requirements when powered by 115 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electrical supply. H. Pump body shall be lead-free bronze or stainless steel. I. Motor stator to be isolated from circulating fluid through use of stainless steel can. Rotor to be sheathed in stainless steel. PLUMBING 220500 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC J. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Motors shall be non-overloading at any point on the pump curve. K. Provide recirculation pumps with timers and immersion type aquastats. Strap-on aquastats are not acceptable. L. Pump shall be manufactured by Bell and Gossett, Armstrong, Grundfos or Taco. 2.8 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Provide all plumbing fixtures indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. All exposed metal parts of all fixtures, including all trim and fittings, shall be brass, chromium plated. Each hot and cold water connection to each fixture shall be provided with a stop valve and all nipples shall be chrome plated red brass. Provide backflow devices on all faucets and fittings requiring same. Devices may be inline type when not provided integral with the faucet. All faucet handles, where possible, shall have color coded "indexes" identifying the service used. All "serrated" or slip hose connection spout outlets shall have Allen wrench operated volume controls to control "splashing" of water as it hits sink bottoms. Water supplies for handicapped lavatories and sinks shall be insulated. Waste line for handicapped lavatories and sinks shall be offset and insulated. Refer to Division 23, Section “Mechanical Insulation” for insulation type and thickness. B. Water supplies for handicapped water closets shall be roughed-in for flush valve handles to be operated from the accessible side of the water closet. The Contractor shall coordinate and provide flush handles on the accessible side of all handicapped water closets. C. The Contractor shall provide metal supports necessary to adequately and substantially hang and set all fixtures subject to the approval of the Architect. No wood grounds, wood plugs, or expansion bolts shall be permitted for fixture support. Provide in-wall floor mounted carriers for all wall mounted fixtures. D. Insulate all exposed piping under lavatories and sinks with a white, fitted/molded antimicrobial undersink pipe cover equal to Truebro Lav Guard 2. Cover shall have internal, E-Z Tear-To-Fit trim feature for square, clean trimming (internal ribs) and built-in, concealed E-Z Grip fasteners (no cable-tie fasteners allowed). E. Water-Conserving Fixtures: Plumbing fixtures and fittings shall use in aggregate at least 30% less water than the water use baseline calculated for the building after meeting the Energy Policy Act of 1992 fixture performance requirements. Flow and flush rates shall not exceed the following: 1. Toilets: no more than 1.3 gallons per flush and have documented bowl evacuation capability per MaP testing of at least 400 grams. 2. Urinals: no more than 0.5 gallons per flush or use. 3. Lavatory Faucets: 0.5 gpm with automatic faucet controls. 4. Showerheads: no more than 1.5 gpm. F. Unless otherwise specified, water closets, urinals and lavatories shall be American Standard, Crane or Kohler. Flush valves shall be Sloan, Zurn, Delany or Cambridge Brass. Stainless steel sinks shall be Just Manufacturing or Elkay. Faucets shall be Chicago or T&S Brass. Strainers and traps shall be in compliance with CSA or other recognized testing authority and bear both manufacturer and testing mark. 1. P-1 Water Closet: PLUMBING Fixture: American Standard AFWALL FloWise 3351.128, low consumption, high efficiency toilet at 1.28 gallons per flush, siphon jet action Flush Valve: Sloan Royal model113-1.28 (top spud) exposed, manual, low consumption water closet . 220500 - 9 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. 3. 4. 5. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Seat: Church No. 9500CT, open front, white Carrier: Josam Series 12000 Remarks: Wall mounted, elongated bowl, vitreous china, 15" rim height, 1-1/2" inlet P-1a Water Closet: Fixture: American Standard AFWALL FloWise 3351.128, low consumption, high efficiency toilet at 1.28 gallons per flush, siphon jet action, ADA Compliant Flush Valve: Sloan Royal model113-1.28 (top spud) exposed, manual, low consumption water closet , ADA. Seat: Church No. 9500CT, open front, White Carrier: Josam Series 12000 Remarks: Wall mounted, elongated bowl, vitreous china, 1-1/2” inlet. Installation shall meet the American with Disabilities Act guidelines and ANSI A117.1 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities (161/2" rim height). P-2 Urinal: Fixture: American Standard Washbrook FloWise 6590.125, low consumption, ultra-high efficiency urinal at 0.125 gallons per flush Flush Valve: Sloan Royal model186-0.125 HEU (top spud) exposed, manual, low consumption urinal. Carrier: Josam Series 17560-UR Remarks: Vitreous China, 24" rim height, 3/4" inlet. P-2a Urinal: Fixture: American Standard Washbrook FloWise 6590.125, low consumption, ultra-high efficiency urinal at 0.125 gallons per flush Flush Valve: Sloan Royal model186-0.125 HEU (top spud) exposed, manual, low consumption urinal, ADA. Carrier: Josam Series 17560-UR Remarks: Vitreous China, 3/4" inlet. Installation shall meet the American with Disabilities Act guidelines and ANSI A117.1 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities (15-1/4" rim height). P-3 Lavatory: Fixture: PLUMBING Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center American Standard 9482.000 Ovalyn Undercounter Sink 19-1/4" wide, 15-3/4" front to back, 5-1/2" deep 220500 - 10 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 6. 7. PLUMBING Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Faucet: Chicago Faucet Model 802-VE2805-317ABCP deck mounted faucet, wristblade handles and 0.5 gpm vandal proof non-aerating spray outlet. Strainer: McGuire 155-WC cast brass chrome plated offset wheelchair strainer with polished chrome cast brass elbow, 17 gauge 1-1/4 inch seamless brass offset tailpiece, heavy rubber basin washer and fiber friction washer. Trap: McGuire 8902 p-trap, 1-1/4" inlet x 1-1/2" outlet, chrome plated cast brass body with cleanout, 17 gauge seamless tubular wall bend and cast brass slip nuts. Reducing washers shall be used with reducing cast brass nut. Supplies and Stops: Chicago Faucet No. 1006 Remarks: Vitreous China, Contractor shall verify and coordinate rough-in locations. P-4 Washfountain: Fixture: Bradley WF2703, 36” Semi-circular, 1.25 GPM, SS, 14-gauge bowl, 300 series SS pedestal panels with a #4 finish washfountain includes sprayhead with SS tube and bowl gasket, spud with domed strainer, sprayhead supply line, thermostatic mixing valve, volume control valve, stop, strainer and check valves. Trap: Integral to washfountain. Remarks: Foot control, drain through wall, CW/HW supply through wall, standard height. P-5 Sink: Fixture: Elkay PSR4322, type 304, 20 gauge stainless steel, double compartment sink self-rimming, with center drain punch #35 centered, 3 faucet holes. Fixture shall have bowl dimensions of 19" left to right, 16" front to back, 7-1/4" deep. Faucets: Chicago Faucet No. 786-GN2FCCP, deck mounted concealed gooseneck faucet, eight (8) inches center to center with 4” wrist blades, hot and cold indexes, rebuildable compression cartridge and 1.5 GPM vandal proof non-aerating spray outlet. Strainers: McGuire 151 brass basket strainer 20GA tailpiece, heavy duty forged brass basket strainer with brass basket. Furnished with 1 1/2" x 4" tailpiece, brass lock and coupling nuts. Trap: McGuire 8912 p-trap, 1-1/2" inlet x 1-1/2" outlet, chrome plated cast brass body with cleanout, 17 gauge seamless tubular wall bend and cast brass slip nuts. Reducing washers shall be used with reducing cast brass nut. Supplies and Stops: Chicago Faucet No. 1006 Remarks: Countertop mounted. Contractor shall verify and coordinate rough-in locations. 220500 - 11 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 8. 9. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 P-6 Sink: Fixture: Elkay model LR1918-3 , type 304, 18-8 stainless steel, counter mounted single compartment sink with center drain punch #35 centered, 3 faucet holes. Fixture shall have bowl dimensions of 19" left to right, 18" front to back, 7 5/8" deep. Faucet: Chicago Faucet No. 786-GN2FCCP, deck mounted concealed gooseneck faucet, eight (8) inches center to center with 4” wrist blades, hot and cold indexes, rebuildable compression cartridge and 1.5 GPM vandal proof non-aerating spray outlet. Strainer: J-35 Type 304 stainless steel crumb cup strainer with removable stainless steel basket with locking shell. Basket fitted with rubber stopper on bottom. 1-1/2"O.D. chrome plated tailpiece, 4" long. Trap: McGuire 8912 p-trap, 1-1/2" inlet x 1-1/2" outlet, chrome plated cast brass body with cleanout, 17 gauge seamless tubular wall bend and cast brass slip nuts. Reducing washers shall be used with reducing cast brass nut. Supplies and Stops: Chicago Faucet No. 1006 Remarks: Counter mounted. Contractor shall verify and coordinate rough-in locations. P-7 Mop Sink: Fixture: Fiat Model MSB-2424, molded stone with 10” high sides and an integral 3” chrome plated drain with a seal for connection to the waste piping Faucets: Chicago Faucet No. 897-CP with Fiat 832-AA hose and bracket. Faucet mounted 36” above the finished floor Strainers: Fiat 1453-BB flat type stainless steel grid strainer Remarks: Fiat E-77-AA vinyl bumper guard, Fiat 889-CC mop hanger and stainless steel wall guards. 10. P-8 Drinking Fountain: PLUMBING Fixture: Elkay Model LZWS-EDFPBM117K - bi-level, drinking fountain with bottle filling station, vandal-resistant front push button., flow regulator to maintain constant stream from 20-105 water pressure. Remarks: Bottle filling unit shall include an electronic sensor for no-touch activation with an automatic 20-second shut-off timer, quick fill rate – 1.5 gpm with laminar flow to minimize splashing, drain system. Shall include antimicrobial protected plastic components to prevent mold and mildew. Shall include the WaterSentry® Plus filter, certified to NSF/ANSI 42 and 53 for lead reduction, with visual monitor to indicate when replacement is necessary. Bottle filling unit shall meet ADA guidelines for parallel approach. Unit shall be leadfree design which meets Safe Drinking Water Act and is certified to NSF/ANSI 61 and California AB1953. Unit shall include front access panels, top and 220500 - 12 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 bottom, #ACCESS12X38-5. 11. P-9 Emergency Shower/Eyewash: Fixture: Acorn Model S1330 Remarks: Pedestal mounted combination station with an eyewash, stainless steel bowl, ABS plastic eyewash spray heads, and inline strainer. Shower valve shall operate quickly by a pull rod with a triangular handle.. Eye/ face wash shall be operated by a large, highly visible push handle. Safe, steady water flow under varying water supply conditions from 30–90 PSI is assured by integral flow control in the sprayhead assembly. Provide with accessories: BF – barrier free, handicap accessible, CS1 – stainless steel clamshell cover, HFC – Hand foot control, PCP – Polished chrome plated pipe, SSE – Stainless steel eyewash heads andTMV33 – thermostatic mixing valve. TMV shall be installed in a Recessed Valve Supply Fixture Cabinet equal to Acorn Model RC. 12. P-10 Emergency Eyewash: Fixture: Acorn Model S0440-CS1 Remarks: Wall mounted eyewash bowl and hinged dust cover shall be 11-3/4" diameter corrosion-resistant stainless steel. Eyewash sprayhead assembly shall be twin ABS plastic perforated disc eye/face wash heads. Eyewash valve shall be a chrome-plated brass 1/2" NPT stayopen ball valve hand operated by highly visible stainless steel push handle and 50 mesh inline strainer, PT1 – P-trap, TMV8 – Thermostatic mixing valve. TMV shall be installed in a Recessed Valve Supply Fixture Cabinet equal to Acorn Model RC. Pipe and fittings shall be 1-1/4" galvanized steel with corrosion resistant safety yellow coating. Emergency fixture shall be in compliance with ANSI Z358.1-2009. 13. P-11 Recessed Domestic Water Connection: 2.9 Fixture: IPS Guy Gray Model MIB1HA ice maker outlet box Remarks: 20 gauge box and 20 gauge faceplate, white powder coat on cold rolled steel finish, 1/4 turn ball valve with 1/2” sweat connection and hammer arrester. Hammer arrester shall conform to IPC-2009, UPC listed and ASSE Certified to ANSI/ASSE 1010-2004 Standard. Provide plumbing connections in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. SPECIALTIES A. Hose connections inside of building shall be 1/2 inch size for standard 5/8 inch hose, with wheel handle, chromium plated cast brass. B. Exterior wall hydrants shall be Josam Series 71000-52 or approved equal, non-freeze type. PLUMBING 220500 - 13 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 C. Indoor wall hydrants shall be Josam Series 71020-52-74-92 or approved equal, with union elbow assembly and cylinder vandal-proof lock. D. Provide Zurn or Josam shock absorbers/arrestors equal to Josam Series 75000 where indicated and as required by code and sized in accordance with PDI Standard WH 201. E. Roof overflow drainage system shall terminate with Zurn Z199-SS or approved equal downspout nozzle, loose wall flange, threaded inlet connection and removable stainless screen in exterior wall for discharge of overflow drains to grade. F. Trap Primer: 1. Type A: Provide one (1) flush valve in each toilet room with a Sloan VBF-72-A1 vacuum breaker trap primer. Extend 3/8 inch water line to floor drains located in toilet rooms and bath rooms indicated on the drawings. 2. Type B: Trap primer system shall be provided where indicated on the plans and shall consist of Precision Plumbing Products Model No. PTS. System shall consist of ¾-inch NPT female inlet, ½inch compression fitting outlets, circuit Breaker, manual over ride switch/test button, timer, UL listed solenoid valve, anti-siphon atmospheric vacuum breaker. Electric timer shall be arranged for one (1) five second operation every twenty-four (24) hours. The entire system shall be packaged and mounted in a common, locking control panel with 3/4” Type “L” copper tubing manifold with the total number of discharge lines and balancing cocks as indicated on the drawings. Extend 3/8 inch water line to floor drains in all locations except for toilet rooms. System shall utilize 120 volt power source provided under Division 26. G. Themostatic mixing valves 1. Mixing valves for emergency fixtures shall be Bradley, Leonard or Lawler equal to Bradley models below. Valve shall have positive shut off on hot and cold supply and built-in cold water by-pass to ensure non-scalding upon failure of valve. Valves shall be preset for 85 degrees F. Flow, temperature settings, and installation shall be in accordance with ANSI Z358.1-2009. a. Mixing valve for emergency eyewash units shall be equal to Bradley Navigator EFX8 Model S19-2000-RE-W, minimum flushing fluid of 0.4 gpm @ 30 psi. b. Mixing valve for emergency eye/face wash units & drench hoses shall be equal to Bradley Navigator EFX8 Model S19-2000-RE-W, minimum flushing fluid of 3 gpm @ 30 psi. c. Mixing valve for emergency showers shall be equal to Bradley Navigator EFX25 Model S192100-RE-W, minimum flushing fluid of 20 gpm @ 30 psi. d. Based on manufacturer's requirements, emergency shower and combination units shall be provided with a flow restrictor as required to utilize a thermostatic mixing valve. e. Cabinets: Recessed, white enamel, 18 gauge body & door, with left-hand hinge, Plexiglas window in door and inlet/outlet knock-out holes for mounting flexibility. H. Shock Absorbers 1. Provide J.R. Smith, Josam or Zurn shock absorbers/arrestors equal to JR Smith No. 5000 “Hydrotrol” series, where indicated and as required by code and sized in accordance with PDI Standard WH 201. 2. Precharged, permanently sealed, all stainless steel water hammer arrester including bellows. The use of air chambers shall not be allowed. 3. Include these units to internally absorb the hydrostatic shock pressure occurring in water lines at all solenoid, remote operated or quick closing valves and at each plumbing fixture or battery of plumbing fixtures. Install on both hot and cold water branch lines in an upright position as close as possible to the valve or valves being served. Size water hammer arresters as indicated in Plumbing and Drainage Institute "Standard - WH-201. 4. Shock absorbers shall be the same size as the line on which they are installed, up to 1” pipe size. Pipe lines larger than 1” shall have one inch shock absorbers installed. 5. Shock absorbers shall be approved for installation with no access panel required. I. Compressed Air Reel and Service Connectors PLUMBING 220500 - 14 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. 2.10 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Before installation, refer to manufacturer’s installation Instructions and familiarize all personnel with proper installation techniques and safe guards. For wall outlets within the shop areas, provide quick-disconnect fittings to match type of service required. Outlets shall be constructed to allow for one-handed removal. Outlet shall be provided with a positive-locking ring that retains equipment stem in valve during use. Contractor shall coordinate final fitting type with owner and architect prior to the submittal process. For ceiling outlets within the shop areas, provide a corresponding self-retracting hose reel assembly with end fittings to match outlet and type of service required. Hose reel assembly shall be provided with means to adjust the length of hose left non-retracted. Hose reel assembly shall be equal to Nederman Hose Reel Series 883 with a hose length of thirty (30) feet. Max working pressure shall be 200 psi. WATER METERS A. Indoor water meters located on new potable water building mains, HVAC make-up water lines and as indicated on the plumbing drawings shall be Badger Meter, Inc. Recordall Turbo Series or approved equal bronze meter meeting AWWA C701 Class II standard. B. Meter shall have hermetically sealed register with tamperproof seal screw. C. Meters shall be suitable for a maximum operating temperature range of thirty-eight (38) degrees Fahrenheit to eighty (80) degrees Fahrenheit and maximum operating pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. D. Meter shall be provided with integral plate strainer. E. Isolation valves shall be provided on both sides of water meters to allow servicing. 2.11 TEMPERING VALVE (INDUSTRIAL TYPE) A. Tempering valve for domestic water mains shall be an automatic, all bronze, thermostatically operated water blending device as manufactured by the Holby Valve Company. Valve shall be hydrostatically tested to a pressure of 300 pounds. B. Valve shall have a long mixing chamber with vanes at an angle to the longitudinal axis of the valve which causes a thorough mixing of the hot and cold water. The long length of the hydraulic thermostatic element shall assure effective contact with the water. The thermostatic element shall be placed in the body of the valve where the hot and cold water mix. It is immediately sensitive to any change in water temperature and makes proper corrections by opening or closing the hot and cold water inlets in the valve. C. The sensitive parts of the thermostatic element shall be inside a heavy non-ferrous tube which protects them from any corrosive or scaling action caused by the continuous flow of the water past them. D. The extraordinary long length of the thermostatic element provides fifteen (15) to twenty (20) times the number of corrugations found in the usual short thermostat. Thus, the total expansion is divided over these numerous corrugations, so that the flexing of each is reduced to mere thousandths of an inch with resulting long life of the instrument. The action of the thermostatic element shall move a position over the hot and cold water openings, opening the cold as it reduces the opening of the hot, thus uniformly blending the hot and cold water, producing an even temperature of the delivered water without any change in volume. This action eliminates the building up of temperature in fast circulating systems at times when little or no hot water is being used. PLUMBING 220500 - 15 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2.12 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following or prior approved equal: 1. Ingersoll Rand 2. Atlas Copco Compressors LLC 3. Champion B. General: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. Interior Drainage Systems: 1. Soil, waste, vent, and drain piping for sanitary and storm drainage, shall be of the sizes noted, and shall be run as indicated. Pipes must be run in straight lines and have a uniform grade between elevations noted. No branch drain shall have a grade less than that indicated for the main drain to which it is connected. Where elevations are not given, horizontal pipes shall have a uniform grade of 1/4 inch per foot where possible but in no case less than 1/8 inch per foot and shall be installed to the inverts shown. All piping shall be adequately supported as specified in Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions”. All main vertical soil and waste stacks shall be extended as vents full size to approximately 18 inches above the roof of the building. Two (2) or more vent lines shall be connected together where practicable and extended as one (1) pipe through the roof. Vent pipes in roof spaces shall be run as close as possible to the underside of the roof without forming traps in pipes. Vent pipes may be connected to other vent pipes or to main vent stacks provided the connections are at least four (4) feet above the floor on which the fixtures are located so that no vent pipe can be used as a waste. Openings in roof for vent pipes shall be flashed and made watertight. Use vent stack flashing sleeves where applicable. Handicapped plumbing fixtures shall be rough-in to suit the specific mounting of the fixture. Waste lines shall be offset for lavatories and sinks to accommodate wheelchair type strainers and traps shall be insulated. 2. Changes in direction shall be made by appropriate use of forty-five (45) degree wyes, 1/2 wyes, or long sweep 1/4, 1/6, 1/8, or 1/16 bends. Sanitary tees or short quarter bends may be used on vertical stacks of drainage lines where change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical; except use long turn tee wyes when two (2) fixtures have common drain. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Make no change in direction of flow greater than ninety (90) degrees. Where different sizes of drainage pipes or pipes and fittings are to be connected, use standard increasers and reducers of proper size. Reduction of size in horizontal drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. 3. Drilling and tapping of drains, soil, waste, or vent piping, and use of saddle hubs and bands are prohibited. 4. Connect piping to fixtures or equipment by couplings or unions so that devices may be replaced with no disturbance to piping. B. Exterior Drainage Systems: 1. See Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions” for Excavation and Backfill. 2. Pipe and fittings shall be moved to the trench, carefully lowered and set to line and grade. Pipe shall be laid on the shaped sub-grade. No blocking will be permitted and the bleeding shall be such that it forms a continuous bearing with a minimum width of bearing equal to 0.6 the outside diameter of the pipe for the full length of the pipe, except for that portion at the bell hole. No pipe or fitting shall be installed until sufficient trench has been completely excavated to satisfy the Architect that no unforeseen obstructions of any kind are likely to be encountered. Pipe shall be cut by the Contractor when required without any additional compensation. Special care shall be exercised by the PLUMBING 220500 - 16 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Contractor to prevent damage to any pipe. Before placing in the trench, each pipe or fitting shall be carefully cleaned of any foreign substance which may have collected therein and shall be kept clean at all times thereafter. For this purpose, the open ends of all pipes and fittings in the trench shall be closed to the satisfaction of the Architect before leaving the work for the night and for all holidays or other items of interruption to the work. Install horizontal lines to 1/8 inch per foot minimum grade, unless otherwise indicated. C. Water Piping Systems: 1. Water piping shall be complete from service connection to all fixtures, equipment, outlets, etc. Sizes of pipes shall be shown or as specified. 2. Chromium plated piping shall be threaded and made up carefully, and not more than one (1) full turn of thread shall be exposed beyond any fitting. 3. Ends of pipes or tubing and recesses of fittings to be bronzed or soldered shall be thoroughly cleaned. Joints shall be assembled without binding. Brazing material or solder shall penetrate fully and shall fill the joint completely. 4. All brass and copper pipe and tubing shall be free from cuts, dents or other surface damage at the time of final inspection. Damaged pipe or tubing shall be removed and replaced with new pipe or tubing. 5. Horizontal runs of brass and copper pipe and tubing over fifty (50) feet in length shall be anchored to wall or floor construction. Anchors shall be located near the midpoints of the runs so as to force the expansion equally to the ends or in a direction where expansion can take place without excessive strain. Swing joints, offsets, expansion joints, etc., shall be provided where necessary to accommodate expansion of piping, which will be approximately two (2) inches in 100 feet of brass or copper hot water piping. 6. Where non-ferrous metal piping and zinc-coated metal piping are jointed, dielectric (insulating) couplings, fittings or unions shall be provided. 7. Where pipe sizes shown or specified differ from the connection sizes of meters, pumps, fixtures, outlets, etc., reducing fittings shall be installed. 8. Water supplies for wall hung lavatories shall be roughed in as high as possible and still permit connections to the faucet. Water supplies shall be insulated for handicapped fixtures and rough-in shall be on accessible side of fixture for flush valves and flush handles. 3.2 CLEANOUTS A. Where soil, waste, or roof drainage risers connect to a sewer or drain extending from the building above the lowest floor, the fitting at the base of each stack or downspout shall be a sanitary tee or a combination Y and 1/8 bend with cleanout plug in the end of the run of the main. B. Each vertical soil, waste, and vent pipe and each downspout and roof drainage pipe which connects to horizontal drain piping below ground shall be fitted with a test tee above the lowest floor or ground. Where accessible, test tee may be installed in the horizontal pipe at the base of the riser. 3.3 TRAPS A. Each fixture and piece of equipment connected to the sanitary system shall be equipped with a trap. Provide traps for storm water lines where required by code. Each trap shall be placed as close to the fixture as possible and no fixture shall be double trapped. All traps on bell and spigot pipe shall be extra heavy cast iron and all traps on threaded pipe shall be galvanized cast iron recessed drainage type. PLUMBING 220500 - 17 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.4 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 PACKAGED DOMESTIC WATER BOOSTER PUMP A. Examine roughing-in of water distribution piping to verify actual locations of connections before pump installation. B. Install pumps according to manufacturer's written instructions and with access for periodic maintenance, including removing motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. C. Support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps. 3.5 GAS-FIRED INDUSTRIAL DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS A. Examine rouging-in of water distribution piping to verify actual locations and connections before heater installation. B. Install heaters in accordance to manufacturers written instructions and with access for periodic maintenance C. Install piping from equipment drain connection to nearest floor drain. Piping shall be at least full size of connection. Isolation valve shall be provided. D. Connect gas piping to water heater gas-train inlet with unions. Piping shall be at least full size of gas train connection. Reducers shall be provided if required. E. Connect hot water piping to supply and return water heater tappings with shut-off valve and union or flange at each connection. F. Install piping from safety relief valves to nearest floor drain. END OF SECTION 220500 PLUMBING 220500 - 18 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 230500 – MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 SCOPE A. 1.3 1.4 The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements and all other Specification Sections apply to the work specified in this section. In the event of conflict between specific requirements of the various documents, the more restrictive, the more extensive (i.e.: more expensive) requirement shall govern. This Section describes the general provisions and includes requirements for items of equipment, materials and procedures which are common to more than one section of Divisions 21, 22, 23 and 26 respectively and which are general in nature and use. This section applies to all sections of Divisions 21, 22, 23 and 26. Refer to Division 26 for additional General Provisions related to electrical work. RESPONSIBILITY A. The General Contractor shall be responsible for all work included in the Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing and Fire Protection Divisions. The delegation of work to Subcontractors shall not relieve him of this responsibility. Subcontractors who perform work under these Sections shall be responsible to the General Contractor. The term "Contractor" is used throughout this Division and shall mean the General Contractor, although the actual performance of the work may be by a Subcontractor. B. The Contractor shall carefully review all divisions of the project specifications. Where conflicts exist between divisions and/or sections of the specifications the most stringent requirement as determined by the Architect shall apply. REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS Following are definitions of terms and expressions used in the Mechanical and Electrical Sections: Provide Directed Indicated Concealed - Exposed - Exterior - Conditioned - furnish and install directed by the Architect indicated in Contract Documents hidden from normal sight; includes items within furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, above suspended ceilings and within return air plenums. non concealed. Work within equipment rooms shall be considered exposed. items being or situated outside. Items located within a crawl space shall be considered exterior. a heated or cooled space, or both, within a building and, where required, provided with humidification or dehumidification means, so as to be capable of maintaining a space condition falling within the comfort envelope set forth in ASHRAE 55. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Piping - Ductwork - LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 includes pipes, fittings, valves, hangers, and accessories comprising a system includes ducts, fittings, housings, dampers, hangers, air devices, and accessories comprising a system. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. See Division 1 - General Requirements. B. References to catalogs, standards, codes, specifications, and regulations apply to the latest edition in effect at the date of the invitation to bid. 1.6 CODES, REGULATIONS, AND PERMITS: A. Give all necessary notices, obtain all permits, and pay all fees and other costs, including those for utility connections or extensions in connection with the work. File all necessary plans, prepare all documents, and obtain all necessary approvals of all governmental departments having jurisdiction. Obtain all required certificates of inspection and deliver same to the Architect before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. B. All materials furnished and all work installed shall comply with the latest rules, regulations, and recommendations of the following bodies: 2009 International Building Code 2009 International Mechanical Code 2009 International Plumbing Code 2009 International Fire Code 2009 International Energy Conservation Code National Electric Code, 2008 Edition National Fire Protection Association Standards (Latest Editions) State Fire Marshal Regulations Fire Prevention Bureaus of the City Sumter and the State of South Carolina ASHRAE Handbooks (Latest Editions) ASHRAE Standards (Latest Editions) Local Health Department State Health Department Local Utility Companies Underwriters Laboratories Owner's Insurance Underwriter Standards Environmental Protection Agency 1.7 MATERIALS LIST AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. See Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS for Additional Requirements related to submittals and shop drawings. B. Prior to delivery of any material or equipment to the job site; submit for approval, dimensioned drawings or cuts showing construction size, arrangement, operating clearances, performance characteristics, and MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 capacity of material or equipment. Each item of equipment proposed shall be a standard catalog product of the approved manufacturer. Submittals shall be received early in the construction period to allow the Architect ample time for review and checking for compliance with the contract documents. The Architect will be expected to process a maximum of ten (10) submittals in a five (5) day working period. The Contractor shall carefully schedule the submission time of all submittals to insure that approvals will be received to meet the critical path of the construction project. C. If the Contractor's submittals, upon review by the Architect, do not conform to the requirements of the contract documents, the contractor shall be required to resubmit with modification, within fifteen (15) working days of receipt of the Architect’s notification and comments to the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for the extra expenses for subsequent review of rejected or revised submittals necessitated by the Contractor's failure to provide a complete and accurate submittal meeting the requirements of the contract documents. Such extra fees shall be deducted by the Owner from payments to the Contractor. D. Samples, drawings, specifications, catalogs, etc., submitted for approval shall be properly labeled indicating specific item, model number, and service for which material or equipment shall be used. Section and article number of specifications governing, Contractor's name, name of job, and date and also be clearly indicated on all submittals. Submittals that are not properly labeled or identified will be returned marked "Not Reviewed". E. Catalogs, pamphlets, or other documents submitted to describe items on which approval is being requested shall be specific. Identification in catalog, pamphlet, etc., of item submitted shall be clearly made in ink. Data of a general nature will not be accepted. F. If material or equipment is installed prior to receipt by the Contractor of pertinent shop drawings marked "No Exceptions Taken" or "Comments Noted", the Contractor shall be liable for its removable replacement at no extra charge to the Owner. G. Prepare and submit shop drawings for all specifically fabricated items, modifications to standards items, specially designed systems where detailed design is not shown on the contract drawings, or where the proposed installation differs from that shown on contract drawings. H. Submit data and shop drawings as listed below, in addition to provisions of paragraphs above. Identify all shop drawings by the name of the item and system and applicable specification paragraph number. Shop Drawings: Section 210500 – Water Based Fire Protection AutoCAD Shop Drawings Sprinkler Head Samples Record Drawings Site and Final Inspection Forms Valve Tag Drawing Hydraulic Calculations Piping Control and Drain Valves Dry Pipe Valve Tamper Switches Automatic Sprinklers Supervisory and Alarm Equipment Alarm Check Valve MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Flow Switches Water Motor Alarm Pipes and Fittings Hangers Valves Fire Department Test Connection Sprinkler System Drawings and Calculations Sprinkler System Acceptance Test Statement Section 220500 – Plumbing Cleanouts Drains Plumbing Fixtures Trap Primers Themostatic Mixing Valves Tempering Valve Shock Absorbers/Arrestors Wall Hydrants Hose Bibbs Laboratory Compressed Air System Section 230500 – Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions Record Drawings Installation and Coordination Drawings Pipe and Conduit Hangers and Supports Access Doors Sleeves and Penetrations Drawings Operation and Maintenance Manuals List of Manufacturers' Material and Equipment Welder Certificates Section 230513 – Motors Motors Section 230530 – Basic Materials and Methods Hangers and Pipe Shields Identification Items Pipe, Fittings, and Joints Balancing Valves Ball Valves Drain Valves Gas Valves Gate and Globe Valves Check Valves Manual and Automatic Air Vents Pressure Regulating and Relief Valves MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Backflow Preventers and Vacuum Breakers Strainers Expansion Tanks Flowmeter Fittings Temperature Wells Pressure Gauges Thermometers Test Plugs Dielectric Fittings Unions Test Reports Sterilization Report Section 230548 – Mechanical Vibration, Sound and Seismic Controls Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraint Components Section 230550 – Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs) Variable Frequency Drives Section 230593 – Testing and Balancing Test Reports Section 230700 – Mechanical Systems Insulation All Insulation Types Adhesives, Sealers, and Coatings Fabric Jackets Fitting and Valve Covers Metallic Components Section 230900 – Building Automation and Temperature Control System Central Equipment and Operating System Data Transmission System Operators Terminal Printer User Software Data Gathering Panels Sensors Control Dampers: Motor Operated Back Draft Humidistats Thermostats Transmitters Gauges and Thermometers Control Valves Operators MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Compressed Air System Control Panels Receiver Controllers Fire and Smoke Control Devices Electronic Components Software Field Hardware Automatic Temperature Control System Section 233110 – Air Distribution Air Terminal Units Air Devices Insulated Metal Casings Sound Attenuators and Certified Test Data Air Filters and Holding Frames Dampers: Fire Volume Ductwork Air Measuring Devices Fans Section 237330 – Air Handling Units Air Handling Units Section 238120 – Heating and Air-Conditioning Equipment Fan Coil Units I. 1.8 Contractor, additionally, shall submit for approval any other shop drawings as requested by the Architect. No item listed above shall be delivered to the site, or installed, until approved. After the proposed materials have been approved, no substitution will be permitted except where approved by the Architect. EQUIPMENT START-UP AND INITIAL OPERATION A. No equipment shall be operated, for testing or trial use, before full compliance with the equipment manufacturers' specifications and instructions for the lubrication, alignment, direction of rotation, balance, and other applicable considerations. B. Particular care shall be taken to see that all equipment is completely assembled, properly lubricated, and all grease and oil cases and reservoirs have been filled to the correct level with the recommended lubricants. C. It is the Contractor's responsibility to place each item of equipment, installed by him, in operating condition. This responsibility includes all auxiliaries, piping, wiring, etc., the start up of each unit, and a check of its performance. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.9 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 WARRANTY A. 1.10 A. 1.11 A. 1.12 The Contractor warranties, by his acceptance of the Contract, that all work installed, by him or his subcontractors, will be free from defects, in workmanship and materials, for a period of one (1) year after the date of Substantial Completion and acceptance of work. Any defects in workmanship, materials or performance which appear within the warranty period shall be corrected by the Contractor, without cost to the Owner, within a reasonable time to be specified in notice from the Architect. In default thereof, Owner may have such work done and charge the cost of same to the Contractor. SITE VISIT Prior to preparing the bid, the Contractor and subcontractors shall visit the site and familiarize themselves with all existing conditions, make all necessary investigations as to locations of utilities, and all other matters which can affect the work. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor as a result of his failure to familiarize himself with the existing conditions under which the work must be performed. DRAWINGS The Contract Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of systems and work included in the Contract. Any offsets, rises, or transitions not shown on the drawings and required to provide a complete system shall be provided at no additional contract cost. Do not scale the drawings. Consult the Architectural and Structural drawings and details for exact location of structure and equipment; where same are not definitely located, obtain this information from the Architect. RECORD DRAWINGS A. Contractor shall keep accurate records of all deviations in work, as actually installed, from work indicated. B. When work is complete, make two (2) complete "Record" sets of marked-up prints, certify the accuracy of each print by endorsement and signature thereon. Deliver same to the Architect who will, after approval, deliver these two (2) sets to the Owner. C. All underground work shall be accurately located on record drawings by plan dimension and elevation. Such work shall include utilities, storage tanks, plumbing pipes, etc. 1.13 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. See Division 1 for additional requirements related to operating and maintenance instructions. B. Upon completion of all work and all tests, Contractor shall furnish the necessary skilled labor and helpers for operating the systems and equipment for a minimum period of four (4) days of eight (8) hours each, or as otherwise specified. During this period, Contractor shall instruct the Owner's representative fully in the operation, adjustment, and maintenance of all equipment furnished. At least forty-eight (48) hours in advance written notice shall be given to the Owner. C. Contractor shall furnish to the Architect four (4) complete bound sets of typewritten or blueprinted instructions for operating and maintaining all systems and equipment included in this Contract. Operating and maintenance manuals shall include all construction test reports, final balancing reports, valve tag schedule, final inspection certificates, and occupancy permits. Also provide two (2) complete bound sets of approved shop drawings for all items of equipment utilized on the project. All instructions shall be MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 submitted in draft for approval prior to final issue. Manufacturers' advertising literature or catalogs will not be acceptable for operating and maintenance instructions. D. Instructions shall include a general description of each system and specific instructions describing routine and emergency procedures required of the building personnel for operating and maintaining each system. The instructions shall include the name or label, location, and function of all operating equipment and controls, such as start-stop switches, time clocks, and safety and temperature controllers. Operating modes and the procedures for indexing each mode shall be clearly described. A listing of names, addresses, and phone numbers of the service organizations for each item of equipment and a typewritten maintenance schedule for same shall be included. E. The instructor shall be thoroughly familiar with all parts of the installation on which he is to give instruction. The instructor shall be trained in operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance work. Employ factory trained instructors for automatic temperature control systems and wherever else necessary, as determined by the Architect. F. During the warranty period, the Contractor shall service and maintain all equipment, excluding filter replacement, provided under this contract. Prior to the start of guarantee period, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with a schedule of required maintenance operations for each system and items of equipment. Contractor shall submit schedule to the Architect for approval. Thereafter, monthly reports shall be submitted to the Owner describing actual service provided. Forty-eight (48) hours advance notice shall be given to the Owner, prior to work required under this Section. G. Contractor shall provide the Owner with all tools required to service and maintain all equipment. 1.14 ELECTRICAL WORK A. Under Division 22 PLUMBING and 23 MECHANICAL, provide the following items of electrical work which shall conform with the applicable requirements of the Electrical Division: 1. Low voltage temperature control wiring. 2. Interlock wiring for mechanical equipment and devices. B. Under Division 26 ELECTRICAL, provide: 1. Power wiring, complete from power source to motor or equipment junction box, including power wiring through motor starters, power factor correction devices, and line reactors. Power factor correction devices shall be provided under Division 23 and installed under Division 26. 2. Motor control centers or motor starter, panelboards. 3. All miscellaneous individual motor starters, unless noted or specified otherwise. C. All variable frequency drives shall be furnished and set in place under the building automation and temperature controls contract (Division 26, Section 230900). Power wiring and conduit shall be provided under Division 26. 1.15 A. SINGULAR NUMBER Where any device or part of equipment is herein referred to in the singular number (such as "valve"), such reference applies to as many such devices as are required to complete the installation as shown on the drawings. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials shall be new, the best of their respective kinds, suitable for the conditions and duties imposed on them at the building, and shall be of reputable manufacturers'. The description, characteristics, and requirements of materials to be used shall be in accordance with qualifying conditions established in the sections following. B. All component parts of each items of equipment or device shall bear the manufacturers' name plate; giving name of manufacturer, description, size, type, serial or model number, electrical characteristics, etc., in order to facilitate the maintenance or replacement. The name plate of a subcontractor or distributor will not be acceptable. Where Underwriters' Laboratories standards apply, material and equipment shall be approved by them and shall bear the UL Label. C. In specifying materials, three (3) general procedures are used. The three (3) classifications are as follows: GROUP 1: When a material or equipment is specified by brand name or other identifying information and three (3) or more brands are named it is considered that any one (1) of the brands so named will perform as desired, and the Contractor shall base his proposal on one (1) of the named brands. The first brand named or identified basis of design shall be used as a standard. The other brands named shall be equal to the specified brand in all respects. If one (1) of the other brands named is used it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify proper clearances and fit of the substituted equipment. GROUP 2: When the material or equipment is specified with the phrase "...or equal..." after a brand name and other identifying information, it is intended that the brand name is used for the purpose of establishing a minimum acceptable standard of quality and performance and Contractor may base his bid proposal on any item which is in all respects equal to that specified and presents essentially the same appearance. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure proper fit and clearances of all substituted equipment. GROUP 3: When material is specified as complying with the requirements of published "Standard Specification" of trade associations, American Society of Testing and Materials, government specifications, etc. the Contractor shall base his proposal on any item which can be shown to comply in all respects to the referred "Standard Specification". 1. It is distinctly understood: (1) that the Architect will use his own judgment in determining whether or not any materials, equipment or methods offered in substitution are equal to those specified; (2) that the decision of the Architect on all such questions of equality is final; and (3) that all substitutions will be made at no increase in cost to the Owner. 2. Upon receipt of written approval from Architect, Contractor may proceed with substitution providing Contractor assumes full responsibility for, and makes, at his own expense, any changes or adjustments in construction or connection with other work that may be required by the substitution of such materials, equipment or methods. In the event of any adverse decisions by the Architect no claim of any sort shall be made or allowed against the Owner. 2.2 INSTALLATION AND COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare, submit and use composite installation and coordination drawings to assure proper coordination and installation of work in all buildings. No installation or construction work shall begin until the coordination drawings are completed, submitted, and approved. Drawings shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Complete floor and roof plans, including all exterior equipment 2. Mechanical rooms MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 9 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 B. Show relationship and integration of different construction elements that require coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in space provided and function as intended. C. Prior to fabricating or installing work, prepare composite coordination drawings at appropriate scale; detail major elements, components, and systems of architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical such as equipment, components, and materials in relationship with each other, installations, and building components. Include dimensions. Composite coordination drawings shall include all new building elements, components, and systems. D. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are important to efficient flow of Work. E. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into building during construction. F. Assembly Penetrations: Prepare drawings as required to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to assembly construction, other penetrations and installations. Identify where additional bracing and offsets are required to comply with Contract Documents. G. Prepare drawings as required to coordinate and integrate ceiling installations, air outlets and inlets, light fixtures, communications systems components, sprinklers, other ceiling-mounted devices, components located above suspended ceilings, and suspended ceiling support components. H. Show interrelationship of components indicated on separate Shop Drawings. I. Indicate required installation sequences to minimize cutting and patching. J. Include, but do not necessarily limit to, the following: 1. Proposed locations of piping, ductwork, equipment, and materials. 2. Proposed locations for access panels and doors. All equipment which must be serviced, operated, or maintained (valves, clean-outs, motors, controllers, dampers, drain points, etc) shall be located in accessible locations to eliminate or minimize the need for access panels and doors. 3. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. 4. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. Show access locations. 5. Equipment connections and support details, including vibration isolation, seismic and sway bracing. 6. Exterior wall, roof and foundation penetrations. 7. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. 8. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. 9. Valve stem movement. K. Draw plans to a scale not less than 1/4 inch equals one (1) foot. Include plans and sections of proposed work, showing all equipment, piping and ductwork in areas involved. Fully dimension all work horizontally and vertically. Show coordination with other work including sprinklers, lighting fixtures, conduits, pullboxes, panelboards, and other electrical work, walls, doors, ceilings, columns, beams, joists and other architectural and structural work. L. Identify all equipment and devices on wiring diagrams and schematics. Where field connections are shown to be factory-wired terminals include manufacturer's literature showing internal wiring. M. Installation and coordination drawings shall be produced on an AutoCAD format. Reproduction of any portion of the mechanical and electrical contract drawings for re-submittal as a shop drawing is strictly prohibited. Shop drawings produced in such a manner will be rejected and returned not reviewed. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 10 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Installation and coordination drawings shall be to scale reflecting actual equipment sizes purchased for the project. N. The “Base” architectural and structural background drawings shall be obtained and provided on Autocad format by the Construction Manager/General Contractor. These "Base" background documents are to be provided to each Contractor in the coordination process to establish a common platform for each Contractor to use for their design drawings. This same information will be used to communicate their respective coordination with the other Contractors. Coordination will be accomplished by each Contractor superimposing his work on drawings in the following sequence: 1. Construction Manager/General Contractor - Base Drawings indicating structural steel with elevations for bottom of beams & finish floor. The general contractor shall include a layout of ceiling tiles (where applicable). 2. HVAC Contractor - Ductwork layout drawings & piping with elevations to bottom of ductwork & piping. HVAC contractor shall indicate location of all registers, diffusers and grilles. 3. Plumbing Contractor - Layout of all piping with elevations. 4. Sprinkler Contractor - Layout of all piping & heads with elevations. 5. Electrical Contractor - Conduit layout with junction boxes and location of all electrical fixtures. O. If necessary, Contractor coordination meetings shall be held continuously until the coordination drawings are complete and approved by all parties. Any conflicts, etc., discovered in the coordination stages prior to Contractor(s) sign-off which cannot be resolved by the Contractor(s) shall be brought to the Architect's attention for resolution. P. Any conflicts, etc., discovered after the created and submission of the coordination and installation drawings and during the installation of the Work will be the responsibility of the Contractor(s) to resolve with the approval of Architect. Any and all costs for these resolutions shall be solely the responsibility of the Contractor(s). Q. Work fabricated/installed prior to the completion of the coordination and installation drawings is performed at the Contractors own risk, and compensation of time/costs for corrections will not be awarded. Any work installed that is not in conformance with final approved coordination and installation drawings shall be required to be removed and relocated, and compensation of time/costs for corrections will not be awarded. R. Each Contractor is responsible for timely updates to the coordination drawings to indicate as-built conditions for their own work. Updates are required to include all changes regardless of the source or reason for the change, including changes initiated by the Owner, Architects or Engineers. 2.3 PIPING, CONDUITS, AND SUPPORTS, GENERALLY A. Piping and conduits, except electrical conduits run in floor construction, shall be run parallel with the lines of the building, unless otherwise shown or noted on the drawings. Electrical conduits shall not be hung on hangers with any other service pipes. The different service pipes, valves, and fittings shall be so installed that after the covering is applied there will not be less than 1/2 inch clear space between the finished covering and other work and between the finished covering and parallel adjacent pipes. Hangers on different service lines, running parallel with each other and nearly together, shall be in line with each other and parallel to the lines of the building. Exact location of sprinklers, electrical outlets, piping, ducts, and conduits shall be coordinated among the trades so that there will be no interference between lighting fixtures, piping, ducts, and conduits. Where conflicts between the trades result, they shall be resolved by the Contractor to the Architect’s satisfaction and at no expense to the Owner. B. Hangers shall be spaced to prevent sag and permit proper drainage. Refer to Division 23, Section “Basic Materials and Methods” for hanger spacing. A hanger shall be placed within one (1) foot of each horizontal elbow. See drawings for any additional hanger requirements. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 11 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 C. Vertical runs of pipe and conduit less than fifteen (15) feet long shall be supported by hangers placed one (1) foot or less from the elbows on the connecting horizontal runs. Vertical runs of pipe and conduit over fifteen (15) feet long, but not over sixty (60) feet long, and not over six (6) inches in size, shall be supported by heavy steel clamps. Clamps shall be bolted tightly around the pipes and conduits and shall rest securely on the building structure without blocking. Clamps may be welded to the pipes or placed below coupling. D. Hangers shall be of manufacturers hereinafter specified in Division 23, Section “Basic Materials and Methods”. Unless otherwise specified, or indicated on the drawings, pipe and conduit hangers and hanger supports shall conform to the following Anvil International figures. 1. Hangers generally shall be Figs. 65, 104, 212, 260 and 295. 2. Hanger Figs. 212 and 295 shall be provided with turnbuckles and eye rods or rods with eye nuts. 3. Turnbuckles shall be Figs. 114 or 230, shall have not less than 1-1/2 inches of adjustment, and shall be provided with locknuts. 4. Brackets Figs. 194, 195, and 199 shall be used for support of pipe hangers on lines larger than four (4) inches run along walls near floors. 5. Riser clamps shall be Figs. 261 (steel and cast iron piping) or CT-121 (copper piping). 6. Roller supports shall be adjustable, Anvil International Fig. 274 for installation of hot service piping over two (2) inches in size and installed in racks or on trapeze hangers. 7. Concrete inserts shall be Figs. 281 or 282. 8. On copper pipes, hangers in contact with pipe shall be copper plated. E. In lieu of individual hangers, multiple (trapeze) hangers may be used for water pipes having same elevation and slope and for electrical conduits as specified hereinafter: 1. Horizontal members shall consist of 1-1/2 inch by 1-1/2 inch twelve (12) gauge, cold formed, lipped channels designed to accept special, springheld, hardened steel nuts for securing hanger rods and other attachments. Two (2) or more such channels may be welded together forming horizontal members of greater strength than single channels. Members shall be Kindorf, Unistrut, or equal. Horizontal members made of Kindorf, Unistrut, or similar products shall be limited to a maximum length of eight (8) feet. Structural steel members shall be used for horizontal members exceeding eight (8) feet in length. 2. Each multiple hanger shall be designed to support a load equal to the sum of the weights of the pipes, conduits, wire, and water, the weight of the hanger itself, and 200 pounds. The size of the hanger rods shall be such that the stress at the roof of the thread will not be over 10,000 pounds per square inch at the design load. No rod shall be smaller than 3/8 inch. The size of the horizontal members shall be such that the maximum stress will not be over 15,000 pounds per square inch at design load. 3. Horizontal runs of piping and conduits along walls, four (4) inches and smaller, exposed or concealed, shall be secured to Kindorf or Unistrut support members as specified hereinbefore. Provide appropriate clamps, brackets and similar attachments to secure piping and conduits to vertical members in accordance with applicable sections of the specification. 4. Refer to architectural drawings and specifications for additional requirements related to supports using Kindorf or Unistrut type systems. F. Hanger attachments shall be suitable for each type of hanger and shall be compatible with the building materials to which it is secured. The types of attachments which shall be used for the various types of building construction encountered shall conform with the following Anvil International figures: 1. Concrete (new) - Inserts Figs. 281 or 282. Power driven fasteners may be used for light loading as hereinafter specified. 2. Concrete (existing) - Figs. 47, 49 or 52 attachments. Refer to drawings for specific application of individual types. 3. Steel beams - Figs. 66, 92, and 93 attachments. Refer to drawings for specific application of individual types. 4. Bar joists - Figs. 60 or 225. 5. Brick or block walls - Figs. 194, 195, 199, or 202 fastened as follows: For light duty, self-drilling anchors in brick and toggle bolts in block; for heavy duty, through bolts with backing plates. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 12 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 G. Welded attachments for securing hangers to piping or to structural steel may be provided in lieu of other attachments specified. Welded attachments shall be designed so that the fiber stress at any point in the weld or attachment will not exceed the fiber stress in the hanger rod. H. Refer to Division 23, Section “Mechanical Vibration, Sound and Seismic Controls”, for vibration hanger requirements. I. In no case shall wire or perforated strap be used for pipe or conduit support. J. All piping, ductwork, and equipment shall be suspended from the structure above unless otherwise indicated or noted on the drawings. The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Architect for floor supports of piping, ductwork, and equipment. Provide structural steel members consisting of angles, channels, and beams as required to hang piping, ductwork, and equipment. K. Hangers shall be provided with seismic restraints. 2.4 SLEEVES AND PLATES A. All pipe sleeves shall be constructed of one (1) piece Schedule 40 steel pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. B. Where watertight sleeves are indicated, provide Link Seal rubber seals, as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation, between pipes and sleeves. C. Escutcheon plates shall be provided for all exposed pipes passing through walls, floors, and ceilings in finished areas. Plates shall be chrome plated brass, split ring type, and sized to match the pipe or insulation where installed. Where plates are provided for pipes passing through sleeves which extend above the floor surface, provide deep recessed plates to conceal the pipe sleeves. D. Provide twenty-four (24) gauge galvanized sheet metal sleeves for all exposed ductwork passing through floors, walls, or ceilings and all ductwork passing through fire-rated or smoke partitions. Duct sleeves shall be large enough to pass duct with insulation and shall have 2 (two) inch flanges returned against floor, wall, partition, or ceiling. Where fire dampers are required, provide sleeves as detailed on the drawings and as required by the damper manufacturer. E. At all sleeves, where noise can be transmitted and at fire rated separations, seal all openings between pipes and ducts and corresponding sleeve to prevent sound transmission and maintain fire rating of the wall, floor or ceiling. Submit method of sealing sleeves for approval. U.L. assembly rating of fire walls and floors shall be maintained at all times. All sleeves installed in masonry or concrete construction shall be grouted in place. 2.5 FIRE RATED PENETRATION SYSTEMS A. Provide UL Listed fire penetration systems in openings in rated floors, walls, and other elements of construction. Provide UL listed fire penetration systems at all new and existing pipe penetrations of new and existing rated construction within the area of work. Coordinate work of this section with all other trades necessary for the proper installation of the fire rated penetration systems. B. Submit shop drawings showing each condition requiring penetration seals in dictating proposed UL systems materials, anchorage, methods of installation, and actual adjacent construction. Submit a copy of UL illustration of each proposed system indicating manufacturer approved modifications. Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications, recommendations, inspection requirements, installation instructions, and MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 13 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 maintenance data for each type of material required. Include letter indicating that each material complies with the requirements and is recommended for the applications shown. C. All fire penetration systems shall reference ASTM E814/UL 1479 - Fire Test of Through - Penetration Fire Stops. D. All systems shall be UL tested and listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. E. Submit copies of written guarantee agreeing to repair or replace joint sealers which fail in joint adhesion, cohesion, abrasion resistance, weather resistance, extrusion resistance, migration resistance, stain resistance, general durability or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly specified by submitted manufacturer's data as an inherent quality of the material for the exposure indicated. The guarantee period shall be one (1) year from date of substantial completion. F. 3M products have been specified as the penetration fire stop basis of design. Other manufacturer's systems are acceptable providing they meet the requirements set forth in this specification. The fire rated penetration systems shall be the products of one manufacturer to the maximum extent possible. The products of more than one manufacturer shall not be used as a combined seal. G. Provide materials classified by UL to provide fire stopping equal to time rating, both "F" and "T" ratings, of construction being penetrated. Provide asbestos free materials that comply with applicable codes and have been tested under positive pressure in accordance with UL 1479 or ASTM E814. Systems shall be smoke and air tight. H. Deliver material undamaged in manufacturer's clearly labeled, unopened containers identified with brand, type, grade, and UL label where applicable. Coordinate delivery with scheduled installation date to allow minimum storage time at site. Store material in clean, dry ventilated location. Protect from soiling, abuse, and moisture. Follow manufacturer's instruction. I. Verify existing conditions and substrates before starting work. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding. Proceed with installation only after penetrations of the substrate and supporting brackets have been installed. J. Furnish adequate ventilation if using solvent. Furnish forced air ventilation during installation if required by manufacturer. Keep flammable materials away from sparks or flame. Provide masking and drop cloths to prevent contamination of adjacent surfaces by fire stopping resistance. K. Clean surfaces to be in contact with penetration seal materials, of dirt, grease, oil, loose, materials, rust, or other substances that may affect proper fitting, adhesion of the required fire resistance. L. Install penetration seal materials in accordance with printed instructions of the UL Fire Resistance Directory and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Seal holes or voids made by penetrations to ensure an effective smoke barrier. Where floor openings without penetrating items are more than four (4) inches in width and subject to traffic or loading, install fire stopping materials capable of supporting same loading as floor. Protect materials from damages on surfaces subject to traffic. M. Clean up spills of liquid components. Neatly cut and trim materials as required. Remove equipment, materials, and debris, leaving area in undamaged, clean condition. N. Examine penetration sealed areas to ensure proper installation before concealing or enclosing areas. Keep areas of work accessible until inspection by applicable code authorities. Perform under this section patching and repairing of fire stopping caused by cutting or penetration by local inspectors and other trades. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 14 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 DRIVES FOR MACHINERY A. Equip each motor driven machine with a V-belt drive except those which are specified as direct drive. Where factory designed and assembled belt drives which do not conform to the following are proposed to be furnished, such non-conformity must be noted on the shop drawings submittals and may be cause for rejection of the item. B. Provide OSHA approved guards, for all belt drives, constructed in accordance with SMACNA standards. Submit shop drawings for approval. C. Select each drive according to the ratings and recommendations of the manufacturer for the service with which used, giving proper allowance for sheave diameter, center distance, and arc of contact less than one hundred eighty degrees. Size the motor driving a centrifugal fan, with forward curved blades, to have a nameplate rating of not less than five (5) percent above the total of actual fan brake horsepower and drive loss at specified capacity, if the wheel is of other than the forward curved blade type. Size motor not less than fifty (50) percent above the total of actual fan brake horsepower and drive loss at specified capacity, if the wheel is of the forward curved blade type. D. Belts shall be constructed of endless reinforced cords of long staple cotton, nylon, rayon, or other suitable textile fibers imbedded in rubber. Use belt with correct cross section to fit properly the sheave grooves. Carefully match belts for each drive. E. Sheaves for motors under fifteen (15) HP shall be adjustable pitch type, selected so that the required fan rotational speed will be obtained with the motor sheave set approximately in mid-position and have the specified pitch diameter in that position. Sheaves for motors fifteen (15) HP and larger shall be fixed pitch type. Provide any changes to the sheaves, belts, pulleys or drive package to obtain the specified airflow, if required. Any changes shall be installed under Division 23, Section “Air Distribution”. F. Select the motor of a capacity needed to operate the equipment at the specified mid-position operating condition. Where non-overloading motors are specified, select the motor capacity rating at the most closed position of the motor sheave. In no case shall motors be a smaller size than those indicated on the drawings. G. Do not select fan sheave smaller in diameter than thirty (30) percent of the fan wheel diameter. H. Construct sheaves of cast iron or steel, bored to fit properly on the shafts, and secured with key ways of proper size (not set screws). Key ways may be omitted for sheaves having 1/2 inch or smaller bores where set screws may be used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WORKMANSHIP A. Each Subcontractor shall furnish the services of an experienced superintendent who shall be constantly in charge of the installation of the work. B. The quality of workmanship required, for each trade, in the execution of work shall be the finest and highest obtainable in that trade working with the materials specified. Workmanship shall be satisfactory to the Architect and his decision as to acceptable quality is final. C. Workmanship proven to be of poor quality or unsatisfactory in the commissioning phase of the project as deemed by the Architect shall be removed and replaced to the satisfaction of the Architect. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 15 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.2 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE A. All equipment, devices, controls, and hardware shall be proven to operate successfully throughout the guarantee period. Systems shall be proven during all weather seasons and be demonstrated to affect the design conditions at times. System components or equipments items that fail to consistently deliver the design conditions shall be removed and replaced as directed by the Architect. The cost of required equipment replacements shall be borne by the Contractor. B. All equipment shall be tested after installation and be proven to deliver the manufacturers quoted design capacity. When capacity is in question as deemed by the Architect, the Contractor shall perform a detailed and comprehensive field performance test to certify the equipment capacity. System effect or installed performance factors may not be applied to performance ratings unless they were previously included when the equipment was submitted for approval. Equipment that fails to deliver manufacturers quoted design capacity shall be removed and replaced at the Contractors expense. C. Workmanship proven to be of poor quality or unsatisfactory in the commissioning phase of the project as deemed by the Architect shall be removed and replaced to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.3 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. 3.4 All equipment shall be installed and connected in accordance with the best engineering practice and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Auxiliary piping, piping specialties, water seals, valves, and electric connections recommended by the manufacturer, required by code or required for proper operation shall be provided. WATERPROOFING A. 3.5 Under no circumstances shall waterproofing be damaged or penetrated. Should conditions arise which indicate such necessity, notify the Architect. CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and patching associated with the work in the structure shall be performed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Surfaces, which are damaged by the Contractor, shall be repaired or provided with new materials. All patching shall be done with materials and methods similar to existing adjacent work, subject to approval of the Architect. Structural members shall not be cut or penetrated. Holes cut through concrete and/or masonry to accommodate new work shall be cut by reciprocating or rotary, nonpercussive methods. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval dimensioned drawings showing all penetrations through structural slabs or walls required for mechanical and electrical work. Drawings shall clearly show opening size, plan location, and/or elevation as applicable. All openings shall be approved by the Architect prior to starting work. C. Patching of areas disturbed by installation of new work shall match existing adjacent surfaces in material, texture, and color. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 16 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 PROTECTION OF EXISTING WORK A. 3.7 When working in and around the existing building, extreme care shall be exercised with regard to protection of the existing structure and mechanical and electrical services. Repair or replace, to the satisfaction of the Architect, any existing work damaged in the performance of the new work. SURVEYS AND MEASUREMENTS A. Base all measurements (both horizontal and vertical) from established bench marks. All work shall agree with these established lines and levels. Verify all measurements at site and check correctness of same as related to the work. Verify locations of existing utilities and inverts of same prior to the start of any systems shown connecting to existing utilities. B. Should the Contractor discover any discrepancy between actual measurements or conditions, and those indicated, which prevent following good practice or the intent of the drawings and specifications, he shall notify the Architect and shall not proceed with his work until he has received instruction from the Architect. 3.8 WELDING A. Welding shall conform to current standards and recommendations of the National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau, with all South Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Acts, State, City and County Fire Prevention Code Requirements, and NFPA Standard 241 including provision of appropriate portable fire extinguishers. B. Before assigning any welders to work covered by this specification, the Contractor shall provide the Architect with the names of pipe welders to be employed for the work, together with each welder's assigned number, letter, or symbol which shall be used to identify the work of that welder and which shall be affixed immediately upon completion of each weld. Contractor shall also submit, with the list of names, copies of each welder's certified qualification tests prescribed by the National Certified Welding Bureau or by other reputable testing laboratory using procedures covered in the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Building Construction Code, Section IX, "Qualification Standard Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators". Welders must be certified for all positions. C. If requested by the Architect, the Contractor shall submit identifying stenciled test coupons made by any welder in question. The Contractor shall require any welder to retake the tests when, in the opinion of the Architect, the work of the welder creates a reasonable doubt as to his proficiency. Tests, when required, shall be conducted at no additional expense to the Owner; and the welder in question shall not be permitted to work as a welder on this project until he has been recertified. Recertification of the welder shall be made to the Architect only after the welder has taken and passed the required test; welder must pass the test without benefit of retests in order to resume work as a welder on this project. D. Welding shall conform to the ANSI Code for Pressure Piping ANSI B31.9, Building Services Piping. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of welding and shall repair or replace any work not in accordance with these specifications. Contractor shall, without cost to the Owner, check welds by radiograph, ultrasonic testing, sectioning or a combination of these methods wherever there is a question raised by the Architect as to the quality of a weld. Examination of the questionable weld shall be in addition to other system tests specified. Welds shall have penetration complete to the inside diameter of the pipe. The recommended spacing and levels between ends of pipes prior to welding shall be used in all cases to assure full penetration. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 17 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC E. 3.9 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Welders on pressure piping shall be certified and carry their identification stamp with them. Welds on lines with operating pressures above 100 psig shall be stamped. HANDLING AND STORAGE OF MATERIAL A. Proper and suitable tools, equipment and appliances for the safe and convenient handling and placing of all materials and equipment shall be used. During loading, unloading, and placing, care shall be taken in handling the equipment and materials so that no equipment or materials are damaged. B. All mechanical and/or electrical equipment delivered to the job site shall be stored on pedestals, above the ground and under roof or other approved covering. All enclosures for equipment shall be weatherproof. All motors, drives, switchgear, panels, etc. which are not totally enclosed, that are involved in the work, shall be stored in a heated, dry, water protected area with a minimum temperature of fifty degrees (50) Fahrenheit. All valves shall be stored under roof on wood pedestals, above ground. All insulation shall be stored under roof or in trailers, adequately protected from the weather. The Contractor shall follow all written instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer and all requirements of the Architect in oiling, protection and maintenance of equipment during storage. It shall be the Contractor's complete responsibility for the storage and care of the equipment and materials. C. If any equipment and/or materials are found to be in poor condition at the time of installation the Architect may, at his discretion, order the Contractor to furnish and install new equipment and/or material at no cost to the Owner. 3.10 A. 3.11 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES Mechanical and Electrical trades shall give full cooperation to other trades and shall furnish in writing, with copies to Architect any information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least possible interference or delay. Exact location of all mechanical and electrical equipment, devices, etc. in finished spaces shall be coordinated with Architectural reflected ceiling plans, elevations and details. CLEANING AND PAINTING A. Thoroughly clean all exposed surfaces of equipment and material and leave in a neat, clean condition ready for painting. Restore and touch-up factory finishes which have been damaged during construction. Finished painting will be performed under another Division. B. Miscellaneous requirements include: 1. Touch-up threads of zinc coated screwed pipe with Rust-O-Leum primer and one (1) coat of enamel conforming with painting specification. 2. Paint behind grilles and registers in finished areas with two (2) coats of flat black paint following the proper surface preparation of the zinc coated metal. 3.12 ACCESSIBILITY A. Locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated, or maintained, in fully accessible positions to eliminate the need for access panels and doors. Equipment shall include, but not be limited to, valves, clean-outs, motors, controllers, dampers, drain points, etc. B. Where overhead equipment cannot be located above spaces with either no ceilings or removable acoustical ceiling tiles, contractor shall provide, as part of the contract and no expense to the Owner, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 18 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 fourteen (14) gauge painted steel access doors where required and/or where directed (color shall match ceiling). Locations shall be coordinated with the Architect and indicated on the composite installation and coordination drawings. C. Access panels shall be Milcor or approved equal to suit material in which installed. Access doors installed in fire rated walls or shafts shall be labeled and shall match rating of the construction. Doors shall be of sufficient size to allow access to all components; minimum size shall be eighteen (18) inches by eighteen (18) inches. Doors in Toilet Rooms and Janitor’s Closets shall be Type 304 stainless steel. D. Equipment deemed inaccessible by the Architect shall be reworked by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. All doors shall have cylinder locks operable from same key. Submit shop drawings for approval. 3.13 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL: A. Excavation: 1. See Division 31 for additional requirements. 2. Trenches shall be excavated to the necessary width and depth as shown on the drawings. The trench subgrade shall be such as to allow the bedding of the utility with a uniform and continuous bearing on solid, undisturbed earth for the full length of each pipe, except for that portion at the bell holes. The subgrade shall be graded with sufficient accuracy to assure this minimum. The bottom portion of all trenches from the subgrade to a point two (2) feet above the crown or top of the utility shall be as nearly vertical as practicable and at the minimum width. 3. Trenches in fill areas shall not be excavated until embankment construction has been completed to a point at least two (2) feet above the crown or top of the utility being placed. 4. Any part of the bottom of the trench excavated below the specified subgrade shall be backfilled, at the Contractor's expense, with bedding materials as hereinafter specified. Whenever wet, or otherwise unstable, subgrade is encountered below the elevation of the original ground surface which existed prior to the time of construction, such soil shall be removed to the depth and extent direct by the Architect and the trench backfilled to the proper grade with bedding material as hereinafter specified. Reimbursement for extra work performed by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the General Conditions. Whenever the Architect requires the removal of wet or otherwise unstable subgrade from the fill material previously placed by the Contractor, the cost of all removal of unstable soil, together with backfilling of the trench as herein specified shall be borne by the Contractor. 5. Excavation for manholes and similar structures shall be of sufficient size to leave a minimum of twelve (12) inches and a maximum of twenty-four (24) inches clearance on all sides. Any overdepth excavation shall be filled with concrete as directed and at the expense of the Contractor. 6. Provide shoring and sheet piling necessary for excavation and for the safety of personnel and property as directed. Unless otherwise directed, the sides of all excavations over four (4) feet deep must be braced. All shoring, bracing, sheet piling, etc., must be solidly installed heavy timber suitable for the purpose. No lumber shall be buried when excavations are backfilled, except by authority of the Architect. B. Backfill: 1. See Division 31 for additional requirements. 2. No backfill and/or bedding shall be placed until the construction adjacent thereto or the utility to be backfilled has been inspected, tested and approved. Notify the Architect when inspections are required. 3. Backfill material shall be earth materials only, free from perceptible amounts of wood, debris, or topsoil and shall not contain marble or other elements which tend to keep it in a plastic state. The material shall be free of frost at the time of placement. Backfill for plastic pipe shall be clean sand, free of foreign materials. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 19 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3.14 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Bedding material, for use where trench subgrade is excavated below specified depth of for use at Contractor's option, shall be crushed stone or gravel, meeting the requirements of S.R.C. No. 6 aggregate or crusher run S.R.C. Cr-6 and shall be free of frost at the time of placing. Mechanical tampers, for compacting backfill, shall be tampers capable of exerting a blow equal to 250 foot-pounds per square foot (ft2) of area of the tamping face. Work broken or ruptured by improperly placed backfill shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Following inspection as specified above, approved backfill material shall be deposited in the trench with hand shovels, not by means of wheelbarrows, carts, trucks, bulldozers, or similar equipment, in four (4) inch layers and compacted by mechanical tampers until the pipe has a cover of not less than two (2) feet. The remainder of the backfill material shall then be deposited in the trench in eight (8) inch layers and compacted. Any trenches improperly backfilled shall be reopened, then refilled and compacted to the required grade and smoothed off. Backfill shall be placed and tamped to achieve ninety-five (95) percent (percent of dry weight) compaction. Field density tests may be required by the Architect in areas where, in his opinion, a question exists with respect to compliance with compaction requirements. These tests will be paid for at standard rates by the Owner, where the test results indicate compliance with the compaction requirements, and by the Contractor where the test results indicate non-compliance with compaction requirements. Density tests shall be performed by the methods specified in A.A.S.H.O. Designation T-147, the Field Determination of Density of Soil-In-Place. EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Refer to Division 23, “Mechanical Vibration, Sound and Seismic Controls” for vibration isolation and seismic restraint requirements. B. Concrete bases, curbs, and supports will be furnished and installed under this Division and shall be in accordance with Division 3. C. The Subcontractors shall furnish, to the General Contractor, all required foundation sizes, bolts, washers, sleeves, plates and templates for equipment. D. The size of the foundation bolts shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. E. All equipment shall be set on the foundations, shimmed level with steel shims, and grouted up under base for uniform bearing by the Subcontractor. F. Under this Section, provide all equipment supports; consisting of inertia pads, platforms, gratings, structural members and related materials required for the mechanical and electrical work. G. The type and size of the supporting channels and supplementary steel shall be determined by the Subcontractor and shall be of sufficient strength and size to allow only a minimum deflection in conformance with the manufacturer's requirements for loading. 3.15 SLEEVES AND PLATES A. Sleeves shall be provided by the trade installing the pipes or ducts for which sleeves are to be used. The sleeves shall be carefully located in advance of the construction of walls and floors, where new construction is involved. All cutting and patching necessary to set sleeves which are not placed prior to construction shall be the responsibility of the trade providing the sleeves. B. Sleeves shall be provided for all piping, conduits, and ducts passing through all floor slabs and concrete, masonry, tile, and gypsum wall construction. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 20 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 C. Fasten sleeves securely in floors and walls so that they will not become displaced when concrete is poured or when other construction is built around them. Take precautions to prevent concrete, plaster or other materials from being forced into space between pipe and sleeve during construction. D. Where pipe motion due to expansion and contraction will occur, make sleeves of sufficient diameter to permit free movement of pipe. Where insulated pipes and ducts pass through sleeves, the sleeves shall be large enough to pass the pipe or duct and the insulation. Check floor and wall construction to determine proper length for various locations; make actual lengths to suit the following: 1. Terminate sleeves flush with walls, partitions, and ceilings. 2. Terminate sleeves two (2) inches above finished floors. Fill all voids between sleeves and structures with an approved sealant or grout as determined by the Architect. Refer to Architectural drawings and specifications for sealing requirements of sleeves in floor. E. Sleeves installed in load bearing concrete or masonry construction shall be completely grouted in place. See Architectural drawings for extent and location of such walls. Single and multiple pipe or conduit penetrations, as well as duct openings, shall be accurately located by field measurements and indicated on the drawings. F. Structural members shall not be cut or penetrated. Notify the Architect where penetrations of structural members are required. Holes cut through concrete and/or masonry, to accommodate new work, shall be cut by reciprocating or rotary, non-percussive methods. 3.16 DEMOLITION A. All existing piping, conduit, equipment, ductwork, and materials not required for re-use or re-installation shall be removed. Any existing materials and equipment which are removed and are desired by the Owner, or are indicated to remain the property of the Owner, shall be delivered to him on the premises by the Contractor where directed by the Architect. All other materials and equipment which are removed shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed by him from the premises. B. Existing piping that remains concealed, buried, or otherwise contained in the remaining slabs and walls shall be capped, plugged, or otherwise sealed. All pipes shall be cut so that their capped or plugged ends will be below the finished floors or behind finished surfaces. C. Existing wiring, where possible, shall be removed or pulled through conduits. Wiring remaining shall be cut back behind the termination of conduits so that conduits can be adequately capped, plugged, or sealed. 3.17 CONNECTIONS AND ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING WORK A. When existing mechanical and electrical work is removed, all pipes, valves, ducts, and materials shall be removed to a point below the finished floors or behind finished walls and capped. Such points shall be far enough behind finished surfaces to allow for the installation of the normal thickness of finished material. B. When the work specified hereinafter connects to existing equipment, piping, or ductwork, the Contractor shall perform all necessary alterations, cuttings, or fitting of existing work as may be necessary or required to make satisfactory connections between the new and existing work and to leave the completed work in a finished and workmanlike condition, to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. C. When the work specified hereinafter or under other divisions of the contract necessitates relocation of existing equipment, piping, or ductwork, the Contractor shall perform all work and make all necessary changes to existing work as may be required to leave the completed work in a finished and workmanlike MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 21 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 condition, to the satisfaction of the Architect. All work resulting in an extra to the contract shall be approved by the Owner and Architect before proceeding. D. 3.18 All cutting and patching necessary for the installation of the mechanical work shall be done under this Division. Any damage done to the work already in place shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. Patching shall be uniform in appearance and shall match the surrounding surface. INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES A. Notify the Owner in writing at least seven (7) days in advance of any required shutdown of water, sewage, gas, electrical service or other utility. Upon written receipt of approval from Owner, shutdowns shall be performed between the hours of six (6) p.m. and six (6) a.m. including clean-up or as directed otherwise and shall be accomplished at no additional cost B. At the end of each interruption, all services shall be restored so that normal use of the building can continue. END OF SECTION 230500 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 230500 - 22 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 230513 – MOTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements and all other Specification Sections apply to the work specified in this section. In the event of conflict between specific requirements of the various documents, the more restrictive, the more extensive (i.e.: more expensive) requirement shall govern. B. Motors for equipment specified in other Sections of the Specification shall comply with the requirements of this Section. In the absence of a requirement in another Section, the requirements in this Specification shall be met. 1.2 SUMMARY A. 1.3 This Section includes basic requirements for factory-installed motors. DEFINITIONS A. 1.4 Factory-Installed Motor: A motor installed by motorized-equipment manufacturer as a component of equipment. SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Shop drawings and product data for motors shall be provided with the submittal package for the piece of equipment that it serves. In accordance with Division 1, Section “Submittals” provide the following: 1. Product catalog data: nameplate data and ratings; materials of construction; mounting arrangement, size and location of motor terminal box and conduit entry, grounding lugs and coatings. 2. Completed tabulation sheet (template provided at the end of this Section). 3. For motors over 100 hp, submit routine test report for a similar motor. Routine tests shall be as described in NEMA MG 1 using IEEE Method 112 forms. B. Warranties 1. In addition to the guarantee requirements of General Conditions, Article 42, warranties for each motor shall be covered in the warranty for the entire mechanical assembly (fan & motor, pump and motor, etc). C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that motors, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 23 Section "Mechanical Vibration, Sound and Seismic Controls. Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. a. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." MOTORS 230513 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. D. 1.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. Operation and Maintenance Data: For factory-installed motors to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Each motor shall be sized to provide adequate operating torque at the operating speed(s) for the equipment served without exceeding the motor’s nominal horsepower. The manufacturer of the driven equipment shall provide the motor for that particular piece of equipment. In no case shall the Contractor supply the motor separately for the driven piece of equipment. B. Motor speed listed in Section 23 is the synchronous speed for both squirrel cage induction and synchronous motor types. It shall be the responsibility of the driven equipment supplier to match the driven equipment speed requirements with the motor, including motor slip and synchronizing torque requirements. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the International Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. B. Source Limitations: Obtain factory-installed motors through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. D. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code." E. NRTL Listing: Motors shall be NRTL-listed. 1. Term "Listed": As defined in "National Electrical Code," Article 100. 2. Listing Agency Qualifications: "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910. F. Comply with NEMA MG 1, "Motors and Generators." G. Comply with UL 1004, "Motors, Electric." H. Provide factory test reports in accordance with Part 2 of this Section. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. MOTORS Whenever possible, motor and driven equipment shall be shipped complete as an entire assembly. 230513 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 B. Inspect equipment immediately upon arrival and any irregularities or damage shall be reported to the Manufacturer/Supplier and Designer immediately. C. Store in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 1.8 IDENTIFICATION A. 1.9 Nameplates: All motors shall have a stainless steel nameplate attached with stainless steel fasteners on the motor. The nameplate shall be stamped with nameplate markings listed in NEMA MG 1 20.60, plus the following: 1. Manufacturer 2. Model Number 3. Serial Number 4. Nominal efficiency 5. Minimum efficiency 6. Temperature Rise 7. Bearing manufacturer’s name and catalog number COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices and features that comply with the following: 1. Compatible with the following: a. Magnetic controllers. b. Multispeed controllers. c. Reduced-voltage controllers. 2. Designed and labeled for use with variable frequency controllers, and suitable for use throughout speed range without overheating. 3. Matched to torque and horsepower requirements of the load. 4. Matched to ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. B. Coordinate motor support with requirements for driven load; access for maintenance and motor replacement; installation of accessories, belts, belt guards; and adjustment of sliding rails for belt tensioning. C. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. Concrete, PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Motor requirements apply to factory-installed motors except as follows: 1. Different ratings, performance, or characteristics for motor are specified in another Section. 2. Motorized-equipment manufacturer requires ratings, performance, or characteristics, other than those specified in this Section, to meet performance specified. B. Motors shall be sized to drive the equipment, and perform the specified duty, but in no case less than the size shown or specified. If a motor larger than that specified is required, the Contractor shall bear the expense of changes in foundations, supports, wire and conduit connections, circuit protective devices, or other affected elements of the system. Each motor shall have sufficient capacity to start and operate the MOTORS 230513 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 machine it drives without exceeding the motor nameplate rating at the speed specified or at the load which may be obtained by the drive actually provided. Motors shall be Class F insulation, Class B temperature rise at 1.0 service factor and 1.15 (minimum) service factor for continuous duty of 115 percent of rated capacity with maximum temperature rise in accordance with NEMA Chapter 12 Tables. C. Contractor assumes responsibility for the correct direction of rotation required by the equipment drives. In the event of damage due to reverse rotation, the equipment shall be repaired or replaced at no charge to the Owner. D. Motors shall have the following enclosure types in accordance with NEMA MG 1: 1. For clean dry indoor areas: open drip proof (ODP) fully-guarded 2. For outdoor locations: totally-enclosed fan-cooled for small and medium machines, weather protected type II for large machines E. Motors, 1/2 HP and larger, shall be three (3) phase, Class B, general purpose, squirrel cage, open type, premium efficiency, induction motors in accordance with NEMA MG1, wound for voltage indicated on the drawings, sixty (60) Hertz, alternating current, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein. Motors smaller than 1/2 HP shall be single phase, open capacitor type in accordance with NEMA standards wound for 115 volts, 60 Hertz, alternating current. Motors 1/6 HP and under may be split phase type. Motors 1 HP and larger shall have nameplate rating and efficiency per NEMA MG 1. Ratings shall be based on IEEE Test Procedure 112, Method B. F. Each motor, 1 HP or larger, or motor driven equipment, 1 HP or larger shall have a composite power factor (PF) rating of ninety (90) percent to 100 percent when the driven equipment is operating at the design duty defined on the drawings. Power factor correction devices shall be provided to meet the stated criteria. G. Devices such as capacitors, or equipment such as solid state power factor controllers, shall be provided as part of the motor or item of motor driven equipment when required for power factor correction. Devices shall be completely mounted and wired to the motor terminal except as follows: 1. For a motor or motor driven equipment requiring other than across-the-line starting, power factor (PF) correcting capacitors, or other equipment, shall be connected to motor terminals via a contactor (controller) with a 120 volt alternating current (VAC) coil. The 120 volt alternating current (VAC) coil shall be energized via an auxiliary contact on the contactor (controller) used to establish the "run" operating mode for the motor driven equipment. 2. For two (2) speed motors, power factor (PF) shall be corrected at each speed via separate groups of capacitors or other equipment for each speed. Each group of PF correcting components shall be connected to motor terminals via a separate contactor (controller) with a 120 volt alternating current (VAC) coil. Each 120 volt alternating current (VAC) coil shall be energized via an auxiliary contact on the contactor or controller used to establish "run" operations at each speed. H. Locked rotor kVA shall not exceed NEMA Code Letter F for motors over 10 horsepower. I. Motor Insulation: The insulation system shall consist of Class F or better insulation materials and shall utilize a process of one cycle of vacuum impregnation of 100% polyester resins and two cycles of treatment with a polyester varnish. All materials shall be non-hygroscopic. No asbestos materials shall be used. Motors over 600V shall have windings tested in a water-filled tank in accordance with NEMA MG 1 12.62. J. Motor Bearings: Motor bearings shall be specifically designed for the drive application, and shall be approved by the Engineer. Bearings shall have a minimum bearing life of B-10 or L-10 as defined by the AFBMA. Bearings shall be designed to carry the total hydraulic and static thrust developed by the driven load. Bearings shall be grease or oil lubricated. Oil lubricated motors shall be fitted with gravity-feed oil reservoirs. Grease lubricated bearings shall be regreasable (not sealed) and shall be supplied with grease fittings and drain plugs. Medium voltage and variable frequency controlled motor bearings shall be MOTORS 230513 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 electrically isolated from the shaft on at least one end to prevent transmission of electric current. Current drain brushes shall be fitted where it is necessary to divert the flow of electrical current from bearings. Bearings, housing and brackets shall be constructed to permit access, removal and replacement of the bearings without disassembly of the motor. K. Rotor: The rotor shall be dynamically and statically balanced. Assembled motor shall be tested at the factory in accordance with latest applicable NEMA MG 1and IEEE 112 methods of testing, and balanced at no more than 0.001 inches total peak-to-peak deflection on the bearing housing and the shaft. Overall vibration readings, including all vibration frequencies, shall be taken and recorded at no load and design speed. L. Terminal Box: Motors shall have a watertight cable terminal box. Terminal box shall be oversized, diagonally split, and rotatable in 90o increments to allow conduit and cable entry from top, bottom and sides. M. Motor Leads: Motor leads shall be a minimum of 6 inches in length. All motor leads shall be extended from the conduit box. Motors rated over 200 HP or over 600V shall have insulated tin plated copper busbar terminals with bolt holes for compression wire lugs. N. Drains and Breathers: Provide drain(s) in the bottom of the motor at the lowest point(s). Enclosed motors shall be fitted with breathers. O. Screens: Provide stainless steel screens at motor ventilation openings. P. Rotation: Motor rotation shall be coordinated with the requirements of the pump or fan. Q. Motor Shaft: The motor shaft shall be ASTM A322 GR140 (AISI 4140) steel and shall be sized to accommodate the required power and torque. Provide shaft end with keyway for connection to coupling with the pump shaft. Coordinate shaft design requirements with driven load. R. Stainless Steel Hardware: Provide corrosion resistant hardware for motor components including grease fittings, plugs, nuts, bolts, washers and screws. S. Motor Casing and Coating: The motor housing shall be cast iron for small and medium machines and fabricated steel plate for large machines. Housings shall be degreased, primed and painted both inside and outside with a rust inhibitive primer and corrosion resistant polyester paint. Painting shall be performed prior to installing the motor stator windings. The primer and paint materials selected shall be suitable for the environment encountered, both inside and outside of the casing. T. Motors connected to Variable Frequency Drives shall be “inverter duty” with additional magnet wire insulation to achieve a minimum motor impulse voltage rating equal to the VFD manufacturer’s recommendations for the motor, cable size, and cable length actually installed. U. Power Factor Correction Capacitors: Provide motor power factor correction capacitors for all motors rated 600V or less (except variable frequency controlled motors) with less than 90% uncorrected power factor. Motor power factor correction capacitors shall be sized as recommended by the motor manufacturer to correct the motor power factor to over 90%. Motor power factor correction capacitor sizes shall not be larger than the maximum size recommended by the motor manufacturer. Enclosure type shall be NEMA 12. Capacitors shall be dry film type with fuses and discharge resistors. V. Motor winding temperature protection shall be provided for motors 400 HP and larger. Winding temperature detectors shall consist of six 100 ohm RTD’s (resistance temperature detectors) with three leads each, imbedded in pairs in each phase of the stator windings, and brought out to labeled terminal in a separate motor RTD terminal box. Provide compatible motor winding temperature monitoring at the motor controller to shut down the motor when the temperature exceeds 50 deg. F. above the Class B MOTORS 230513 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 temperature rise, and provide three conductor shielded cable in rigid galvanized steel conduit from the RTD’s to the motor controller. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Motors 1/2 HP and Larger: Three phase. B. Motors Smaller Than 1/2 HP: Single phase. C. Frequency Rating: 60 Hz. D. Voltage Rating: NEMA standard voltage selected to operate on nominal circuit voltage to which motor is connected. E. Service Factor: 1.15 for open dripproof motors; 1.0 for totally enclosed motors. F. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 105 deg F and at altitude of 3300 feet above sea level. G. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. H. Enclosure: Open dripproof. 2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. B. Efficiency: Premium, as defined in NEMA MG 1. Products must meet or exceed the nominal energy efficiency levels presented below. Motor Efficiency MOTORS Motor Size (HP) 6-pole 4-pole 2-pole 1 82.5% 85.5% 77.0% 1.5 86.5% 86.5% 84.0% 2 87.5% 86.5% 85.5% 3 88.5% 89.5% 85.5% 5 89.5% 89.5% 86.5% 7.5 90.2% 91.0% 88.5% 10 91.7% 91.7% 89.5% 15 91.7% 93.0% 90.2% 20 92.4% 93.0% 91.0% 25 93.0% 93.6% 91.7% 30 93.6% 94.1% 91.7% 230513 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center 40 94.1% 94.1% 92.4% 50 94.1% 94.5% 93.0% LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 C. Stator: Copper windings, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Multispeed motors shall have separate winding for each speed. D. Rotor: Squirrel cage, unless otherwise indicated. E. Bearings: Double-shielded, prelubricated ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. F. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating, unless otherwise indicated. G. Insulation: Class F, unless otherwise indicated. H. Code Letter Designation: 1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2. Motors Smaller Than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic. I. Enclosure: Cast iron for motors 7.5 HP and larger; rolled steel for motors smaller than 7.5 HP. 1. Finish: Gray enamel. 2.4 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Motors Used with Reduced-Inrush Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method. B. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer. 1. Designed with critical vibration frequencies outside operating range of controller output. 2. Temperature Rise: Matched to rating for Class B insulation. 3. Insulation: Class H. 4. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. C. Rugged-Duty Motors: Totally enclosed, with 1.25 minimum service factor, greased bearings, integral condensate drains, and capped relief vents. Windings insulated with non-hygroscopic material. 1. D. 2.5 Finish: Chemical-resistant paint over corrosion-resistant primer. Source Quality Control for Field-Installed Motors: Perform the following tests on each motor according to NEMA MG 1: 1. Measure winding resistance. 2. Read no-load current and speed at rated voltage and frequency. 3. Measure locked rotor current at rated frequency. 4. Perform high-potential test. SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A. MOTORS Type: 1. 2. 3. One of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: Permanent-split capacitor. Split-phase start, capacitor run. Capacitor start, capacitor run. 230513 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 B. Shaded-Pole Motors: For motors 1/20 HP and smaller only. C. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermalprotection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range. D. Bearings: Ball type for belt-connected motors and other motors with high radial forces on motor shaft; sealed, prelubricated-sleeve type for other single-phase motors. E. Source Quality Control for Field-Installed Motors: Perform the following tests on each motor according to NEMA MG 1: 1. Measure winding resistance. 2. Read no-load current and speed at rated voltage and frequency. 3. Measure locked rotor current at rated frequency. 4. Perform high-potential test. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMISSIONING A. Check operating motors for unusual conditions during normal operation. commissioning of the equipment for which the motor is a part. B. Report unusual conditions. C. Correct deficiencies. Coordinate with the END OF SECTION 230513 MOTORS 230513 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 230530 – BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements and all other Specification Sections apply to the work specified in this section. In the event of conflict between specific requirements of the various documents, the more restrictive, the more extensive (i.e.: more expensive) requirement shall govern. SCOPE A. This section includes requirements for items of mechanical equipment, materials and procedures which are common to more than one section of Division 22 and 23 and which are general in nature and use. This section applies to all sections of Division 22 and 23. B. The requirements of Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions” shall apply to all work specified under this section. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. 1.4 Submit shop drawings for all items of materials specified in this section in accordance with the General Requirements. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS A. The Contractor shall furnish labor, instruments, equipment, and materials required to perform tests prescribed in the sections describing the various systems. All tests shall be performed in the presence of the Owner and/or the Architect. Forty-eight (48) hours prior notice shall be given to the Owner and Architect for all tests. A written test report shall be submitted following all tests and before systems are insulated. B. Replace or repair defects found during inspection or tests with new materials. Caulking of welded joints, screwed joints, cracks, or holes is not acceptable. Correct leaks in screwed fittings by remaking joints. Cut out and reweld. Repeat tests after defects have been eliminated. C. Where reasonable doubt exists as to a system's ability to comply with contract requirements, perform any reasonable test required by the Architect. D. Make static pressure tests and prove to the satisfaction of the Architect the piping is tight before pipes are concealed. Tests shall be provided as hereinafter specified. E. Use test instruments tested for accuracy by an approved laboratory or by the instrument manufacturer, and furnish certificates showing degree of accuracy to the Architect when requested. Make calibration histories for each instrument available for examination. F. Where gauges, thermometers and other instruments which are to be left permanently installed are used for tests, do not install until just prior to the tests to avoid possible changes in calibration. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS A. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term, and requirements of, “domestic” water systems as included in these specifications shall universally apply to all potable, HVAC make-up and industrial laboratory water systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HANGERS: A. See Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions” for general requirements. B. Hangers and accessories shall be Anvil International, Carpenter-Patterson, Michigan, B-Line, or Basic Engineering of the types specified in Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions”. C. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide an adequate pipe suspension system in accordance with recognized engineering practices, using standard, commercially accepted pipe hangers and suspension equipment. D. Contractor shall ensure that the pipe support system being provided is adequate for the service. For all pipe hangers, supports, anchors, guides, etc., the Contractor shall submit a pipe hanger assembly drawing in accordance with the recommendations provided by MSS SP-89. Provide proposed equipment manufacturer, manufacturer's model number and size, construction, finish, quantities and/or lengths. Utilize columns shown on Contract Drawings for the location plan. Indicate pipe system, line size, insulation thickness, and Contract Drawing for which the plan view of the pipe hanger location can be found. E. All brackets used for supporting piping shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be of welded steel construction with a design safety factor of not less than five. F. The design of all hangers and supports shall be in accordance with the provisions of the current issue of the MSS-Sp-58 document developed as a standard by the Manufacturers' Standardization Society. G. Hangers for steel pipe, except as noted otherwise, shall be spaced at least every ten (10) feet. Hangers for cast iron pipe shall be provided at each joint. Hangers for copper pipe shall be placed at least every eight (8) feet, except pipes 3/4 inch and smaller shall have hangers at six (6) foot intervals. H. Plastic piping systems shall be provided with continuous pipe support using light gauge sheetmetal angles strapped to pipes. I. Where concentrated loads of valves, fittings and similar items occur, closer hanger spacing will be necessary. J. Generally, hangers shall be clevis type, standard weight for lines 2-1/2 inch and larger. K. Vibration hangers shall be provided as hereinafter specified in Division 23, Section “Mechanical Vibration, Sound and Seismic Controls”. L. Pipe Shields 1. On insulated piping 2” and larger, provide pre-insulated pipe supports equal to Pipe Shields, Inc. Model No. A3000 and A5000 for use on warm systems and Model No. A4000 and A6000 for use on cold systems. Contractor shall select appropriate shield for support application. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 On insulated piping smaller than 2”, provide insulation protection shield equal to Anvil International Figure 167. Shield shall comply with Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) SP-58 (Type 40). M. Hangers in direct contact with copper piping systems shall be copper plated. N. All hangers shall be prime painted for interior locations and galvanized coated for exterior locations. O. All hangers shall be provided with seismic restraints. 2.2 IDENTIFICATION, VALVE TAGS AND CHARTS A. A complete identification system shall be provided for all mechanical and electrical components which conform to the requirements published in ASME A13.1, NFPA 13 and the Fuel Gas Code. B. Product Data and Samples: In accordance with Division 1 Section “Submittal Procedures”, submit the following: 1. Manufacturer’s technical product data and installation instructions for each type of identification device specified. Include a list of all piping systems indicating a proposed nomenclature where a manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature does not match up exactly with what is specified. 2. Samples of each color, lettering style, and other graphic representation required for: a. Brass valve identification tag. b. Pipe contents and identification markers. c. Valve Schedules: For each piping system. Reproduce on standard-size bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation as shown on tag, room or space location of valve, and variations for identification. Mark valves intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses. Besides mounted copies, furnish copies from maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. d. Plastic equipment identification plates. e. Paint colors for piping systems. f. Stencils. C. All control devices, i.e.; panels, switches, starters, pushbutton stations, relays, temperature controls, etc., shall be clearly identified as to their function and the equipment controlled. All equipment such as pumps, fans, heaters, etc., shall be marked to clearly identify equipment and space or duty they serve. Mechanical equipment shall be identified using engraved laminated black and white phenolic legend plates. Letters shall be minimum 3/4 inch high white on surrounding black. Plates shall be mounted by means of sheet metal screws. Submit nameplate list for approval. D. Piping shall be identified with colored, prerolled, semirigid plastic labels as manufactured by Seton or approved equal. Labels shall be Seton "Set mark" system and shall be set around pipes with a field installed high strength cement compound applied along their longitudinal edge. Labels shall be placed around the piping or insulation every twenty (20) feet and with one (1) label on each pipe in rooms smaller than ten (10) feet. Provide labels on branch lines not more than 5 ft from main header. Provide labels on lines that penetrate walls or floors on each side of penetration not more than 5 ft from penetration. A label shall be placed at every major valve and at least six (6) feet from exit or entrance to an item of equipment. On exterior piping, utilize stencils to paint contrasting letters identifying pipe contents and direction of flow. Letter size and color shall comply with the requirements of adhesive pipe labels. E. For supply and exhaust air terminal units and fan coil units located above the ceiling, in addition to a label on the device, labels are to be permanently affixed to the ceiling grid framing as near to the item as possible using epoxy glue. Where hard ceilings are used, the label is to be affixed to the frame of the BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 access panel for the unit. Labels are to be black core white or beige Bakelite. The lettering is to be 3/8" inches high. The minimum label size is 3/4" wide by 1" long. Terminal units shall be identified as indicated on the mechanical drawings and ATC graphics. The thermostat that controls each air terminal unit shall be identified with an identical but appropriately sized label. F. Labels shall have minimum 3/4 inch high black letters for pipes one (1) inch and larger, and 1/2 inch letters for smaller pipes. All labels shall have flow arrows. Color coding and stencil designations shall be as follows: Service Color Label Designation Domestic Cold Water Domestic Hot Water Domestic Hot Water Recirc. Sanitary Condensate Drain, Drain Natural Gas Laboratory Compressed Air Refrigerant Liquid Refrigerant Suction Green Green Green Brown Brown Yellow Yellow Green Green Domestic Cold Water Domestic Hot Water Domestic Hot Water Recirc. Sanitary Sewer Drain Water Natural Gas Lab Air Refrigerant Liquid Refrigerant Suction G. All valves, except as specified below, shall be provided with colored plastic valve tags with stamped-in numbers. Tags shall be secured to valve wheels with a metal chain. Stop valves on individual fixtures or equipment where their function is obvious, or where the fixture of equipment is immediately adjacent, need not be so equipped. Care shall be exercised in scheduling and selecting valve numbers to be indicated on a drawing. Drawing shall show locations, details of arrangements, identity, and function of all service and control valves. One (1) copy of each drawing and schedule shall be mounted and framed under plastic protection where directed. Blueprints are not acceptable. A copy of each drawing and schedule shall also be included as a part of the operations and maintenance manuals. Valve tags shall be Seton or approved equal minimum 1-1/2 inch round tags with white characters describing system and valve designation. H. Identify fire protection systems (sprinkler and fire alarm) as hereinafter specified as required by NFPA Standards. 2.3 PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS A. General: Items are referred to by type and shall conform to the latest editions of standards listed below: B. Provide pipe and fittings for fire protection as hereinafter specified in Division 21, Sections “Fire Protection.” C. All piping shall be new domestic pipe material, manufactured in the United States of America (USA) and be suitable for the specific use indicated on drawings and in the specifications. D. Piping Material: Service 1. Sanitary drainage: a. Underground: b. Underground (optional): c. Above ground within building BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Piping Fittings Joints A M J I XII VIII a k i 230530 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC d. VIII i Domestic and cold water: a. Above ground - 4" and larger b. Above ground - 3" and smaller c. Underground - 3-1/2" and larger d. Underground - 3" and smaller F F K E III III IX III e e j f Domestic hot water, tempered water and hot water recirc: F III e Natural gas: a. 2-1/2" and larger b. 2" and smaller c. Underground C C L VII IV X b c b Condensate Drain/Drain: a. Optional b. Optional J B VIII II i e 6. Refrigerant Piping: F III f 7. Laboratory Gases a. Compressed Air F III F 3. 4. 5. Vent piping LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 J 2. E. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Piping Assembly: Type Designation 1. Cast iron hub and spigot pipe, service weight ASTM A74. All pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute and listed by NSF International. A 2. Copper drainage tubing, drain, waste, and vent, DWV, ASTM B306 B 3. Black steel pipe, ASTM A53/106 Grade B Seamless ANSI Schedule 40 C 4. Seamless copper water tube, ASTM B88, Type K, soft E 5. Seamless copper water tube, ASTM B88, Type L, hard F 6. Cast iron soil pipe, service weight No-Hub, ASTM A-888. All pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute and listed by NSF International. J 7. Ductile iron water pipe, outside coated, AWWA C104/A21.4 cement mortarlined, ANSI/AWWA C151/A 21.51 pipe K 8. Black steel pipe ASTM A53/106 Grade B Seamless ANSI Schedule 40 with "X-Tru-Coat" Polyethylene or polypropylene coating (25 to 60 mils thickness) L 9. PVC – Cellular-Core Sewer Piping ASTM F 891, Sewer and Drain series, PS 50 minimum stiffness, PVC cellular- core pipe with plain ends for solventcemented joints. M BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC F. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Fitting Materials: Type G. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Designation 1. Cast iron soil pipe fittings, service weight, ASTM A74 I 2. Wrought copper and bronze drainage fittings, ANSI A16.29 II 3. Wrought copper solder joint fittings, 150 pound ANSI B16.22 III 4. Black malleable iron screwed fittings, 150 pound, ANSI B16.3 for less than seventy-five (75) pounds per square inch and 300 pounds for seventy-five (75) pounds per square inch or more IV 5. Steel butt-welding fittings ANSI B16.9 using long-turn ells, ANSI B16.5 weld neck or slip on flanges & Bonney Forge Weldolets and Threadolets. Wall thickness to match pipe. VII 6. Cast iron soil pipe fittings, No Hub, ASTM A-888 VIII 7. Cast iron pressure fittings AWWA Class D, 250 pounds per square inch IX 8. Steel butt-welding fittings ANSI B16.9 using long-turn ells with field applied "X-Tru-Coat" coating in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations X 9. ASTM D 3034, PVC socket-type fittings. XII Joint Materials: Type Designation 1. Premolded rubber gaskets Tyler Pipe Industries, TY-Seal or Multiple Seal, ASTM C564 a 2. Welded: Mechanical Contractors Association of America, Inc. Guidelines for Quality Piping Installation (1995), Section 2.1.O b 3. Threaded: American Standard for Pipe Threads, ANSI B2.1 c 4. Soldered: ASTM B32 tin-antimony 95-5 e 5. Brazed: Silver alloy brazing equal to Silfos and Easy-Flo by Handy and Harman. The use of flux is prohibited f 6. No-Hub neoprene gasket and stainless steel corrugated shield, Tyler No-Hub coupling i 7. Mechanical: Specification for Mechanical Joint or cast iron pressure pipe and fittings, ANSI A21.10 j 8. ASTM D 3034 k BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2.4 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 VALVES A. General: 1. Valves shall be provided where indicated on the drawings and as herein specified. 2. Valves shall be placed in such manner as to be easily accessible for hand wheel operation and stuffing maintenance. 3. Install shut-off valves in piping where shown or where listed below: a. To isolate all items of equipment. b. To isolate motorized flow control valves. c. To isolate branch lines and riser at mains. 4. Valve pipe connections shall be screw, solder or weld flange as required to be consistent with other parts of the piping system. 5. Where piping or equipment may subsequently need to be removed, provide valves with bodies having integral flanges or full lugs drilled and tapped to hold valve in place so that downstream piping or equipment can be disconnected and replaced with blank-off plate while valve is still in service. 6. Valves over ten (10) feet above standing level and above six (6) inches in size shall have chain wheel with chain extending to within six (6) feet of standing level. All wheel operated valves shall have an indicator to show the position of the disc or plug. 7. Where valves specified are not available in the pipe size noted on the drawing, the next larger size valve shall be provided. 8. Valves shall be provided for fire protection systems as specified in Division 21, Section “Fire Protection.” B. Balancing Valves: 1. Provide balancing valves where indicated and required to balance water flow through the piping system. 2. Balancing valves, 1-1/4 inches and larger, for systems piping shall be DeZurik as follows: PEC, flanged above two (2) inches with Buna filled PTFE U-ring seal and isobutene-isoprene plug facing, suitable for 250 degrees Fahrenheit continuous operation. Valves in chilled water and tower water systems may have seal and plug facing suitable for 180 degrees Fahrenheit. Valves six (6) inches and smaller shall have lever actuators and valves eight (8) inches and larger shall have gear operators. All actuators shall have adjustable memory stops. 3. Balancing valves one (1) inch and smaller shall be Armstrong Model CBV or as manufactured by TA Hydronics or approved equal. C. Ball Valves: 1. Ball valves shall be used in all water systems size two (2) inches and smaller. 2. Ball valves shall be Nibco, Jamesbury, Apollo or Watts. 3. Three (3) piece ball valves sizes 1/2 inch to two (2) inch shall be used for all water and laboratory compressed air and vacuum gas piping systems to accommodate replacement of internal parts. Valves shall be equal to Nibco Figure No. 595-Y-66, swing out design, bronze body, full port, stainless steel ball, and stainless steel stem (ASTM A-276 Type 316), reinforced TFE seats. Body bolts and nuts shall be zinc dichromate plated steel and valve shall be suitable for 150 pounds per square inch saturated steam service. Valves shall be threaded or soldered to suit piping systems which they are installed. 4. Valves shall be equipped with lever handle with extended stem for insulation thickness which shall indicate position of ball orifice and have stops for fully open and closed position. Construction shall be such that power actuator can be used. Ball opening shall be full pipe size. 5. Valve shall be suitable for flow in either direction and must be leak proof at all pressures up to 150 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) and temperatures from minus twenty (-20) degrees Fahrenheit to 350 degrees Fahrenheit in open or shut position. D. Drain Valves: 1. Drain valves shall be ball type as hereinbefore specified with hose end adapter and shall be provided at low points of all piping systems, and where indicated, 3/4 inch minimum. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 E. Gas Valves: 1. Shut-off valves for natural gas service shall be ball type Jamesbury Clincher Type 2000 or approved equal for sizes up to two (2) inch. Valve shall have screwed ends, brass body, and 316 stainless steel trim. Valves shall meet UL Guide Designation YRPV for gas shut-off valves. 2. Shut-off valves for natural gas service shall be ball type Jamesbury Series 5150 ANSI Class 150 or approved equal for sizes greater than two (2) inches. Valve shall be flanged ends, ductile iron body, and 316 stainless steel trim. Valves shall meet UL Guide Designation YRPV for gas shutoff valves. F. Valve Schedule: 1. Unless otherwise specified, valves shall be Nibco, Stockham, or Crane equal to the Nibco figure numbers indicated below: a. Domestic and Industrial Hot, Cold, Tempered and Recirculated Water Systems: Globe - Solder end S-211-Y Check - Solder end S-413-Y 2.5 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Manual air vents shall be key-operated type installed as shown on drawings or as required for proper venting of equipment. Vents at top of vent chambers and coils shall be 1/4 inch ball valves. B. Pressure regulating valves on water fill lines serving hydronic systems shall be designed for 125 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) working pressure and set as required and shall be Watts Series U5B. Relief valves shall be Watts Series 174A, ASTM stamped for HVAC water systems. C. Backflow Prevention Assemblies 1. The backflow prevention assembly selection and installation shall be meet the requirements set by the University of Southern California Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research (USCFCCC & HR), SC Department of Health and Environmental Control (SC-DHEC), all current ICC plumbing codes and regulations, and Commissioners of Public Works (CPW) of the City of Charleston Cross-Connection Control Department specifications. 2. Reduced pressure backflow prevention assembly shall be Watts Series 909 or approved equal for domestic water piping systems ¾” through 10”. 3. Double check valve backflow prevention assemblies shall be Watts Series 709 or approved equal for non-hazard domestic water piping systems 2 ½” and larger, Watts Series 007 or approved equal for non-hazard domestic water piping systems 2” and smaller, and Watts Series 709DCDA or approved equal for fire protection systems. 4. Any reduced pressure or double check valve backflow prevention assembly installed in the vertical position must have been previously evaluated and approved by the University of Southern California Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research (USCFCCC & HR) for a vertical orientation. 5. Vacuum breakers shall be Watts Series 288A for equipment and No. 8A for hose bibbs. D. Automatic air vents on water systems shall be Sarco, Bell and Gossett, Taco or Metraflex equal to Sarco Type 13W, 150 pounds per square inch (psi). Provide shut-off valve on each vent. Vents above suspended ceilings shall have 1/4 inch soft copper drain line extended to nearest floor drain or service sink. E. Strainers shall be Mueller Steam Specialty Company, Inc., or approved equal, No. 351 for two (2) inch and smaller, No. 758 (125 lbs.) or No. 725 (250 lbs.) for 2-1/2 inch and larger. Basket strainers shall be Mueller Steam Specialty Company, Inc. or approved equal, No. 185. Provide valved blow-down connections on each strainer consisting of a ball valve set between two (2) short nipples. Blow-down BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 valve shall be full size of strainer blow-down connection. Screens shall be stainless steel with perforations as follows: 1. Water Service up to 2 inches 1/32 inch perforations Water Service 2.5 inches to 4 inches 1/16 inch perforations Water Service 5 inches and larger 1/8 inch perforations Contractor shall provide coarse construction strainers in each strainer or inline cone strainers in the piping system during equipment start-up periods. A list of construction strainers with their proposed location shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. After systems have been flushed clean and are fully operational construction strainers shall be removed and turned over to the Owner for accounting. Final strainer elements shall be installed after all construction strainers have been accounted for. F. Gas pressure regulators shall be Fisher Controls Type HSR Series industrial gas regulators to provide precision gas pressure control necessary to optimize burner combustion. Regulators must be approved by the Owner's Insurance Underwriters for the specific use on the project. G. Laboratory Gas Piping Pressure Gauges: 1. Gages shall be safety-type with rear blowout plug or panel, clear plastic cover, and sides and front consisting of one integral part. 2. Range shall be at least 1.2 times the system relief pressure. 3. Gages shall be installed with snubbers and ¼ inch bronze needle valves. 4. All gages shall be rated for the specific gas, pressure rating, and ambient conditions. H. Discharge from laboratory gas piping relief valves shall be piped full size and extended to the outside where required by code, standard, or drawings. I. Thermometers shall be digital vari-angle thermometer manufactured by Weiss Instruments, Inc. or equal. Provide extension necks where services are insulated. The digital thermometers shall have the following characteristics: 1. Casing: Hi-impact ABS 2. Range: -50°F to 300°F 3. Display: 1/2” LCD digits, wide ambient formula 4. Accuracy: 1% of reading or 1°F, whichever is greater 5. Resolution: 1/10° between -19.9°F to 199.9°F 6. Recalibration: Through case potentiometer adjustment 7. Lux rating: 10 Lux (one foot-candle) 8. Update: 10 seconds 9. Ambient Operating Temperature: -30°F to 140°F 10. Ambinet Temperature Error: Zero 11. Ambient Operating Humidity: 100% 12. Sensor: Glass passivated thermistor – NTC J. All gauge ports, nipples and fittings shall be brass. Steel is not acceptable. 2.6 TEST PLUGS A. Pressure and temperature test plugs where indicated or required shall be 1/4 inch npt fittings, suitable to receive either a 1/8 inch outside diameter (OD) temperature or pressure probe. Fittings shall be solid brass with Nordel valve core, fitted with a color coded marked cap with gasket. The entire assembly shall be rated at 1000 pounds per square inch gauge (psig). Plugs shall be manufactured by Peterson Equipment Company, Inc., Richardson, Texas, or Sisco P/T plugs. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 9 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2.7 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General: Provide assembly or fitting with insulating material isolating joining of dissimilar metals, to prevent galvanic action and stop corrosion. B. Description: Combination of copper alloy and ferrous; threaded, soldered, plain end, or weld neck types matching piping system materials. C. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. D. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250 psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg. F. E. Dielectric Flange Insulating Kits: Field assembled, companion flange assembly, full face or ring type. Components include neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. Provide Class 150 or Class 300 flanges to match system pipe requirements. F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized steel coupling with inert and non-corrosive, thermoplastic lining, threaded with 300 psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg. F. G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and non-corrosive, thermoplastic lining, threaded with 300 psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg. F. 2.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. General: Provide stainless steel braided flexible connectors with design pressure and temperature rating meeting or exceeding the test pressures and operating temperatures of the systems in which they are installed. Pipe sizes 2-inch and smaller shall be socket welded or threaded matching system requirements. Pipe sizes above 2-inch shall be Class 150 or Class 300 flanged matching system requirements. B. Stainless steel hose / Steel pipe, flexible connectors: Corrugated, stainless steel inner tubing covered with stainless steel single wire braid. Include steel nipples or steel flanges welded to hose. Minimum length shall be three times pipe diameter up to 4-inch pipe size and two times pipe diameter up to 18-inch pipe size. 2.9 EXPANSION A. All piping shall be so installed that it will in no way be distorted or strained by expansion or contraction. Except as noted, all expansion and contraction shall be taken up by means of swing joints, loops, bends or long offsets. Swing joints made up with at least three (3) elbows shall be provided in branches from mains in runouts. Size loops for the total pipe expansion without cold springing, but field cold spring 1/2 the pipe on expansion corrected for ambient temperature. B. Where expansion joints are indicated or required, select joints with a traverse of 150 percent of the pipe expansion from an ambient of forty (40) degrees Fahrenheit to the maximum system operating temperature. C. Expansion joints two (2) inches and larger shall have flanged ends, except when installed in copper piping systems. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 10 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 D. All expansion joints shall be suitable for minimum operating pressure and temperature of 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and 300 degrees Fahrenheit respectively. E. Expansion joints shall be of the following types: 1. Corrugated Type - Flexonics "Low-Corr" joints for pipes three (3) inches and larger. Flexonics Model H or HB for pipes smaller than three (3) inches. 2. Slip Type - Flexonics "Slip Pakt" with anchor base. F. Submit, for approval, manufacturers’ shop drawings of each expansion joint provided depicting length of pipe, location of anchors and guides, calculated expansion offset and type of joint employed. 2.10 PIPE ANCHORS A. All pipe lines shall be anchored where specified herein, indicated on drawings and where required to prevent uncontrolled movement. Anchors shall be constructed of steel sections and plates, assembled by bolting or welding and secured to the building structure by means of bolts, clamps or welding. Anchors shall prevent both axial and lateral movement of the lines. Anchor vertical pipes by means of clamps welded to pipe and secured to wall or floor construction. Submit details of anchors for approval. B. Anchor piping adjacent to flexible pipe connectors to prevent connector from expanding against its restraining bolts and also to keep the pipe on both sides of the connector in alignment. 2.11 PIPE GUIDES A. Install pipe guides where indicated on drawings or where required for proper installation of expansion loop. Limit use of guides with expansion loop to points shown or where required to prevent buckling of pipe whether indicated or not. B. Do not use pipe guides as pipe supports. C. Provide factory made cast semi-steel or other heavy fabricated steel consisting of a bolted two (2)-section outer cylinder and base with a two (2)-section guiding spider welded or bolted tight to the pipe, of sufficient size to clear pipe insulation and long enough to prevent over-travel of spider in cylinder. Furnish a guide sleeve of a length not less than the length of pipe expansion plus the spider length. D. When installed in cooling systems, guides must permit the application of thermal insulation. 2.12 A. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS FOR SUPPORTS, HANGERS, ANCHORS AND GUIDES The Contractor shall provide all miscellaneous materials required to properly install all supports, hangers, anchors and guides, including: 1. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: Provide products complying with ASTM A36. 2. Cement Grout: Portland Cement (ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III) and clean uniformly graded, natural sand (ASTM C 404, Size No. 2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand, by volume, with minimum amount of water required for placement and hydration. 3. Heavy-Duty Steel Trapezes: Fabricate from steel shapes selected for loads required; weld steel in accordance with AWS standards. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 11 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLEANING, FLUSHING, INSPECTING A. General: Clean exterior surfaces of piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings (if any.) Clean interior of pipe by mechanical means to remove welding slag, metal filings, dirt, and debris. Flush out piping systems to the satisfaction of the Owner before proceeding with required tests. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports, and accessory items. 1. Inspect Power Piping in accordance with procedures of ASME B31.1. B. The Contractor shall submit a detailed pipe flushing plan detailing the efforts to be taken to ensure a completely clean piping system. Any damage to existing or new equipment or components shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor’s expense to the satisfaction of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall clean and flush all installed piping systems with a clean water solution with additives formulated to assist in the removal of welding slag, metal filings, oil, and grease. Flushing operations shall maintain a minimum velocity of six feet per second for a minimum four hour time frame. Repeat flushing operations to the satisfaction of the Owner and until flushing water is completely clear. System pumps may be utilized for flushing operations with fine mesh start-up screens. Clean screens often and replace with final system screens at completion of flushing operations. Provide temporary equipment bypasses for all components where metal slag and filings are prone to collect (such as chillers, heat exchangers, and boilers.) The Contractor shall provide all temporary equipment and piping necessary to complete the flushing operations. D. Refill and vent water systems being sure to add water after venting to completely fill system. E. Disinfect new or repaired water mains and water service piping in accordance with AWWA A601 and section 610 of the 2009 International Plumbing Code. F. Provide water treatment services as indicated in other Division 23 specification Sections. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install piping without undue stress or strain in locations shown and run parallel to the lines of the building, except to grade them as specified in neat and workmanlike manner using a minimum of fittings. Provide such fittings, valves and accessories as may be required to meet the conditions of installation. Contractor shall inform himself fully regarding any peculiarities and limitations of space available for installation of material under each section of specifications. Install piping to suit necessities of clearance with ducts, conduits, and other work, and so as not to interfere with any passages or doorways and allow sufficient head room at all places. Use proper reducing fittings for changing piping sizes. B. Cut pipes accurately to measurements established in the field in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage or without forcing or springing. Perform cutting by means of an approved type of mechanical cutter of the wheel type where practicable. Ream pipe after cutting to remove all burrs. C. Because of the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. Carefully investigate the architectural and structural conditions affecting the work, and arrange such work accordingly, providing such fittings, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions. Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general location arrangement and restrictions of the piping systems. Location and arrangement of piping layout shall take into consideration pipe sizing and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated on the Contract Drawings unless deviations to layout are approved on the Coordination Drawings. The Contract Drawings are diagrammatic in nature and are not BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 12 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 welding fit-up documents. The Contractor is responsible for a complete installation. Refer to individual system specifications for requirements for coordination drawing submittals. D. Install at low points of gas piping and at the foot of each riser and each drip, a "T" fitting and six (6) inch long capped drip pocket of same size and riser or drip. Grade horizontal gas pipe to prevent traps. Pipe all green gas vents to the exterior as required by Code. Make all joints with graphite and oil and in accordance with National Fuel Gas Code requirements. E. Install unions and flanges where shown and on each side of all pieces of equipment and other similar items, and in such a manner that the unions can be readily disconnected. Do not place any union or flange in a location which will be inaccessible after completion of the project unless so shown on drawings or specified. 1. Unions in steel pipe 2-1/2 inches and smaller, shall be 250 pound malleable iron, brass seat type. Use 150 pound forged steel flanges for piping three (3) inches and larger. Gaskets shall be 1/8 inch thick. Unions in copper pipe two (2) inches and smaller shall be wrought copper with red bronze ring nut. Use 150 pound ASME copper flanges for piping 2-1/2 inches and larger. Use dielectric unions or couplings where nonferrous metal is joined to ferrous metal. F. Use reducing fittings, eccentric where required to prevent pocketing of air and water or both, to make changes to pipe sizes. G. Contractor shall fully coordinate the installation of all piping systems with all other trades including sheet metal, electrical, sprinkler, ceiling systems, etc. 3.3 JOINTS A. Steel Pipe Joints: 1. Threaded Pipe Joints, 2” and Smaller: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads in accordance with ANSI B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint lubricant or sealant suitable for the service for which the pipe is intended on the male threads at each joint and tighten joint to leave not more than 3 threads exposed. Align threads at point of assembly. Tighten joint with wrench. Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are damaged or corroded. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. Comply with the provided pipe material classification requirements for allowance of threaded pipe within each service type. Threaded pipe will not be allowed for high temperature hot water service. 2. Pipe Larger Than 2”: a. Weld Pipe joints in accordance with ASME Code for Building Services Piping, 31.9. Bevel weld end to end. Sleeve welds shall not be permitted. b. Install flanges on all valves, apparatus, and equipment. Weld pipe flanges to pipe ends in accordance with ASME Code for Building Services Piping. Clean flange faces and install gaskets. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly using a torque wrench to torque specified by manufacturer or flange and sequence flange bolts, to provide uniform compression of gaskets. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. B. Non-Ferrous Pipe Joints: 1. Brazed and Soldered Joints: For copper tube and fitting joints, braze joints in accordance with ANSI B31.31.0 – Standard Code for Pressure Piping, Power Piping and ANSI B9.1 – Standard Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. 2. Thoroughly clean tube surface and inside surface of the cup of the fittings, using very fine emory cloth, prior to making soldered or brazed joints. Wipe tube and fittings clean and apply flux. Flux shall not be used as the sole means for cleaning tube and fitting surfaces. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 13 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 C. Weld pipe joints in accordance with ASME Code for Building Services Piping, B31.9. Weld piping in accordance with recognized industry practice and as follows: 1. Weld pipe joints only when ambient temperature is above 0 degree F. 2. Bevel pipe ends at a 37.5 degree angle, smooth rough cuts, and clean to remove slag, metal particles, and dirt. 3. Use pipe clamps or tack-weld joints with 1” long welds; 4 welds for pipe sizes to 10”, 8 welds for pipe sixes 12” to 20”. 4. Build up welds with stringer-bead pass, followed by hot pass, followed by cover or filler pass. Eliminate valleys at center and edges of each weld. Weld by procedures which will ensure elimination of unsound or unfused metal, cracks, oxidation, blow-holes, and non-metallic inclusions. 5. Do not weld out piping system imperfections by tack-welding procedures; refabricate to comply with requirements. D. Flanged Joints: Match flanges within piping system, and at connections with valves and equipment. Clean flange faces and install gaskets. Tighten bolts to provide uniform compression of gaskets. E. Hubless Cast-Iron Joints: Comply with coupling manufacturer’s installation instructions. 3.4 WORKMANSHIP A. Cut pipes accurately to measurements established at structure. Install pipes without springing or forcing. B. Clear windows, doors, and other openings with all pipes and ductwork. C. Arrange pipes to permit expansion and contractions without misalignment or damage. D. During construction all openings in piping and equipment shall be closed with caps or plugs to keep out all foreign matter and to prevent leakage. E. All piping in finished spaces shall be run concealed unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 WELDING A. 3.6 Refer to Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions”. SLEEVES AND PLATES A. Sleeves shall be provided by the trade installing the pipes for which sleeves are to be used. The sleeves shall be carefully located in advance of the construction of walls and floors where new construction is involved. All cutting and patching necessary to set sleeves which are not placed prior to construction shall be the responsibility of the trade providing the sleeves. B. Sleeves shall be provided for all piping passing through all floor slabs and concrete, plaster, gypsum, or masonry wall construction. C. Where pipe motion due to expansion and contraction will occur, make sleeves of sufficient diameter to permit free movement of pipe. Where sleeves pass insulated pipes, the sleeves shall be large enough to pass the pipe and the insulation. Check floor and wall construction to determine proper length for various locations; make actual lengths to suit the following: 1. Terminate sleeves flush with wall. 2. Terminate sleeves two (2) inches above finished floors. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 14 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 D. Submit for approval shop drawings showing size, type, and location of all sleeves and penetrations through poured concrete walls. See Architectural Drawings for extent and location of such walls. E. All pipe sleeves shall be constructed of Schedule 40 steel pipe unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. F. See drawings for additional sleeve requirements. G. Fasten sleeves securely in floors and walls so that they will not become displaced when concrete is poured or when other construction is built around them. Take precautions to prevent concrete, plaster or other materials from being forced into space between pipe and sleeve during construction. Caulk the annular space with elastic caulk compound or as noted to make tight. H. Where watertight sleeves are indicated, provide Link Seal rubber seals, as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation, between pipes and sleeves, or provide sleeves as detailed. 3.7 TESTS A. The following tests shall be conducted by the Contractor and all piping shall be proven tight in the presence of the Architect or his representative. These tests shall be conducted before any insulation is installed and any insulation installed prior to tests shall be removed. Provide all equipment and labor required. Tests shall be at least four (4) hours in duration, after all piping has been proven tight. Piping may be tested in sections as approved by the Architect. Tests shall be as specified herein and a written test report shall be submitted to the Architect within two (2) days following each individual test. All test reports shall be included in the operation and maintenance manuals. B. The domestic, industrial and non-potable water piping shall be hydrostatically tested to 150 pounds per square inch gauge (psig). All openings in the water piping shall be plugged; the system, or portion thereof, filled with water, and tested with a pump to a pressure of 150 pounds per square inch gauge (psig). Domestic water system piping shall be disinfected after tests in accordance with 2009 International Plumbing Code and the regulations of the City of Sumter and the State of South Carolina Health Departments. C. The sanitary and miscellaneous drain systems shall be hydrostatically tested. Tests shall be as required by code and as a minimum shall comprise of the plugging of all openings in the lines, filling the system (or portion thereof), with water until all joints are proven tight. Piping shall be tested with a minimum head of ten (10) feet of water. D. Fire protection system shall be tested in accordance with applicable NFPA Standards. Refer to Division 21, Section “Fire Protection”. E. Natural gas piping shall be tested to 1-1/2 times the system working pressure or a minimum of 50 pounds per square inch gauge (psig), whichever is greater. Test procedure shall meet the requirements of the National Fuel Gas Code and applicable local codes. Test procedure shall also satisfy the local code authority or enforcement agency. F. Refrigerant piping shall be cleaned, dehydrated, and evacuated. Piping shall be evacuated and held to less than 2.5 MM HG vacuum for a period of not less than twelve (12) hours without appreciable pressure rise. Vacuum shall then be broken with refrigerant or dry nitrogen and re-evacuated to 2.5 MM HG vacuum for an additional twelve (12) hours. Systems shall then be charged and piping tested with halide torch to assure no leaks. All procedures shall be in accordance with air conditioning equipment manufacturer's recommendations. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 15 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.8 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 STERILIZATION A. Domestic water system piping shall be disinfected in accordance with State of South Carolina Health Department requirements and Section 610 of the 2009 International Plumbing Code. A written test report shall be submitted to the Owner and Architect within five (5) days following the sterilization process and before occupancy is granted. All written reports shall be included in the operation and maintenance manuals. B. After final testing for leaks, all new domestic water lines shall be thoroughly flushed by Contractor to remove foreign material. Before placing the systems in service, Contractor shall engage a qualified water service Contractor to sterilize the new water lines. Sterilization shall include as a minimum the following procedure: 1. Through a 3/4" hose connection in the main entering the building, pump in sufficient sodium hypochlorite to produce a free available chlorine residual of not less than 200 parts per million. The Contractor shall provide plumbing connections and power for pumping chlorine into the system. 2. Proceed upstream from the point of chlorine application opening all faucets and taps until chlorine is detected. Close faucets and taps when chlorine is evident. 3. When chlorinated water has been brought to every faucet and tap with a minimum concentration of 200 parts per million chlorine, retain this water in the system for three (3) hours. CAUTION: Over-concentration of chlorine and more than three (3) hours of retention may result in damage to piping system which shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost. 4. At the end of the retention period, no less than 100 parts per million of chlorine shall be present at the extreme end of the system. 5. Proceed to open all faucets and taps and thoroughly flush all new lines until the chlorine residual in the water is less than 1.0 parts per million. 6. Obtain representative water samples, at least two (2), from the system for analysis by a recognized bacteriological laboratory. 7. If the samples tested for coliform organisms is negative, a letter and laboratory report shall be submitted by the water service organization to the Contractor, certifying successful completion of the sterilization. 8. If any samples tested indicate the presence of coliform organism, the entire sterilization procedure shall be repeated. 3.9 MOLD AND CONDENSATION PREVENTION A. Piping Systems: Cold piping systems (such as cold water) shall not be operated prior to insulation and vapor barrier installation in order to prevent condensation on the piping. B. Air Systems: Air handling systems shall not be operated at supply air temperatures below fifty (50) degrees F and all supply air ductwork shall be insulated prior to operation. Coils shall be insulated to prevent condensation when heating valve is closed. Air systems shall not be operated in portions of the building not yet fully enclosed, where systems can be exposed to warm, humid air conditions. C. Room thermostats shall not be set lower than sixty-eight (68) degrees F. Programmable thermostats shall be set to prevent lower temperature setting from the exterior of the thermostat by room occupants. D. Contractor shall notify the Architect immediately if signs of condensation or mold are discovered. END OF SECTION 230530 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 230530 - 16 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 230548 - MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements and all other Specification Sections apply to the work specified in this section. In the event of conflict between specific requirements of the various documents, the more restrictive, the more extensive (i.e.: more expensive) requirement shall govern. B. The 2009 International Building Code and SEI/ASCE 7-05 Standard apply to all work associated with the seismic installation of all new mechanical and electrical equipment. Refer to Architectural and Structural drawings for seismic loads and additional seismic information. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Elastomeric isolation pads and mounts. 2. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 3. Freestanding and restrained spring isolators. 4. Housed spring mounts. 5. Elastomeric hangers. 6. Spring hangers. 7. Spring hangers with vertical-limit stops. 8. Thrust limits. 9. Pipe riser resilient supports. 10. Resilient pipe guides. 11. Restrained vibration isolation roof-curb rails. 12. Seismic snubbers. 13. Restraining cables. 14. Steel and inertia vibration isolation equipment bases. 15. Certification of seismic restraint designs and installation supervision. 16. Certification of seismic attachment of housekeeping pads. B. Work includes vibration control devices, materials, and related items for mechanical and electrical systems. Perform all work as shown on the drawings and as specified herein to provide complete vibration isolation systems in proper working order. C. The requirements of Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions” shall apply to work specified under this section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Av: Effective peak velocity related acceleration coefficient. B. OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning & Development for the State of California. OSHPD assigns a unique anchorage preapproval "R" number to each seismic restraint it tests. The number describes a specific device applied as tested. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 C. Life Safety Systems: 1. All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler piping, service water supply piping and fire dampers. 2. All systems involved with and/or connected to emergency power supply including all generators, transfer switches, transformers and all flowpaths to fire protection and/or emergency lighting systems. D. Positive Attachment: A positive attachment is defined as a cast-in anchor, a drill-in wedge anchor, a double sided beam clamp loaded perpendicular to a beam, or a welded or bolted connection to structure. Single sided "C" type beam clamps for support rods of overhead piping, ductwork, fire protection, electrical conduit, bus duct, or cable trays, or any other equipment are not acceptable on this project as seismic anchor points. E. Transverse Bracing: Restraint(s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe, duct or conduit. F. Longitudinal Bracing: Restraint(s) applied to limit motion parallel to the centerline of the pipe, duct or conduit. G. Failure: For the purposes of this project, failure is defined as the discontinuance of any attachment point between equipment or structure, vertical permanent deformation greater than 1/8" and/or horizontal permanent deformation greater that 1/4". 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include load deflection curves for each vibration isolation device. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by the manufacturer’s qualified professional engineer. Before ordering any products, submit shop drawings of the items listed below. The shop drawings must be complete when submitted, be based on equipment actually purchased and must be presented in a clear, easily understood form. Incomplete or unclear presentation of shop drawings may be reason for rejection of the submittal. Include the following: 1. Product Description: A complete description of products to be supplied, including product data, dimensions, specifications, and installation instructions. 2. Selection Data: Detailed selection data for each vibration isolator supporting equipment, including: a. Equipment identification mark; b. Isolator type; c. Actual load; d. Static deflection expected under the actual load e. Specified minimum static deflection. 3. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. Seismic restraint calculations must be provided for all connections of equipment to the structure. Calculations must be stamped by the manufacturer's registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design experience, licensed in the state of the job location. 4. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification that riser system has been examined for excessive stress and that none will exist. 5. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails, base weights, equipment static loads, power transmission, component misalignment, and cantilever loads. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 6. 7. 8. 9. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Seismic-Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of seismic restraints and snubbers. Show anchorage details and indicate quantity, diameter, and depth of penetration of anchors. Submittals for Interlocking Snubbers: Include load deflection curves up to 1/2-inch deflection in x, y, and z planes. Seismic restraint calculations. Provide Approved Agencies Certificate of Compliance meeting Seismic Category D for all components. Tests shall include anchorage, structural and on line capability from analytical or shaker test method. C. Submission of samples may be requested for each type of vibration isolation device. After approval, samples will be returned for installation at the job if requested. All costs associated with submission of samples shall be borne by the Contractor. D. Welding certificates. E. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that all specified equipment will withstand seismic forces identified in "Performance Requirements" Article above. Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculations. a. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 1.5 MANUFACTURER RESPONSIBILITIES A. Manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic restraint equipment shall have the following responsibilities: 1. Determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes and locations. 2. Provide piping and equipment isolation systems and seismic restraints as scheduled or specified. 3. Guarantee specified isolation system deflection. 4. Provide installation instructions, drawings and field supervision to assure proper installation and performance. 5. Provide certification by a licensed engineer employed by the manufacturer that all mounts and restraints meet the project requirements for seismic loading. B. Substitution of internally isolated mechanical equipment in lieu of the specified isolation of this Section must be approved for individual equipment units and is acceptable only if above acceleration loads are certified in writing by the equipment manufacturer and stamped and sealed by a licensed civil or structural engineer. 1.6 RELATED WORK A. Housekeeping Pads 1. Housekeeping pad reinforcement and monolithic pad attachment to the structure details and design shall be prepared by the restraint vendor if not already indicated on the drawings. 2. Housekeeping pads shall be coordinated with restraint vendor and sized to provide a minimum edge distance of ten (10) bolt diameters all around the outermost anchor bolt to allow development of full drill-in wedge anchor ratings. If cast-in anchors are to be used, the housekeeping pads shall be sized to accommodate the ACI requirements for bolt coverage and embedment. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 B. Supplementary Steel 1. Provide any incidental materials and supplementary support steel for all equipment, piping, ductwork, roof mounted equipment, etc., such as mounting brackets, attachments and other accessories, that may be needed to meet the requirements stated herein, even if not expressly specified or shown on the drawings, at no additional cost. C. Attachments 1. Contractor shall supply restraint attachment plates cast into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double sided beam clamps, etc. in accordance with the requirements of the vibration vendor's calculations. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Seismic-restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis performed according to OSHPD and shall bear anchorage preapproval "R" number, from OSHPD or another agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum seismic-restraint ratings. Ratings based on independent testing are preferred to ratings based on calculations. If preapproved ratings are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) to support seismic-restraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Testing and calculations must include both shear and tensile loads and 1 test or analysis at 45 degrees to the weakest mode. B. Seismic restraints for mechanical systems shall comply with SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, 3rd edition 2008. C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." D. Verify correctness of equipment model numbers and conformance of each component with manufacturer's specifications. E. Should any rotating or electrical equipment cause excessive noise or vibration when properly installed on the specified isolators, the Contractor shall be responsible for rebalancing, realignment, or other remedial work required to reduce noise and vibration levels. Excessive is defined as exceeding the manufacturer's specifications for the unit in question. F. Upon completion of the work, the Architect shall inspect the installation and shall inform the installing contractor of any further work that must be completed. Make all adjustments as directed by the Architect that result from the final inspection. This work shall be done before vibration isolation systems are accepted. G. The contractor shall provide a quality assurance plan prepared by a registered design professional for all mechanical, plumbing and electrical equipment and systems. The plan shall include the provisions of the 2009 International Building Code, per section 1705.2 and 1705.3. The plan shall be submitted to the Architect for review and approval. The contractor shall coordinate the requirements of the plan with the Owner and shall cooperate with the Owner’s Seismic Quality Assurance coordinator. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into base. reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS Concrete, 230548 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.9 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Seismic Snubber Units: Furnish replacement neoprene inserts for all snubbers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. 2.2 In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ace Mounting Co., Inc. 2. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. 3. B-Line Systems, Inc. 4. California Dynamics Corp. 5. Isolation Technology, Inc. 6. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 7. Mason Industries, Inc. 8. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. 9. Vibration Isolation Co., Inc. 10. Vibration Mountings & Controls/Korfund. B. General: 1. Select vibration isolating units for the lowest operating speed of equipment, so designed that natural frequency of equipment and base mass is not less than 1.5 times the lowest operating frequency of the moving equipment, but not a multiple or harmonic of the base frequency. Furnish vibration isolation producing a uniform loading and deflection even when equipment weight is not evenly distributed, vibration isolation shall be stable during starting and stopping of equipment without excessive traverse and eccentric movement of equipment. 2. Concrete pads under the isolation units shall be reinforced. Use concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 pounds per square inch and structural reinforcing bars conforming to ASTM A-615 Grade 60. 3. The installed vibration isolation system for each floor or ceiling mounted item of equipment shall have a maximum lateral motion under equipment start up and shut down conditions of 1/4 inch. Motions in excess shall be restrained by approved spring type mounting. 4. All electrical connections, drain connections, etc., made to equipment which rests on vibration isolators, shall be sufficiently flexible to permit the equipment to be properly isolated. 5. The type of isolation, base, and minimum static deflection shall be as required for each specific equipment application, but not less than that specified herein when supported on a solid concrete structural slab having a thickness of not less than four (4) inches. If vibration isolators with a deflection greater than the minimum specified are required to meet the noise criteria for the adjacent spaces, suitable isolation system shall be submitted. Should vibration isolators installed for the equipment prove inadequate to prevent transmission of equipment vibrations to the building structure or limit equipment vibration originated noise in the building spaces to MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 acceptable levels, the isolators shall be replaced with units having the largest deflection that can be practicably installed. Where designated in the schedules, spring and combination rail and spring isolation supports are for installation with equipment structurally built or supported on a rigid structural steel frame suitable for these types of isolation. Where these types of isolation are not suitable for the equipment construction or operation, the equipment shall be mounted on a structural steel base as herein specified. Equipment affected by wind pressure or with operating weight different from installed weight shall have built-in adjustable vertical stops to prevent rising of equipment when weight is removed. (Equipment containing liquid such as boilers, cooling towers, and chilled water refrigeration units shall have vertical stops.) All springs installed out-of-doors shall be cadmium-plated, zinc electroplated or powder-coated after fabrication. Hardware and other metal parts shall be cadmium-plated or galvanized. Galvanizing shall meet ASTM Salt Spray Test Standards and Federal Test Standard No. 14. All isolators installed out-of-doors shall have base plates with bolt holes for fastening the isolators to the support members. Isolator types are scheduled to establish minimum standards. At the Contractor's option, laborsaving accessories can be an integral part of isolators supplied to provide initial lift of equipment to operating height, hold piping at fixed elevations during installation and initial system filling operations, and similar installation advantages. Accessories and seismic restraint features must not degrade the isolation performance of the isolators. Static deflection of isolators shall be as provided in the EXECUTION section and as shown on the drawings. All static deflections stated are the minimum acceptable deflection for the mounts under actual load. Isolators selected solely on the basis of rated deflections are not acceptable and will be disapproved. C. Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized steel baseplates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Material: Standard neoprene. 2. Durometer Rating: 40. 3. Number of Layers: 1 or 2. D. Elastomeric Mounts: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene isolator elements with factory-drilled, encapsulated top plate for bolting to equipment and with baseplate for bolting to structure. Color-code otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. 1. Durometer Rating: 40. E. Restrained Elastomeric Mounts: All-directional elastomeric mountings with seismic restraint. 1. Materials: Cast-ductile-iron housing containing two separate and opposing, molded, bridgebearing neoprene elements that prevent central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation. 2. Neoprene: Shock-absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for bridge-bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO. F. Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open-spring isolators. 1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 1/4-inch thick, rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 100 psig. 6. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 G. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic restraint. 1. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to wind loads or if weight is removed; factory-drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4-inch thick, elastomeric isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. H. Housed Spring Mounts: Housed spring isolator with integral seismic snubbers. 1. Housing: Ductile-iron or steel housing to provide all-directional seismic restraint. 2. Base: Factory drilled for bolting to structure. 3. Snubbers: Vertically adjustable to allow a maximum of 1/4-inch travel before contacting a resilient collar. I. Elastomeric Hangers: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene isolator elements bonded to steel housings with threaded connections for hanger rods. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. J. Spring Hangers: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. K. Spring Hangers with Vertical-Limit Stop: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical-limit stop. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower threaded rod. L. Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in compression and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to equipment. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 5. 6. 7. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of 1/4-inch movement at start and stop. M. Pipe Riser Resilient Support: All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch thick, 60-durometer neoprene. Include steel and neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. Design support for a maximum load on the isolation material of 500 psig and for equal resistance in all directions. N. Resilient Pipe Guides: Telescopic arrangement of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch thick, 60-durometer neoprene. Factory set guide height with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion and contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location requirements. 2.3 RESTRAINED VIBRATION ISOLATION ROOF-CURB RAILS A. Manufacturers: 1. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. 2. California Dynamics Corp. 3. Isolation Technology, Inc. 4. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 5. Mason Industries, Inc. 6. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. 7. Vibration Isolation Co., Inc. 8. Vibration Mountings & Controls/Korfund. B. Description: Factory-assembled, fully enclosed, insulated, air- and watertight curb rail designed to resiliently support equipment and to withstand 125-mph wind impinging laterally against side of equipment. The roof curbs shall be built to seismically contain the rooftop equipment. Curb shall have anchorage preapproval "R" from OSHPD in the state of California attesting to the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. C. Lower Support Assembly: Sheet-metal "Z" section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support upper floating frame. Upper frame shall provide continuous support for equipment and shall be captive to resiliently resist wind and seismic forces. Lower support assembly shall have a means for attaching to building structure and a wood nailer for attaching roof materials, and shall be insulated with a minimum of 2 inches of rigid, glass-fiber insulation on inside of assembly. D. Spring Isolators: Adjustable, restrained spring isolators shall be mounted on 1/4-inch- thick, elastomeric vibration isolation pads and shall have access ports, for level adjustment, with removable waterproof covers at all isolator locations. Isolators shall be located so they are accessible for adjustment at any time during the life of the installation without interfering with the integrity of the roof. 1. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic restraint. a. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt. b. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. c. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. d. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. e. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized steel baseplates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. a. Material: Standard neoprene. b. Durometer Rating: 40. c. Number of Layers: 1 or 2. E. Snubber Bushings: All-directional, elastomeric snubber bushings at least 1/4 inch thick. F. Water Seal: Continuous galvanized sheet metal with EPDM seals at corners, attached to upper support frame, extending down past wood nailer of lower support assembly, and counterflashed over roof materials. 2.4 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Manufacturers: 1. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. 2. B-Line Systems, Inc. 3. California Dynamics Corp. 4. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 5. Loos & Co., Inc.; Cableware Technology Division. 6. Mason Industries, Inc. 7. TOLCO Incorporated. 8. Unistrut Diversified Products Co.; Wayne Manufacturing Division. 9. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. 10. Vibration Isolation Co., Inc. 11. Vibration Mountings & Controls/Korfund. B. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer of 40, plus or minus 5, with a flat washer face. C. Seismic Snubbers: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchor bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings. 1. Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete shall be seismic-rated, drill-in, and stud-wedge or femalewedge type. 2. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer of 40, plus or minus 5. D. Restraining Cables: Galvanized steel aircraft cables with end connections made of steel assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two clamping bolts for cable engagement. E. Anchor Bolts: Seismic-rated, drill-in, and stud-wedge or female-wedge type. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488/E 488M. F. General Requirements: 1. Equipment, piping, ductwork, conduit, lighting and electrical devices shall be braced and supported in accordance with International Building Code, 2006 - Chapter 16. 2. This Contractor shall provide the services of a professionally registered Seismic consultant to perform duties indicated below. The Contractor shall submit with his bid, the hourly billing rate for their Seismic consultant to provide additional services beyond the specified scope. G. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment: MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 9 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 All equipment bases and mounting tabs shall be provided integral to the equipment and designed to distribute Seismic loads without failure. Equipment bases mounting tabs shall be certified by the manufacturer to be in accordance with the requirements of this specification. The size, type and quantity of anchors and fasteners required to anchor the equipment will be provided in accordance with the Seismic consultant. Equipment submittals shall include Seismic anchoring details. H. HVAC Ductwork: 1. Attachments and supports for HVAC ductwork systems shall be designed to meet the force and displacement provisions of SEI/ASCE 7-05 Standard. I. Piping 1. Attachments and supports for piping systems shall be designed to meet the force and displacement provisions of SEI/ASCE 7-05 Standard. J. Mechanical Equipment, Attachments and Supports 1. Attachments and supports for mechanical equipment shall be designed to meet the force and displacement provisions of SEI/ASCE 7-05 Standard. K. Seismic details indicated on the drawings are not intended to limit the Contractor. Alternated methods of support, attachment and bracing must be designed by the Seismic Consultant and submitted to the Architect for review. L. Sprinkler system piping shall be supported and braced in accordance with NFPA 13. 2.5 VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES A. Manufacturers: 1. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. 2. California Dynamics Corp. 3. Isolation Technology, Inc. 4. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 5. Mason Industries, Inc. 6. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. 7. Vibration Isolation Co., Inc. 8. Vibration Mountings & Controls/Korfund. B. Steel Base: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails. 1. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide bases or rails. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps. 2. Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment. 3. Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel angles on frame for outrigger isolation mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support. C. Inertia Base: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails ready for field-applied, cast-inplace concrete. 1. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide bases or rails. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps. 2. Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 10 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3. 4. 2.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel angles on frame for outrigger isolation mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support. Fabrication: Fabricate steel templates to hold equipment anchor-bolt sleeves and anchors in place during placement of concrete. Obtain anchor-bolt templates from supported equipment manufacturer. RESILIENT PENETRATION SLEEVE/SEAL A. 2.7 Resilient penetration sleeve/seals shall be field-fabricated from a pipe or sheet metal section that is 1/2 inch to 3/4 inch larger than the penetrating element in all directions around the element, and shall be used to provide a sleeve through the construction penetrated. The sleeve shall extend one (1) inch beyond the penetrated construction on each side. The space between the sleeve and the penetrating element shall be packed with glass fiber or mineral wool to within 1/4 inch of the ends of the sleeve. The remaining 1/4 inch space on each end shall be filled with acoustical sealant to form an airtight seal. The penetrating element shall be able to pass through the sleeve without contacting the sleeve. Alternatively, prefabricated sleeves accomplishing the same result are acceptable. RESILIENT LATERAL SUPPORTS A. 2.8 These units shall either be a standard product of the vibration isolation mounting manufacturer, or be custom fabricated from standard components. These units shall incorporate neoprene isolation elements that are specifically designed to provide resilient lateral bracing of ducts or pipes. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. 2.9 Flexible duct connections shall be made from coated fabric. The clear space between connected parts shall be a minimum of three (3) inches and the connection shall have a minimum of 1.5 inches of slack material. FLEXIBLE PUMP CONNECTIONS A. Install flexible connectors at all suction and discharge pump connections to relieve pump and piping stresses. Flexible hose section to be 304 stainless steel, close pitch, annular corrugated hose with a type 304 braided outer covering. End connections to be ANSI class 150 carbon steel plate flanges. Overall length to allow for a minimum of 1" intermittent flexing or per manufacturer's recommendations for additional motion. B. Connectors at the discharge side of pumps shall incorporate internal flow straightening vanes to reduce turbulence prior to the balancing valve. Vanes to be capable of reducing discharge turbulence equal to 510 pipe diameters of straight pipe, while allowing full rated movement of the connector. Discharge side flexible connectors shall be approved equal to model "Vane Flex" as manufactured by Metraflex. 2.10 A. FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS Flexible pipe connections shall be fabricated of multiple plys of nylon cord, fabric, and neoprene; and shall be vulcanized so as to become inseparable and homogeneous. Flexible connections shall be formed in a double sphere shape, and shall be able to accept compressive, elongating, transverse, and angular movements. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 11 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 B. The flexible connections shall be selected and specially fitted, if necessary, to suit the system temperature, pressure, and fluid type. In addition, suitable flexible connections should be selected which do not require rods or cables to control extension of the connector. C. Connectors for pipe sizes two (2) inches or smaller shall have threaded female union couplings on each end. Larger sizes shall be fitted with metallic flange couplings. 2.11 GROMMETS: A. Grommets shall be specially formed to prevent bolts from directly contacting the isolator base plate, and shall be sized so that they will be loaded within the manufacturer's recommended load range. B. Grommets shall either be custom made by combining a neoprene washer and sleeve, or a manufactured product: 2.12 A. 2.13 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT: Sealants for acoustical purposes as described in this specification shall be silicone or a nonsetting sealants. FLEXIBLE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Type A: 1. Flexible Electrical Connection Type A shall be a prefabricated unit incorporating a flexible and watertight outer jacket, grounding strap, plastic inner sleeve to maintain smooth wire way, and end hubs with tapered electrical threads to fit standard threaded rigid metal conduit. 2. Flexible Electrical Connection Type A shall be Crouse-Hinds "XD Expansion/Deflection Coupling", Spring City Electrical Mfg. Co. "Type DF Expansion and Deflection Fitting", or approved equal. B. Type B: 1. Flexible Electrical Connection Type B shall be field fabricated using a minimum two (2) foot length of flexible conduit or cable. C. Type C: 1. Flexible Electrical Connection Type C shall be field fabricated using a minimum equal four (4) foot length of flexible conduit or cable. 2.14 A. FACTORY FINISHES Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested equipment before shipping. 1. Powder coating on springs and housings. 2. All hardware shall be electrogalvanized. Hot-dip galvanized metal components for exterior use. 3. Baked enamel for metal components on isolators for interior use. 4. Color-code or otherwise mark vibration isolation and seismic-control devices to indicate capacity range. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 12 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic-control devices for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATION: A. General: 1. Refer to the PRODUCTS section of this specification for vibration isolation devices identified on the drawings or specified herein. 2. The static deflections of all isolators specified herein are the minimum acceptable deflections for the mounts under actual load. Isolators selected solely on the basis of rated deflection are not acceptable and will be disapproved. B. Major Equipment: 1. Unless otherwise shown or specified, all floor-mounted major equipment shall be set on four (4) inch high concrete housekeeping pads provided under this Division. Housekeeping pads shall rest on a structural floor and shall be reinforced with steel rods and interconnected with floor. 2. Types and minimum static deflections of vibration isolation devices for major equipment items shall be as specified hereinafter. 3. Flexible duct connections shall be installed at all fan unit intakes, fan unit discharges, and wherever else shown on the drawings. 4. Flexible pipe connections shall be installed at all pipe connections to equipment and machines with rotating parts. 5. Thrust restraints shall be installed on all suspended fans and on all floor-mounted fans developing three (3) inches or more of static pressure, unless the horizontal component of the thrust force can be demonstrated to be less than ten (10) percent of the equipment weight. 6. Each electric motor shall be mounted on the same foundation as the driven machine. Piping connections, including strainer at pumps, shall be supported on the same foundation as the pumps. C. Miscellaneous Mechanical Equipment: 1. Miscellaneous pieces of mechanical equipment such as storage tanks and expansion tanks which are connected to isolated piping systems shall be vibration-isolated from the building structure by neoprene pad or neoprene isolators (selected for 0.1" static deflection) unless their position in the piping system requires a higher degree of isolation as called for under Pipe Isolation. D. Pipes: 1. All heating water and drain piping that are connected to vibration-isolated equipment shall be isolated from the building structure at their first three support points. 2. Piping shall be isolated from the building structure by means of vibration isolators, resilient lateral supports, and resilient penetration sleeve/seals. 3. Isolators for the first three support points adjacent to connected equipment shall achieve one half the specified static deflection of the isolators supporting the connected equipment. When the required static deflection of these isolators is greater than 1/2 inch, spring neoprene isolators shall be used. When the required static deflection is less than or equal to 1/2 inch, neoprene isolators shall be used. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 13 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 4. 5. 6. 7. E. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Where lateral support of pipes is required within the specified limits, this shall be accomplished by use of resilient lateral supports. Pipes within the specified limits that penetrate the building construction shall be isolated from the building structure by use of resilient penetration sleeve/seals. Provide flexible pipe connections as called for under Major Equipment above and wherever shown on the drawings. All pipe risers within mechanical rooms over three (3) inches in diameter shall be isolated under each pipe riser floor support with either two layers of 3/4 inch thick, maximum 50 durometer neoprene pads or with load bearing plates or neoprene mounts with a minimum 0.2 inch static deflection. Ductwork: 1. 2. 3. 3.3 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center All sheet metal ducts and air plenums that are connected to vibration-isolated equipment shall be isolated from the building structure at their first three support points by neoprene isolators. All isolators shall achieve 0.1 inch minimum static deflection. Ducts within the specified limits that penetrate the building construction shall be isolated from the building structure by use of resilient penetration sleeve/seals. Flexible duct connections shall be provided as called for above under Major Equipment and wherever shown on the drawings. INSTALLATION A. Install roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations as specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories." B. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on either side of equipment. C. General: 1. Locations of all vibration isolation devices shall be selected for ease of inspection and adjustment as well as for proper operation. 2. Installation of vibration isolation equipment shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3. In all cases, isolated electrical equipment shall be positioned so that it is free standing and does not come in rigid contact with the building structure or other systems. 4. Isolators: a. All vibration isolators shall be aligned squarely above or below mounting points of the supported equipment. b. Isolators for equipment with bases shall be located on the sides of the bases which are parallel to the equipment shaft unless this is not possible because of physical constraints. c. Locate isolators to provide stable support for equipment, without excess rocking. Consideration shall be given to the location of the center of gravity of the system and the location and spacing of the isolators. If necessary, a base with suitable footprint shall be provided to maintain stability of supported equipment, whether or not such a base is specifically called for herein. d. If a housekeeping pad is provided, the isolators shall bear on the housekeeping pad and the isolator base plates shall rest entirely on the pad. e. Hanger rods for vibration-isolated support shall be connected to structural beams or joists, not the floor slab between beams and joists. Provide suitable intermediate support members as necessary. f. Vibration isolation hanger elements shall be positioned as high as possible in the hanger rod assembly, but not in contact with the building structure, and so that the hanger housing may rotate a full 360 degrees about the rod axis without contacting any object. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 14 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC g. h. i. j. k. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Parallel running pipes may be hung together on a trapeze that is isolated from the building. Isolator deflections must be the greatest required by the provisions for pipe isolation for any single pipe on the trapeze. Do not mix isolated and unisolated pipes on the same trapeze. Pipes, ducts and equipment shall not be supported from other pipes, ducts and equipment. Resiliently isolated pipes, ducts and equipment shall not come in rigid contact with the building construction or rigidly supported equipment. The installed and operating heights of equipment vibration-isolated with floor spring and neoprene travel limited isolators or roof isolators or with roof curb or roof rail isolation bases shall be identical. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Adjust isolators to provide 1/4 inch clearance between the limit stop brackets and the isolator top plate, and between the travel limit nuts and travel limit brackets. Adjust all leveling bolts and hanger rod bolts so that the isolated equipment is level and in proper alignment with connecting ducts or pipes. Roof isolators shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. l. Bases: a. No equipment unit shall bear directly on vibration isolators unless its own frame is suitably rigid to span between isolators and such direct support is approved by the equipment manufacturer. This provision shall apply whether or not a base frame is called for on the schedule. In the case that a base frame is required for the unit because of the equipment manufacturer's requirements and is not specifically called for on the equipment schedule, a base frame recommended by the equipment manufacturer shall be provided at no additional expense. b. Unless otherwise indicated, there is to be a minimum operating clearance of one (1) inch between steel rails, steel frame bases or inertia bases and the floor beneath the equipment. The isolator mounting brackets shall be positioned and the isolators adjusted so that the required clearance is maintained. The clearance space shall be checked by the Contractor to ensure that no construction debris has been left to short circuit or restrict the proper operation of the vibration isolation system. c. Roof curb and roof rail isolation bases shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Flexible Duct Connections: a. Sheet metal ducts and plenum openings shall be squarely aligned with the fan discharge, fan intake, or adjacent duct section prior to installation of the flexible connection, so that the clear length is approximately equal all the way around the perimeter. Flexible duct connections shall not be installed until this provision is met. There shall be no metal-tometal contact between connected sections, and the fabric shall not be stretched taut. Flexible Pipe Connections: a. Install flexible pipe connections in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Thrust Restraints: a. Thrust restraints shall be attached on each side of the fan at the vertical centerline of thrust. The two rods of the thrust restraint shall be parallel to the thrust force. This may require custom brackets or standoffs. The body of the thrust restraint shall not come in contact with the connected elements. Thrust restraints shall be adjusted to constrain equipment movement to the specified limit. Grommets: a. Where grommets are required at hold down bolts of isolators, bolt holes shall be properly sized to allow for grommets. The hold down bolt assembly shall include washers to distribute load evenly over the grommets. Bolts and washers shall be galvanized. Resilient Penetration Sleeve/Seals: a. Maintain an airtight seal around the penetrating element and prevent rigid contact between the penetrating element and the building structure. Fit the sleeve tightly to the building construction and seal airtight on both sides of the construction penetrated with acoustical sealant. Flexible Electrical Connections: a. Type C connections shall be installed in a grossly slack "U" shape or a 360 degree loop. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 15 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC b. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Rigid conduit on the isolated-equipment side of the flexible connection, and the flexible connection itself, shall not be tied to the building construction or other rigid structures. D. Install seismic snubbers on isolated equipment. Locate snubbers as close as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment base and supporting structure. E. Install restraining cables at each trapeze and individual pipe hanger. At trapeze anchor locations, shackle piping to trapeze. Install cables so they do not bend across sharp edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. F. Install steel angles or channel, sized to prevent buckling, clamped with ductile-iron clamps to hanger rods for trapeze and individual pipe hangers. At trapeze anchor locations, shackle piping to trapeze. Requirements apply equally to hanging equipment. Do not weld angles to rods. G. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts. 3.4 EQUIPMENT BASES A. Fill concrete inertia bases, after installing base frame, with 3000-psi concrete; trowel to a smooth finish. 1. Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 3. B. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to supported equipment manufacturer's written instructions for seismic codes at Project site. 1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. 2. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 5. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 6. Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 3. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. 3.6 Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing: 1. Isolator seismic-restraint clearance. 2. Isolator deflection. 3. Snubber minimum clearances. ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after piping systems have been filled and equipment is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. C. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movement during start and stop. D. Adjust active height of spring isolators. MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 16 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 E. Adjust snubbers according to manufacturer's written recommendations. F. Adjust seismic restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. G. Torque anchor bolts according to equipment manufacturer's written recommendations to resist seismic forces. 3.7 CLEANING A. 3.8 After completing equipment installation, inspect vibration isolation and seismic-control devices. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. DEMONSTRATION A. 3.9 Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain air-mounting systems. Refer to Division 1. VIBRATION ISOLATOR AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT SCHEDULE Vibration Isolation Schedule Isolation Type Minimum Static Deflection Base Type Remarks Fan in Air Handling Units Floor Spring Neoprene 1.5" Base-Inertia Base Thrust Restraints Suspended Fan Coil Units Spring Hanger 1.0” Integral Base Rail ---------- Flexible Neoprene 0.25" --- ---------- Roof Mounted Upblast Fans Restrained Vibration Isolation Roof-Curb 1.5" --- ---------- Outdoor Rooftop Air-Cooled Condensers and Condensing Units Restrained Vibration Isolation Roof-Curb Rails 1.5" --- ---------- Flexible Metallic Hoses --- --- ---------- Spring Hangers 1.5" --- ---------- Equipment In-Line Pumps Pumps, Air Compressors, and Vacuum Pump Flexible Piping Connectors First Three (3) Pipe Hangers near Isolated Equipment not used MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 17 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.10 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SEISMIC INSTALLATION INSPECTION A. On completion of installation of all vibration isolation and seismic restraint devices herein specified, a representative of the isolation materials manufacturer shall inspect the completed system and report in writing any installation errors, improperly selected isolation or restraint devices, or other faults that could affect the performance of the system. Contractor shall submit a report to the Architect, including the manufacturer's representative’s final report, indicating all isolation reported as properly installed or requiring correction, and include a report by the Contractor on steps taken to properly complete the isolation work. B. All special inspections must be performed in accordance with IBC 2009 and as specified herein. C. Continuous inspection: The full-time observation of work by an approved special inspector pursuant to IBC 2009 section 1704. The following pieces of equipment require these inspections: 1. All equipment using combustible or toxic energy sources. 2. All electric motors, transformers, switchgear unit substations and motor control centers. 3. Reciprocating and rotating type machinery. 4. Pipe, 3” & larger. 5. Tanks, heat exchangers & pressure vessels. D. Periodic inspection: intermittent observation of work by an approved special inspector of the following pieces of equipment in compliance with IBC section 1704. 1. Isolator units for seismic isolation systems. 2. All flammable, combustible and highly toxic piping and their associated mechanical systems. 3. All ductwork containing hazardous materials. 4. All electrical components for standby or emergency power systems. END OF SECTION 230548 MECHANICAL VIBRATION, SOUND AND SEISMIC CONTROLS 230548 - 18 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 230550 - VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements and all other Specification Sections apply to the work specified in this section. In the event of conflict between specific requirements of the various documents, the more restrictive, the more extensive (i.e.: more expensive) requirement shall govern. B. Division 26 requirements apply to this section with additions and modifications specified herein. 1.2 REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) ANSI C80.1 (1990) Rigid Steel Conduit - Zinc Coated) AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) ASTM B 1 (1995) Hard-Drawn Copper Wire ASTM B 8 (1995) Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS (IEEE) IEEE 519 (1992) Recommended Practices & Requirements for Harmonic Controls in Electrical Power Systems NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) NEMA FU 1 (1986) Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses NEMA ICS 6 (1963) Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures NEMA KS 1 (1990) Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum) NEMA MG 1 (1993; Rev. 1-2) Motors and Generators NEMA MG 10 (1994) Energy Management Guide for Selection and Use of Fixed Frequency Medium AC Squirrel-Cage Polyphase Induction Motors NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 70 (2005) National Electrical Code UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. (UL) UL 50 (1995; Bul. 1996) Safety Enclosures for Electrical Equipment UL 198C (1986; Bul. 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, and 1996, R 1993) High-InterruptingCapacity Fuses, Current-Limiting Types UL 508 (1993; Bul. 1993, 1994, and 1995, R 1994) Industrial Control Equipment VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) 230550 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.3 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.4 Division 26 – Electrical Requirements applies to this section with additions and modifications specified herein. SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Division 1, Section “Submittals”. 1. 2. 3. 4. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1. 1.5 Variable Frequency Drives. Voltage Distortion Design Limit Calculations. Circuit Breakers. Bypass Switch Variable Frequency Drives QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In each standard referred to herein, consider the advisory provisions to be mandatory, as though the word "shall" has been substituted for "should" wherever it appears. Interpret references in these standards to "authority having jurisdiction," or words of similar meaning, to mean Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials, equipment, and devices shall, as a minimum, meet requirements of UL, where UL standards are established for those items, and requirements of NFPA 70. All VFD’s shall be 6 pulse. B. Available 6 pulse VFD Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 2.2 Asea Brown Brover Allen Bradely Cutler Hammer Danfoss Square D Toshiba Siemens ABB VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. Controllers shall be solid state 6 pulse width modulated with adjustable frequency and voltage, 3-phase output capable of driving standard NEMA Class B induction motors. The drives shall utilize diode bridge rectifying circuitry with pulse width modulation DC to AC convertors. Silicon controlled rectifiers (SCR) shall not be used in the rectifying circuitry. The drives shall be designed to be used on variable VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) 230550 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 torque loads and shall be capable of providing sufficient torque to allow the motor to break away from rest upon first application of power. B. The variable speed motor controller shall convert 460 volt or 200 volt as indicated on the drawings plus or minus 10 percent, three phase, 60 Hz (plus or minus 2 Hz) utility power to adjustable voltage/frequency , three phase, ac power for stepless motor control from 5 percent to 105 percent of base speed. C. The variable speed drive shall produce an adjustable ac voltage/frequency output for complete motor speed control. The variable speed drive shall be automatically controlled by a grounded electronic control signal. The variable speed drive shall be self contained, totally enclosed in a NEMA MG 1 ventilated cabinet and capable of operation between 32 and 104 degrees F. The variable speed drive maximum output current rating shall be equal to or exceed the motor nameplate full load. Variable speed drive shall be 95 percent efficient at 100 percent rated output power, 60 Hz. The displacement power factor shall be 0.95 or higher under all speed and load conditions. D. Each controller shall be factory tested at maximum watts (HP), rated full load current and at an ambient temperature of 104 degrees F for a period of not less than 24 hours. If a component fails, it shall be replaced and the test restarted for the full time period. A certified copy of the factory Test Report shall be furnished to the Chief Engineer prior to shipping the controller to the job site. E. Governing Requirements 1. F. Quality Assurance: To ensure quality the variable speed drive shall be subject to the following tests: 1. 2. 3. G. The integrated circuits shall undergo a 50-hour "burn-in" to test reliability. During the "burn-in" the temperature shall be cycled between 32 and 158 degrees F. The completed unit shall undergo a fully loaded 1-hour "burn-in." The unit shall be subject to a series of in-plant quality controlled inspections before approval for shipment from manufacturer's facilities. Service: 1. H. Variable speed drives shall conform to the following requirements: a. The variable speed drive and options shall comply with the applicable requirements and the standards of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). b. Variable speed drive and option design and construction thereof shall comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA 70, Article 430, Sections A-L. c. Each manufacturer shall be responsible for receiving all design parameters on the contract drawings from the Contractor. Using the information received from the Contractor the drive system shall not create voltage distortion exceeding the Total Harmonic Distortion: five (5) percent. Per IEEE 519, if the distortion limits as defined will be exceeded then input line filters or isolation transformer shall be provided to reduce the distortion to within the above mentioned standard. The variable speed drive shall be supplied with the following: a. One-year parts and labor warranty. Warranty period shall begin on date of Substantial Completion. b. A troubleshooting guide to help the building operator determine what steps must be taken to correct any problem that may exist in the system. Basic Features to be located on a keypad accessible from the front of the drive. 1. Isolated power for control circuits. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) 230550 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. 3. 4. 5. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Three position "manual-off-automatic" selector switch, red "running" pilot light and a manual reset push button installed in cover. Adjustable current limiting circuitry to provide soft motor starting. Maximum starting current shall not exceed 200 percent of motor full load current. Independent acceleration and deceleration time adjustment, manually adjustable from 2 to 30 seconds. (Set timers to the equipment manufacturer's recommend time in the above range). Provide 4 to 20 ma current follower circuitry for interface with mechanical sensor devices. a. Manual/Auto speed reference switch. b. Minimum/maximum adjustable speeds. c. Manual Speed potentiometer. d. Electronic speed potentiometer through front mounted keypad e. Main circuit breaker capable of being locked out with two padlocks. f. Linear timed acceleration and deceleration for soft starting/stopping. g. 3-63 Hz controlled speed range. (Factory set at 15 Hz minimum). 6. 7. Automatic frequency adjustment from 20 Hz to 60 Hz. Provide circuitry to initiate an orderly shutdown and automatic restart after the motor stops spinning and when conditions are corrected. The controller shall not be damaged by the following electrical disturbances: a. Incorrect phase sequence. b. Single phasing. c. Overvoltage in excess of 15 percent. d. Undervoltage in excess of 5 percent. e. Running overcurrent above 115 percent (shall not automatically reset for this condition). f. Instantaneous overcurrent above 150 percent (shall not automatically reset for this condition). g. Surge voltage in excess of 1,000 volts. h. Short duration power outages of 12 cycles or less (i.e. distribution line switching, generator testing, automatic transfer switch operations). 8. Controllers shall include a door interlocked non-fused switch which will disconnect all input power. Provide two normally open (N.O.) and two normally closed (N.C.) dry contacts rated 120 volts, 10 amperes, 60 HZ for remote indication of the following: Controller system shutdown will auto restart, system shutdown without auto restart and system running. Incorporate into each control circuit a 120-volt, time delay relay (On delay), adjustable from 0.3 10 minutes, with transient protection. Controller shall be incorporated in standard size units installed in wall mounted or free standing enclosures. The VFD's shall be able to start into a spinning motor. The VFD's shall be able to determine the motor speed in any direction and resume operation without tripping. If the motor is spinning in the reverse direction, bring the motor to a controlled stop, and then accelerate the motor in the present method of starting. 9. 10. 11. 12. I. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Control Functions 1. All VFD's programmable parameters shall be adjustable from a digital operator keypad located on the front door of the VFD. Parameters shall include: a. Programmable maximum and minimum frequency limits. b. Programmable acceleration and deceleration times. c. Programmable carrier frequencies, V/Hz, and critical frequency avoidance lockout. d. Programmable electronic overload and torque limits. e. Programmable multiple attempt restart. f. Programmable job, thread and preset speeds. g. Programmable keypad lockout and factory default overrides. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) 230550 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. J. K. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 The VFD's shall be additionally equipped with a digital operator station mounted on the enclosure front door. Control operator devices and indication lights shall include: a. Digital speed control. b. Hand-Off-Auto control selector switch. c. LED status lights for HOA position. d. Local - remote speed control selector switch. The VFD's shall have the following system interfaces: 1. Inputs a. Single isolated process control speed reference interface to receive and isolate 0-10 Vdc or 4-20 mAdc signals. b. Dedicated terminal blocks for interface with remote start contact and remote safety trips. c. 120 VAC control to allow VFD's to interface with remote contacts at a distance up to 500 feet and with three-wire control. 2. Outputs a. Two (2) analog output signals 0-10 Vdc for external metering. b. Run relay with an isolated set of eight (8) programmable form C contracts. c. Dry contact outputs to indicate protective function trip. Monitoring and Displays 1. L. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center The VFD's shall have a 40-character vacuum fluorescent display indicating monitored functions as described in the following paragraph. a. Input current. (3 phases) b. Input voltage. (3 phases) c. Output current. (3 phases) d. Output voltage. (3 phases) e. Output frequency. f. Kilowatts. g. Drive temperature. h. Operational timer. i. Date. j. Elapsed time meter. k. Motor rpm. l. Ten (10) most recent trips. Protection Functions 1. The VFD's shall have the following protective features: a. Speed compensated electronic motor overload current. 1) Current limits to 100 percent design by slowing down motor. 2) Instantaneous Electronic Trip - automatically shutdown motor if current exceed 120 percent of design or phase-to-phase output short circuit occurs. 3) The variable speed drive shall restart automatically under all failure scenarios and shall send a restart alarm signal after three restart attempts. Restart scenarios shall include, but are not limited to the following: When the input line returns to normal after an event of intermittent power outage, phase loss, or overvoltage shutdown. b. Undervoltage. c. Overfrequency. d. Overtemperature. e. Ground Fault. f. Dc bus protection. g. Inrush current limit (adjustable 50 to 150%). VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) 230550 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. 2. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Input and output phase loss. Fast acting current limiting fuses (Class J) ahead of the input non-fused disconnect switch shall be provided on the input side of the VFD's to protect against fault currents up to 200,000 A sym. Insensitive to incoming power phase. Isolated 115 volt control circuit and dedicated control transformer. Line-to-line fault protection. Line-to-ground short circuiting and accidental motor grounding protection. Output thermal overload relay trip. Overspeed. Three skip frequencies of frequency avoidance bands (field selectable). Input AC line reactor. For motor leads between 100-300 feet from the VFD output, drives shall include an output LRC filter rated to limit the dv/dt at the motor leads to a peak of 1,000 volts. An output LRC filter may not be required if the manufacturer can provide test data indicating dv/dt valves below 1,000 volts Manufacturer's choosing not to provide output filters will need approval from the Engineer. Test data shall be provided with the product submittals. If the test data is not accepted by the Engineer, the Manufacturer will be responsible for proving an output filter. Filters shall be factory mounted within the VFD enclosure. Output line reactor shall reduce the dv/dt output voltage at the motor terminals to a peak for 1,500 volts. The reactor shall be iron core construction, copper windings with 3% impedance. Insulation shall be Class H with UL listed, dielectric strength of 4,000 volts, 240 degrees F rise line Reactors shall protect the motors from motor leads in excess of 300 feet. Filters shall be factory mounted within the VFD enclosure. Additional Features shall be provided as follows: a. The VFD's shall include serial communications. All VFD programming, monitoring and diagnostic functions shall be available via this link. Communications protocol shall be provided to allow direct communications with the automatic temperature controller (ATC) or direct digital controller (DDC), refer to controls requirements in these specifications. The VFD's shall be addressable should more than one VFD occupy the same serial network. b. Programmable PID/set-point control via the digital keypad. Proportional, integral and derivative gains shall be tunable while the drive is running. An RS232-C, RS-422 or RS485 port shall be available. c. The VFD's shall be equipped with an input non-fused disconnect switch. The switch shall be interlocked with enclosure doors to prevent access to the VFD's unless the switch is in the open position. The disconnect switch shall have provisions for padlocking the open position. d. Laminated plastic nameplate engraved with customer's identifying name or number for the drive. e. Manual bypass switch shall provide a means to manually switch a single motor from drive control to bypass (across the line) operation. Separate contactors are provided for drive output and bypass operation, and are electrically operated. A Class 20 overload shall be provided for motor protection. A door mounted "Drive/off/Bypass/Test" selector switch with "Drive Mode" and "Bypass Mode" pilot lights mounted in the front door. In the DRIVE position, the motor is operated at an adjustable speed from the drive. In the OFF position, the motor and drive are disconnected. In the BYPASS position, the motor is operated at full speed from the AC power line and power is disconnected from the drive so that service can be performed. In the TEST position, the motor is operated at full speed from the AC line power. This allows the drive to be given an operational test while continuing to run the motor at full speed in Bypass. Customer supplied normally closed contacts shall be interlocked with the drives safety trip circuitry to stop the motor whether in DRIVE or BYPASS mode in case of an external safety fault. The bypass circuit shall be separately enclosed in a NEMA-1 compartment or cabinet from the VFD. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) 230550 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC M. Minimum speed: 0-75 percent. Maximum speed: 105 percent. The variable speed drive shall be self contained, totally enclosed in an enclosure and capable of operation between 32 and 104 degrees F. All VFD components shall be factory mounted and wired in a dead-front grounded enclosure. Enclosures shall be NEMA MG 1 ventilated cabinet for indoor applications and NEMA 3R for outdoor applications. If a freestanding enclosure is provided, it shall be suitable for mounting on a concrete housekeeping pad (indoors) or rooftop equipment curb (outdoors). All indoor enclosures shall be designed to accept top entry line and top exit load cables. 1. 2.3 LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 The variable speed drive has the following adjustments available via keypad located on the faceplate of a single, regulator printed circuit board. 1. 2. N. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center NEMA 3R enclosures shall be provided with a shield that protects the unit from heating effects of indirect sunlight. A filtered inlet, fan-controlled exhaust, and thermostatically controlled heater shall be supplied to ensure that required enclosure ambient conditions are maintained (32-104 degrees F) and help prevent condensation in cool, damp environments.. A high temperature option shall be provided for locations that can reach up to 120 degrees F. EQUIPMENT APPURTENANCES A. Attachments: 1. B. Tools: 1. C. All necessary bolts, nuts, washers, bolt sleeves, and other types of attachments for the installation of the equipment shall be furnished with the equipment. Bolts shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 307 and nuts shall be hexagonal of the same quality as the bolts used. Threads shall be clean-cut and shall conform to ASME B1.1. Bolts, nuts, and washers shall be zinc coated after being threaded, by the hot-dip process conforming to ASTM A 123, ASTM A 153 as appropriate. A complete set of all special tools which may be necessary for the adjustment, operation, maintenance, and disassembly of all equipment shall be furnished. Special tools are considered to be those tools which because of their limited use are not normally available, but which are necessary for the particular equipment. Special tools shall be high-grade, smooth, forged, alloy, tool steel. All tools shall be delivered at the same time as the equipment to which they pertain. The Contractor shall properly store and safeguard such tools until completion of the work, at which time they shall be delivered to the Owner. Shop Painting: 1. All equipment customarily finished in the shop shall be thoroughly cleaned, primed, and given two finish coats of paint at the factory in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Electrical installations shall conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and to requirements specified herein. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) 230550 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC B. 3.2 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 All variable speed drives must be installed in conditioned spaces designed to meet the manufacturer’s requirements for temperature limitations. Generally, if the units are placed in attics or in mechanical rooms with heating equipment, mechanical ventilation is not enough to prevent variable speed drive shutdown on high temperature. Locate the variable speed drives in a separate room that can be airconditioned. If this is done, the DDC controls should also be located in this room or supply conditioned air directly on the drive or near it. This can provide localized conditions that are suitable to the operation of the variable speed drive. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Furnish test equipment and personnel and submit written copies of test results. Give Owner 5 working days notice prior to each test. B. Devices Subject to Manual Operation: 1. 3.3 Each device subject to manual operation shall be operated at least five times, demonstrating satisfactory operation each time. TESTS A. 3.4 After installation of the pumps, VFD's, and appurtenances is complete, an operating test shall be performed to assure that the VFD operates properly. The VFD manufacturer's representative shall supervise a running field test in the presence of the Owner for a minimum of two hours for each VFD installed. The manufacturer's representative shall ensure the proper operation of each unit in manual and automatic modes over complete operating range without objectionable noise or vibration from any parts. Test shall verify all manual and automatic controls function properly and all electrical protection devices, safeties, and trips work properly. If any deficiencies are revealed, such deficiencies shall be corrected and the tests shall be reconducted. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE A. 3.5 The Contractor shall obtain the services of a manufacturer's representative experienced in the installation, adjustment, and operation of the equipment. The representative shall supervise the installation, adjustment, and testing of the equipment. Service shall be provided in addition to training requirements. DEMONSTRATION A. Upon completion of the work and at a time designated by the Owner, the services of one or more factory training service engineers of the VFD manufacturer shall be provided by the Contractor for a period of not less than one 8-hour day to instruct the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the VFD's. END OF SECTION 230550 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) 230550 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 230593 - TESTING AND BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements and all other Specification Sections apply to the work specified in this section. In the event of conflict between specific requirements of the various documents, the more restrictive, the more extensive (i.e.: more expensive) requirement shall govern. SUMMARY A. 1.3 This Section includes TAB to produce design objectives for the following: 1. Air Systems: a. Constant-volume air systems. b. Variable-air-volume systems. 2. Hydronic Piping Systems: a. Constant-flow systems. b. Variable-flow systems. 3. 4. 5. HVAC equipment quantitative-performance settings. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. Reporting results of activities and procedures specified in this Section. DEFINITIONS A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper. B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, and terminals, according to design quantities. C. Barrier or Boundary: Construction, either vertical or horizontal, such as walls, floors, and ceilings that are designed and constructed to restrict the movement of airflow, smoke, odors, and other pollutants. D. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated. E. NC: Noise criteria. F. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield repeatable results. G. RC: Room criteria. H. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 I. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of measurement. In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump. J. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the suction side. K. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. L. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was performance tested. M. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. N. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the distribution system. O. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment. P. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) Firm: The entity responsible for performing and reporting TAB procedures. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Work included in this section must be performed by an independent testing and balancing agency, certified by either AABC or NEBB, who shall provide a complete and comprehensive total system balance process to test, adjust, and balance the air and water systems for this project. Submit the name of the air balance firm for approval within thirty (30) days after award of contract. B. If the Contractor fails to submit the name of an acceptable agency within the specified time, the Architect will select a firm to accomplish the work, and the selection shall be binding at no additional cost to the Owner. C. All work shall be performed under direct supervision of a qualified engineer. All instruments used shall be accurately calibrated and maintained in good working order. If requested, calibration tests of equipment to be used shall be performed in the presence of the Architect. D. Submit for review and approval within ten (10) working days after the notice to proceed, the names of the personnel who will be responsible for the work and those who will actually perform the testing and balancing and their qualification, which shall demonstrate that they have balanced and tested systems of comparable size and complexity. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Submit 6 copies of evidence that TAB firm and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Submit 6 copies of the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Submit 6 copies of TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in Part 3 "Preparation" Article. Include a complete set of report forms intended for use on this Project. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 D. Certified TAB Reports: Submit six copies of reports prepared, as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by TAB firm. E. Warranties specified in this Section. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Firm Qualifications: Engage a TAB firm certified by either AABC or NEBB. B. TAB Conference: Meet with Owner's and Architect's representatives on approval of TAB strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Ensure the participation of TAB team members, equipment manufacturers' authorized service representatives, HVAC controls installers, and other support personnel. Provide seven days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. 1. C. Agenda Items: Include at least the following: a. Submittal distribution requirements. b. The Contract Documents examination report. c. TAB plan. d. Work schedule and Project-site access requirements. e. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. f. Coordination of documentation and communication flow. Certification of TAB Reports: Certify TAB field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. 2. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. Certify that TAB team complied with approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. D. TAB Report Forms: Use standard forms from AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems" or NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems." E. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, and Accuracy: As described in AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems and NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems," Section II, "Required Instrumentation for NEBB Certification." F. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments at least every six months or more frequently if required by the instrument manufacturer. 1. 1.7 Keep an updated record of instrument calibration that indicates date of calibration and the name of party performing instrument calibration. COORDINATION A. Coordinate the efforts of factory-authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist TAB activities. B. Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. C. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.8 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 WARRANTY A. National Project Performance Guarantee: If AABC standards are used, provide a guarantee on AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems" forms stating that AABC will assist in completing requirements of the Contract Documents if TAB firm fails to comply with the Contract Documents. B. Special Guarantee: If NEBB standards are used, provide a guarantee on NEBB forms stating that NEBB will assist in completing requirements of the Contract Documents if TAB firm fails to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Guarantee shall include the following provisions: 1. 2. 1.9 The certified TAB firm has tested and balanced systems according to the Contract Documents. Systems are balanced to optimum performance capabilities within design and installation limits. TEST PROCEDURE A. System may be tested in sections when approved by the Architect. B. When testing and balancing involve the building temperature control systems, cooperate with the temperature control subcontractor to achieve the desired results. C. At the time of final inspection, recheck in the presence and at the request of the Architect not to exceed ten (10) percent of the previously recorded readings from the certified report selected at random from the log by the Architect. D. Permanently mark the settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices so that adjustment can be restored if disturbed at any time. Do not permanently mark devices before final acceptance. E. Perform all tests in accordance with AABC standard procedures. Any deviation from same must be approved by the Architect. F. Should the basic system or any of its components fail to meet contract requirements, and thereby make the testing and balancing work invalid, notify the Architect and stop all tests until such time that the failure is corrected. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TEST INSTRUMENTS A. Use instruments of equal or better quality than those described in the technical portions of Associated Air Balance Council--"National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems, Fifth Edition 1989. B. Instruments used for balancing air and water systems must have been calibrated within a period of six (6) months prior to balancing. C. List in the report types, serial numbers, and dates of calibration of all instruments used in the final air and water balance tests. D. Instrumentation shall include, as a minimum, the following items of equipment: TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Pressure gauges and fittings. Dry bulb and wet bulb thermostats. Contact pyrometer. Portable flow meter and, if required, orifice plates. Pitot tube and manometers. Alnor Velometer with attachments. Amprobe. Tachometer. Special wrenches and tools. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. 1. 2. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of Contract. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment. C. Examine project record documents described in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents." D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce the performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," Sections 7 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems--Duct Design," Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions. F. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification Sections have been performed. G. Examine system and equipment test reports. H. Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and that their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. I. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 J. Examine HVAC equipment to ensure that clean filters have been installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. K. Examine supply air terminal units to verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. L. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. M. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. N. 3.2 Dampers, valves, and other controlled devices are operated by the intended controller. Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller. Integrity of valves and dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions. Thermostats and humidistats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold walls. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents. Controller set points are set at design values. Interlocked systems are operating. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to indicated values. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3.3 Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated design conditions for system operations can be met. GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems" or NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and this Section. B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier and finish according to the insulation Specifications for this Project. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 C. Mark equipment and balancing device settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. All air distribution systems including supply, return, outdoor air and exhaust ductwork shall be tested and balanced. B. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. C. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts. D. For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. E. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements. F. Check the airflow patterns from the outside-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-air dampers, through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers. G. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. H. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. I. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. J. Check for airflow blockages. K. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. L. Check for proper sealing of air-handling unit components. M. Check for proper sealing of air duct system. N. Where the system cannot be properly balanced or equipment tested due to system deficiencies such as inability to properly adjust fan speeds, improperly sized motors, excessively noisy equipment, malfunctioning controls, excessively out of balance air distribution system branch runs, and similar items, furnish to the Architect in writing a list of the deficiencies prior to the submission of the test report. O. Verify operation of each room thermostat serving variable air volume terminal units over full range of heating and cooling to insure proper sequence of control of the variable air volume operator and reheat coil valve. P. Field test maximum and minimum air volumes of all variable air volume terminal units and record final settings. Check factory settings of regulators and controllers before tests. Reset to the scheduled air volumes if required. Q. Work in conjunction with the Automatic Temperature Control Contractor and Architect to establish maximum and minimum settings on all variable air volume fans. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by the fan manufacturer. 1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 2. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment. a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance personnel must change filters. 3. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps, heat recovery equipment, and air washers under final balanced conditions. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur. Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions. Obtain approval from Architectfor adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections to accommodate fan-speed changes. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full cooling, full heating, economizer, and any other operating modes to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. 4. 5. 6. B. C. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. 1. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. a. Where sufficient space in submains and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. 2. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. submains and branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. D. Continue to adjust Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. PROCEDURES FOR VARIABLE-AIR-VOLUME SYSTEMS A. Compensating for Diversity: When the total airflow of all terminal units is more than the indicated airflow of the fan, place a selected number of terminal units at a maximum set-point airflow condition until the total airflow of the terminal units equals the indicated airflow of the fan. Select the reduced airflow terminal units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts. B. Pressure-Independent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems: After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3.7 Set outside-air dampers at minimum, and return- and exhaust-air dampers at a position that simulates full-cooling load. Select the terminal unit that is most critical to the supply-fan airflow and static pressure. Measure static pressure. Adjust system static pressure so the entering static pressure for the critical terminal unit is not less than the sum of the terminal unit manufacturer's recommended minimum inlet static pressure plus the static pressure needed to overcome terminal-unit discharge duct losses. Measure total system airflow. Adjust to within indicated airflow. Set terminal units at maximum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed maximum airflow. Use terminal unit manufacturer's written instructions to make this adjustment. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units as described for constant-volume air systems. Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow as described for constant-volume air systems. a. If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but leave the outlets balanced for maximum airflow. Remeasure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outside airflow. Adjust the fan and balance the return-air ducts and inlets as described for constant-volume air systems. Measure static pressure at the most critical terminal unit and adjust the static-pressure controller at the main supply-air sensing station to ensure adequate static pressure is maintained at the most critical unit. Record the final fan performance data. GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR EQUIPMENT A. Conduct performance tests only after the air and water systems have been balanced and the proper flow rates established. B. Test and record capacity of heat transfer equipment including all coils. Air side and water side capacities must agree within five (5) percent of each other. Include the manufacturer's rated capacity at the test operating conditions with the report. Perform tests where possible at design conditions. If tests are not performed under design conditions, interpolate results to determine capacity at full load operating conditions. C. Calculate efficiency of pumps and fans by recognized methods using test data. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 9 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC D. 3.8 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Test refrigeration equipment to determine heat extracted from or heat added to the building by the equipment and the heat ejected from the device. Record date, time and outside weather conditions including ambient dry bulb, wet bulb, wind speed and direction, cloud cover, rain, and any special conditions pertinent to the test. PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. B. 3.9 Manufacturer, model, and serial numbers. Motor horsepower rating. Motor rpm. Efficiency rating. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. Starter thermal-protection-element rating. Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass for the controller to prove proper operation. Record observations, including controller manufacturer, model and serial numbers, and nameplate data. PROCEDURES FOR CONDENSING UNITS A. Verify proper rotation of fans. B. Measure entering- and leaving-air temperatures. C. Record compressor data. 3.10 A. PROCEDURES FOR HEAT-TRANSFER COILS Electric-Heating Coils: Measure the following data for each coil: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B. Nameplate data. Airflow. Entering- and leaving-air temperatures at full load. Voltage and amperage input of each phase at full load and at each incremental stage. Calculated kilowatt at full load. Fuse or circuit-breaker rating for overload protection. Refrigerant Coils: Measure the following data for each coil: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. Airflow. Air pressure drop. Refrigerant suction pressure and temperature. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 10 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.11 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 PROCEDURES TEMPERATURE TESTING A. During TAB, report the need for adjustment in temperature regulation within the automatic temperaturecontrol system. B. Measure indoor wet- and dry-bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of two successive eighthour days, in each separately controlled zone, to prove correctness of final temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is occupied. C. Measure outside-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures. 3.12 TEMPERATURE-CONTROL VERIFICATION A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned. B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect control functions. C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements. D. Check the operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low-temperature controllers). E. Check free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve operators. F. Check the sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device positions and correlate with airflow and water-flow measurements. Note the speed of response to input changes. G. Check the interaction of electrically operated switch transducers. H. Check the interaction of interlock and lockout systems. I. Check main control supply-air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations. J. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine whether the system operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply. K. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail-safe operations. 3.13 REPORTING A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: As Work progresses, prepare reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 11 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.14 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 FINAL REPORT A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond paper, in three-ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 1. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. D. Pump curves. Fan curves. Manufacturers' test data. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include Shop Drawings and Product Data. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. E. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. Title page. Name and address of TAB firm. Project name. Project location. Architect's name and address. Engineer's name and address. Contractor's name and address. Report date. Signature of TAB firm who certifies the report. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. Summary of contents, including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports varies from indicated values. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following: a. Settings for outside-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems. g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outside, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 12 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. F. G. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Water and steam flow rates. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. Terminal units. Balancing stations. Position of balancing devices. Air-Handling Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following: 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. h. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. i. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. j. Number of belts, make, and size. k. Number of filters, type, and size. 2. Motor Data: a. Make and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. 3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg. f. Preheat coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. g. Cooling coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. h. Heating coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. i. Outside airflow in cfm. j. Return airflow in cfm. k. Outside-air damper position. l. Return-air damper position. Apparatus-Coil Test Reports: 1. Coil Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Coil type. d. Number of rows. e. Fin spacing in fins per inch o.c. f. Make and model number. g. Face area in sq. ft.. h. Tube size in NPS. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 13 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC i. j. 2. H. I. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Tube and fin materials. Circuiting arrangement. Test Data: (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Average face velocity in fpm. c. Air pressure drop in inches wg. d. Outside-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. e. Return-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. f. Entering-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. g. Leaving-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. h. Water flow rate in gpm. i. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig. j. Entering-water temperature in deg F. k. Leaving-water temperature in deg F. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following: 1. Fan Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. h. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. 2. Motor Data: a. Make and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. g. Number of belts, make, and size. 3. Test Data: (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Suction static pressure in inches wg. Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following: 1. Report Data: a. System and air-handling unit number. b. Location and zone. c. Traverse air temperature in deg F. d. Duct static pressure in inches wg. e. Duct size in inches. f. Duct area in sq. ft. g. Indicated airflow rate in cfm. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 14 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC h. i. j. k. J. K. L. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Indicated velocity in fpm. Actual airflow rate in cfm. Actual average velocity in fpm. Barometric pressure in psig. Air-Terminal-Device Reports: 1. Unit Data: a. System and air-handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. c. Test apparatus used. d. Area served. e. Air-terminal-device make. f. Air-terminal-device number from system diagram. g. Air-terminal-device type and model number. h. Air-terminal-device size. i. Air-terminal-device effective area in sq. ft. 2. Test Data: (Indicated and actual values): a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Air velocity in fpm. c. Preliminary airflow rate as needed in cfm. d. Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm. e. Final airflow rate in cfm. f. Final velocity in fpm. g. Space temperature in deg F. System-Coil Reports: For reheat coils and water coils of terminal units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System and air-handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. c. Room or riser served. d. Coil make and size. e. Flowmeter type. 2. Test Data: (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Entering-water temperature in deg F. c. Leaving-water temperature in deg F. d. Water pressure drop in feet of head or psig. e. Entering-air temperature in deg F. f. Leaving-air temperature in deg F. Instrument Calibration Reports: 1. Report Data: a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. c. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 15 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.15 A. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 INSPECTIONS Initial Inspection: 1. 2. B. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly check measurements to verify that the system is operating according to the final test and balance readings documented in the Final Report. Randomly check the following for each system: a. Measure airflow of at least 10 percent of air outlets. b. Measure water flow of at least 5 percent of terminals. c. Measure room temperature at each thermostat/temperature sensor. Compare the reading to the set point. d. Measure sound levels at two locations. e. Measure space pressure of at least 10 percent of locations. f. Verify that balancing devices are marked with final balance position. g. Note deviations to the Contract Documents in the Final Report. Final Inspection: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. After initial inspection is complete and evidence by random checks verifies that testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final report, request that a final inspection be made by Architect. TAB firm test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the presence of Architect. Architect shall randomly select measurements documented in the final report to be rechecked. The rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total measurements recorded, or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day. If the rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as "FAILED." If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be considered incomplete and shall be rejected. TAB firm shall recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing device settings to include all changes and resubmit the final report. Request a second final inspection. If the second final inspection also fails, Owner shall contract the services of another TAB firm to complete the testing and balancing in accordance with the Contract Documents and deduct the cost of the services from the final payment. END OF SECTION 230593 TESTING AND BALANCING 230593 - 16 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 230700 – MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements and all other Specification Sections apply to the work specified in this section. In the event of conflict between specific requirements of the various documents, the more restrictive, the more extensive (i.e.: more expensive) requirement shall govern. SCOPE A. Work included in this section is the thermal insulating done in the field, on the mechanical systems as specified herein. B. Work excluded in this Section are the following: 1. 2. C. 1.3 Thermal building insulation. Sound absorbing duct lining. The requirements of Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions” shall apply to the work specified under this Section. DEFINITIONS A. The k factor means the number of British thermal units of heat transmitted per (sq. ft.) (Fahrenheit temperature difference) through a material with flat, parallel sides one (1) inch apart. The material shall be tested and rated according to ASTM Test Method C-177. B. Unless otherwise specified, the term "concealed", as used in this specification, shall include all items hidden from normal sight. This includes items within furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, above suspended ceilings and within return air plenums. C. Unless otherwise specified, the work "exposed" shall refer to all work other than "concealed" work. D. Unless otherwise specified, the term "exterior", as used in this specification, shall include all items being or situated outside. Items located within a crawl space shall be considered exterior. E. Unless otherwise specified, the term "conditioned", as used in this specification, shall be a heated or cooled space, or both, within a building and, where required, provided with humidification or dehumidification means, so as to be capable of maintaining a space condition falling within the comfort envelope set forth in ASHRAE 55. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings in accordance with Division 23, Sections “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions” and the General Requirements which shall include all insulation, jackets, finishes, corner MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 230700 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 beads, pump covers, etc. Shop drawings shall additionally describe each system or component to be insulated, insulation type and thickness, and method of installation. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied if any). C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1.5 Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties. Detail application of field-applied jackets. Detail application at linkages of control devices. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. 2. C. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. Mockups: Before installing insulation, build mockups for each type of insulation and finish listed below to demonstrate quality of insulation application and finishes. Build mockups in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. Use materials indicated for the completed Work. 1. Pipe Mockups: a. One 10-foot section of 2-inch straight pipe. b. One each of a 90-degree threaded, welded, and flanged elbow. c. One each of a threaded, welded, and flanged tee fitting. d. One 2-inch or smaller valve, and one 2-1/2-inch or larger valve. e. Four support hangers including hanger shield and insert. f. One strainer with removable portion of insulation. g. One pressure temperature tap. h. One mechanical coupling. 2. Build mockups with cutaway sections to allow observation of application details for insulation materials, mastics, attachments, and jackets. Build mockups in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. Notify Architect seven (7) days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. Obtain Architect’s approval of mockups before starting insulation application. 3. 4. 5. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 230700 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 6. 7. 1.6 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. Demolish and remove mockups when directed. COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields. B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. 1.8 REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS A. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term, and requirements of, “domestic” water systems as included in these specifications shall universally apply to all potable, HVAC make-up and industrial laboratory water systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All insulating materials, including adhesives, jackets and coatings, to be used on the project must be delivered to the building in the manufacturer's unopened container and must bear the manufacturer's stamp or label giving name of manufacturer, brand and description of material. B. After the necessary tests have been conducted to prove the water and air systems tight, all piping, ductwork and equipment to be insulated shall be thoroughly cleaned and then covered. Insulation materials shall be the product of Johns Manville, Owens Corning, CSG, Schuller or Armacell equal to the products specified herein. 2.2 TYPES OF INSULATION A. Type I - Pipe Insulation: 1. Provide heavy density fiberglass pipe insulation with vapor barrier jacket. The k factor shall not be more than 0.23 at seventy-five (75) degrees Fahrenheit mean temperature. Insulation shall be equal to Johns Manville Micro-Lok meeting ASTM C 547 with FSK jacket. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 230700 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC B. Provide blanket type lightweight fiberglass duct insulation with vapor barrier facing. The compressed k-factor shall not exceed 0.27 at seventy-five (75) degrees Fahrenheit mean temperature and a minimum installed R-Value of 6.0 (hr•ft2•°F)/Btu. Insulation shall be equal to Johns Manville flexible fiberglass blanket Microlite XG Formaldehyde-free Type 100 meeting ASTM C 553 with factory-applied FSK facing. Type V - Duct and Equipment Insulation: 1. 2.3 Provide closed cell elastomeric tubular insulation with built-in vapor barrier. The k factor shall not be more than 0.25 at seventy-five (75) degrees Fahrenheit mean temperature. Insulation shall be equal to Armacell AP Armaflex or AP Armaflex SS. The use of polyethylene, polyolefin or engineered polymer insulation is prohibited. Type IV - Duct Insulation: 1. D. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Type II - Pipe Insulation: 1. C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Provide board type fiberglass insulation with vapor barrier facing. The k factor shall not exceed 0.22 at seventy-five (75) degrees Fahrenheit mean temperature, and the density shall not be less than 6.0 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). Insulation shall be equal to Johns Manville 817 Spin-Glas meeting ASTM C 612 with FSK facing. ADHESIVES, SEALERS AND COATINGS A. The vapor barrier on all insulation systems shall be maintained at all times. Any penetration into the vapor barrier shall be sealed vapor tight. All joints, fittings etc shall be sealed vapor tight. B. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. They shall not corrode, soften or otherwise attach such material in either the wet or dry state and must be suitable for the service temperatures. C. Any cement, sealer or coating used shall be resistant to vermin and mold and shall be durable. It shall not discolor on aging; and where applied on the final surface of the insulation, it shall be light in color and be capable of being painted. D. For indoor applications: 1. 2. E. Use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Adhesives, coatings and compounds shall be equal to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Vapor barrier adhesive for sealing joints on pipe and duct insulation - Foster 85-75. Adhesive for installing canvas jackets - Foster 30-36. Adhesive for installing duct insulation - Foster 85-20 and 81-91. Adhesive for installing cellular-glass insulation - Foster Brand 81-84. Adhesive for installing elatomeric insulation - Foster Brand 85-75, Armaflex 520. Adhesive for installing mineral-fiber insulation - Foster Brand 85-60/85-70, Childers CP-127. Adhesive for ASJ, FSK and PVDC jackets - Foster Brand 85-50, Childers CP-82. Joint sealants for cellular-glass insulation - Foster Brand 30-45, Childers CP-76. FSK and metal jacket flashing sealants - Foster Brand 95-44, Childers CP-76. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 230700 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 10. 11. 2.4 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 ASJ, vinyl, PVDC, and PVC jacket flashing sealants - Childers Brand CP-76 Two coats of WB Armaflex finish or glass mesh with mastic for all Armaflex located outside. FABRIC JACKETS A. 2.5 Exposed piping, ductwork, and equipment, in addition to the insulation jackets specified, shall be covered with an additional UL listed jacket of eight (8) ounce canvas. This shall be in addition to the insulation jackets specified. PAINTING A. 2.6 Piping insulation in the 1st floor mechanical room shall be painted. Refer to Division 23 Section “Basic Materials and Methods” and Division 9 for more information. FITTING AND VALVE COVERS A. 2.7 Pipe fittings and valves shall be insulated with Zeston premold one (1) piece PVC insulated fitting cover and factory precut insulation. Fittings shall have edges of one (1) piece cover sealed with Zeston vapor barrier pressure sensitive tape. METALLIC COMPONENTS A. Staples shall be outward clinching type of 304 or 316 stainless steel. B. Bands shall be galvanized steel, aluminum, brass, or nickel-copper alloy, of 3/4 inch nominal width. The band thickness, exclusive of coating, shall be not less than 0.005 inch for steel and nickel copper alloy, 0.007 inch for aluminum, and 0.01 inch for brass. C. Wire shall be fourteen (14) gauge, nickel-copper alloy or copper clad steel, or sixteen (16) gauge, soft annealed, galvanized steel. D. Wire netting used for exposed surfaces of insulation that is to be cement finished shall be twenty-two (22 gauge, one (1) inch galvanized mesh, with continuous twenty-six (26) gauge galvanized steel corner beads having 2-1/2 inch wings. E. Protect external corners on insulation of ducts and equipment exposed in occupied spaces by corner beads two (2) inches by two (2) inches, .016 inch thick aluminum adhered to heavy duty Kraft paper. F. All exterior piping and ductwork shall be additionally covered with a sixteen (16) mil embossed aluminum weatherproof jacket. Jacketing shall be ITW's Lock-On (Childers) type with an integrally bonded polysurlyn moisture retarder over the entire surface in contact with the insulation. Jackets are to be fabricated with continuous modified Pittsburg Z-lock on the longitudinal seam and each butted section of jacketing shall be joined and sealed with factory fabricated butt strap and sealant. Fittings shall be insulated and weatherproofed using similar materials. 2.8 INSULATION SCHEDULE: A. Insulation materials furnished must meet the minimum thickness requirements of National Voluntary Consensus Standard 90.1 (current accepted edition), “Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings” of the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 230700 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Service B. Domestic and Industrial Water Pipe (Hot, Cold, Tempered, & Recirc.,) Optional sizes 1" and smaller C. Domestic and Industrial Water Piping Concealed in Walls and Cabinet Enclosures D. Air Conditioning Condensate Optional E. F. G. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Type Thickness I 1" I ½” II ½” I 1" II ½” IV 2" V 2" IV or V 1” IV 2" V 1" VI 2" I 1” II 1" Air Conditioning Supply and Outdoor Air Ductwork 1. Concealed 2. Exposed 3. Diffuser Bodies Air Conditioning Return Ductwork 1. Concealed (shafts only) 2. Exposed Water Treatment Equipment 1. By-Pass Feeder 2. By-Pass Feeder Piping H. Refrigerant Piping I. Air terminal unit reheat coils shall be externally insulated with Type IV insulation, 2” thick. J. Insulation thickness may be reduced on ducts with internal lining in an amount equal to the thickness of the lining. See drawings for internal lining thickness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL: A. All insulation shall be installed by skilled workmen regularly engaged in this type of work. B. Insulation shall be continuous at all hangers, hanger rods, supports, sleeves and openings. Continuous vapor barrier must be provided for all cold surfaces. Insulation shall be sealed where it terminates because of a valve, union, flange, etc. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 230700 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Provide continuous insulation and jacketing when passing thru interior wall, floor, and ceiling construction. 1. 2. At Through Penetration Firestops: Coordinate insulation densities with the require-ments of approved firestop system being installed. Refer to Division 7, Section “Through Penetration Firestop Systems”. Insulation densities required by approved firestop system may vary with the densities specified in this Section. When this occurs use the higher density insulation. D. Do not intermix different insulation materials on individual runs of piping or ductwork. E. Arrange to permit expansion and contraction without causing damage to insulation or surface. F. Actual insulation thickness must be at least equal to the minimum specified in the schedule at all locations including supports in contact with cold surfaces. Where the manufacturer's rated or nominal thickness is less than the minimum specified, a thicker material or more layers will be requested so that the stated minimum thickness will be attained or exceeded. G. Install insulation materials in a first class manner with smooth and even surfaces. Scrap pieces of insulation shall not be used where a full length section will fit. H. Unless otherwise specified herein, the application of all insulation materials, accessories and finishes shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations. I. Insulation materials shall not be applied until all surfaces to be covered are clean and dry; all foreign material, such as rust, scale, dirt, etc., has been removed, and where specified, surfaces have been painted. Insulation shall be clean and dry when installed and during the application of any finish. The insulation on pipe fittings, valves and pipe joints shall not be installed before the piping is tested and approved. J. Omit insulation of the following unless directed otherwise. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. K. 3.2 Brass or copper pipe specified to be chrome plated. Traps and pressure reducing valves, relief piping from safety valves, and unions, flanges and expansion joints on heating water system. All fire protection piping. Existing adjacent insulation. ASME stamps, manufacturer's nameplates. Access plates on fan housings. Cleanouts or handholes. Components within factory preinsulated HVAC equipment. Factory - preinsulated flexible ductwork and HVAC equipment. Vibration - isolating connections. Replace and repair insulation disturbed by testing and balancing procedures required under Division 23, Section “Testing and Balancing”. PIPE INSULATION A. High density pipe saddles shall be provided at all points of support as hereinbefore specified. B. Insulate all valves and strainers. Use premolded covers and factory precut insulation where applicable. Unions and flanges shall not be insulated except on cold services. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 230700 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 C. Insulate valves up to and including bonnets, except for cold water valves which shall be insulated over packing nuts in a manner to permit removal for adjustment and repacking. D. Insulate strainers in a manner to permit removal of the basket without disturbing the insulation of the strainer. Obtain (Architect's/Engineer's) approval of installation method. E. Insulate all exposed piping under lavatories and sinks with a white, fitted/molded antimicrobial undersink pipe cover equal to Truebro Lav Guard 2. Cover shall have internal, E-Z Tear-To-Fit trim feature for square, clean trimming (internal ribs) and built-in, concealed E-Z Grip fasteners (no cable-tie fasteners allowed). F. Application - Type I Insulation: 1. 2. 3. 4. G. Insulate all pipes in a neat and workmanlike manner. Seal all longitudinal laps of jackets and staple every six (6) inches. Where the piping operates below ambient temperature, the staples shall be coated with vapor barrier adhesive. All butt joints shall be wrapped with a three (3) inch minimum wide strip of jacketing material securely sealed in place. Insulate valves and fittings with pre-cut blanket type fiberglass insulation and PVC covers as specified. Insulation shall be of the same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. The ends of the insulation shall be tucked snugly into the throat of the fitting and the edges adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked, fully insulating the pipe fitting. The one (1) piece PVC fitting cover shall then be secured by stapling, tack fastening, banding or taping the ends to the adjacent pipe covering. Chilled water supply and return piping and cold water systems piping shall be insulated as above and have all seam edges of the cover sealed with ZESTON vapor barrier adhesive mastic. The circumferential edges of cover shall be wrapped with ZESTON vapor barrier pressure sensitive color matching tape. The tape shall extend over the adjacent pipe insulation and overlap itself at least two (2) inches on the downward side. Where fittings are operating above ambient they may, in lieu of the proceeding paragraph, be covered with a three (3) hour, hydraulic setting, combination insulating and finishing cement having k factor not greater than 0.87 at a mean temperature of 200 degrees Fahrenheit. The thickness of this cement shall be such that the surface is substantially flush with the pipe covering. Where the insulation terminates at a fitting that is not covered, the end of the insulation shall be beveled off with this same cement. All fittings insulated in this manner shall be covered by a fabric jacket as specified, which shall be cemented down with lagging adhesive. Where expansion joints are required to be insulated, they shall be covered with readily removable sections of insulation of same composition and thickness as provided for adjacent piping. Application - Type II Insulation: 1. 2. 3. 4. The material shall be slit lengthwise to permit installation or slipped over pipe before connections are made. Self-seal insulation may also be installed. All joints and seams must be thoroughly bonded, both mechanically and hermetically, by the adhesive recommended by the insulation manufacturer. Also, the manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed as to the adhesive to use where the insulation needs bonding to metal or other material used for any surface treatment where a finish coat of paint is required. All penetrations of the insulation must be thoroughly sealed so that the insulation itself will form a complete vapor barrier. Insulation shall run continuous at hangers and supports to form a complete vapor barrier. Wherever the insulation terminates, the edges shall be sealed to the metal. Insulation shall be extended to stop valves under plumbing fixtures and/or within cabinets. Water and waste lines serving handicap plumbing fixtures shall be insulated and painted to match adjacent surface. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 230700 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.3 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 DUCT INSULATION A. Provide accessories as required to prevent distortion and sagging of duct insulation. Provide welded pins, adhesive clips and wire ties as recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the (Architect/Engineer). B. Insulation shall cover all standing seams and metal surfaces. Provide corner beading on all exposed ducts. C. Staples shall be sealed to maintain vapor barrier. D. Neatly cut insulation at dampers, temperature control sensors, and controllers. Butter exposed edges with approved mastic coating. E. Application - Type IV Insulation: 1. 2. F. Application - Type V Insulation: 1. 2. 3.4 Insulation shall be cut slightly longer than perimeter of duct to insure full thickness at corners. All insulation shall be applied with edges tightly stitched with staples. Provide vapor barrier mastic sealer at seam. The insulation shall be additionally secured to the bottom of all square ducts eighteen (18) inches or wider by means of welded pins and speed clips. The protruding ends of the pins shall be cut off flush after the speed clips have been applied. The vapor barrier facing shall be thoroughly sealed where the pins have pierced through with a tape of the same material by applying a vapor barrier adhesive to both surfaces as recommended by the manufacturer. All hanger rods, support members, joints and penetrations of the vapor barrier shall be sealed with full thickness insulation and vapor barrier mastic sealer. All cuts or tears shall be sealed with strips of the aluminum foil tape and vapor barrier adhesive. All insulation shall be applied with edges tightly butted. Insulation shall be impaled on pins welded to the duct and secured with speed clips. Spacing of pins shall be as required to hold insulation firmly in place but not less than one (1) pin per square foot, and pins shall be placed within three (3) inches of each corner of insulation. All joints and penetrations of the vapor barrier shall be sealed with a three (3) inch wide strip of the same material, applied with Foster 85-75, or to both surfaces as recommended by the adhesive and vapor barrier mastic sealer manufacturer. If, through space or size restriction or other causes, the welded pin method is impossible, the insulation shall be secured to the duct with adhesive such as Foster 81-91 or equal. The adhesive shall cover the entire surface of the sheet metal when applied to underside of horizontal duct but may be applied in strips or spots for application to top and sides with a minimum of fifty (50) percent coverage. FABRIC JACKET A. Apply jacket to insulated breeching and equipment. Onto the dry cement surface apply a brush coat of Foster Sealfas 30-36 at the rate of sixty (60) to seventy (70) square feet per gallon. Embed into wet coating the canvas jacket, smoothed out to avoid wrinkles and overlap all seams a minimum of two (2) inches. Apply a second brush coat of Sealfas 30-36 to the entire surface at the rate of sixty (60) to seventy (70) square feet per gallon. B. Where jacket is to be installed on piping, apply Foster 30-36 adhesive to the canvas jacket by dipping to completely wet and saturate the canvas. While wet, position on the pipe insulation and pull tight, bond, lap and smooth out all wrinkles. Finish with a sealer coat of adhesive. MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 230700 - 9 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 END OF SECTION 230700 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION 230700 - 10 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 230900 – BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements and all other Specification Sections apply to the work specified in this section. In the event of conflict between specific requirements of the various documents, the more restrictive, the more extensive (i.e.: more expensive) requirement shall govern. SCOPE A. The Building Automation System (BAS) manufacturer shall furnish and install a fully integrated building automation system, incorporating direct digital control (DDC) for energy management, equipment monitoring and control, and subsystems with open communications capabilities as herein specified. B. The new system shall be an extension of and connected to the existing Central Carolina University Siemens/CMI management system which is used for energy management. All set points and programs must be able to be modified and changed through the CMI user interface without additional hardware or gateways. C. The Building Automation System (BAS) manufacturer shall furnish and install a fully integrated building automation system, incorporating direct digital control (DDC) for energy management, equipment monitoring and control, and subsystems with open communications capabilities as herein specified. D. The installation of the control system shall be performed under the direct supervision of the controls manufacturer with the shop drawings, flow diagrams, bill of materials, component designation or identification number and sequence of operation all bearing the name of the manufacturer. The installing manufacturer shall certify in writing, that the shop drawings have been prepared by the equipment manufacturer and that the equipment manufacturer has supervised their installation. In addition, the equipment manufacturer shall certify, in writing, that the shop drawings were prepared by their company and that all temperature control equipment was installed under their direct supervision. E. All materials and equipment used shall be standard components, regularly manufactured for this and/or other systems and not custom designed especially for this project. All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use for at least two years. F. BAS manufacturer shall be responsible for all BAS and Temperature Control wiring for a complete and operable system. All wiring shall be done in accordance with all local and national codes. G. Furnish digital energy metering equipment to the Division 26 Contractor for installation. Meters shall be monitored and trended by the DDC system. Refer to the electrical drawings for one-line diagram and meter locations. The following shall be metered: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Building main circuit/feed. Mechanical equipment branch circuit/feed. Monitor all mechanical equipment. Lighting branch circuit/feed. Receptacle branch circuit/feed Individual air handling unit power consumption shall be trended from the supply and return fan motor variable frequency drives. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1.3 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 WORK BY OTHERS A. Mechanical contractor installs all wells, valves, taps, dampers, flow stations, etc. furnished by BAS manufacturer. B. Air handling unit manufacturer shall factory install all end devices furnished by the BAS manufacturer. Control contractor shall provide data sheets on all components to be mounted, indicating component dimensions, mounting hardware, and methods, as well as wiring and piping diagrams for each application identified by unit tag per the schedule in the drawings, to the air handling unit manufacturer. C. Electrical Contractor provides: 1. 2. 3. 4. D. Products furnished but not installed under this section 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. E. 1.4 Control Valves Flow Switches Pressure and Temperature Sensor Wells and Sockets Flow Meters Automatic Dampers Air-flow Stations Digital Energy Monitors Products installed but not furnished under this section 1. F. 120V power to all BAS and/or temperature control panels. Where not shown on plans, locations shall be determined by the BAS contractor and coordinated with the Architect and electrical contractor. Wiring of all power feeds through all disconnect starters to electrical motor. Wiring of any remote start/stop switches and manual or automatic motor speed control devices not furnished by BAS manufacturer Wiring of any electrical sub-metering devices furnished by BAS manufacturer. Smoke Detectors The control manufacturer shall cooperate with the air and water balancing agency in the performance of their work as required or directed. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The BAS system shall be designed and installed, commissioned and serviced by manufacturer employed, factory trained personnel. Manufacturer shall have an in-place support facility within 20 miles of the site with technical staff, spare parts inventory and necessary test and diagnostic equipment. B. The manufacturer shall provide full time, on site, experienced project manager for this work, responsible for direct supervision of the design, installation, start up and commissioning of the BAS. C. The Bidder shall be regularly engaged in the manufacturing, installation and maintenance of BAS systems and shall have a minimum of ten (10) years of demonstrated technical expertise and experience in the manufacture, installation and maintenance of BAS systems similar in size and complexity to this project. D. Materials and equipment shall be the catalogued products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production and installation of automatic temperature control systems and shall be manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with the specification requirements. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC E. 1.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 This system shall have a documented history of compatibility by design for a minimum of 15 years. Future compatibility shall be supported for no less than 10 years. Compatibility shall be defined as the ability to upgrade existing field panels to current level of technology, and extend new field panels on a previously installed network. SUBMITTALS A. B. Submit 10 complete sets of documentation in the following phased delivery schedule: 1. 2. 3. Valve and damper schedules Equipment data cut sheets System schematics, including: a. sequence of operations b. point names c. point addresses d. interface wiring diagrams e. panel layouts. f. system riser diagrams 4. Auto-CAD compatible as-built drawings Upon project completion, submit operation and maintenance manuals, consisting of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1.6 Index sheet, listing contents in alphabetical order Manufacturer's equipment parts list of all functional components of the system, Auto-CAD disk of system schematics, including wiring diagrams Description of sequence of operations As-Built interconnection wiring diagrams Operator's Manual Trunk cable schematic showing remote electronic panel locations, and all trunk data List of connected data points, including panels to which they are connected and input device (ionization detector, sensors, etc.) Conduit routing diagrams WARRANTY A. Provide all services, materials and equipment necessary for the successful operation of the entire BAS system for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion. B. The adjustment, required testing, and repair of the system includes all computer equipment, transmission equipment and all sensors and control devices. C. The on-line support services shall allow the local BAS subcontractor to dial out over telephone lines to monitor and control the facility's building automation system. This remote connection to the facility shall be within 2 hours of the time that the problem is reported. This coverage shall be extended to include normal business hours, after business hours, weekends and holidays. 1.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify control wires and compressed air piping with a distinctive number on a nonconducting tag attached to each end or at junction points or by color coding of that wire or tube. Designate on control diagram the identifying color and/or number or other identifying designation used. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC B. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Identify all control equipment and devices, including panels, controllers, valves, and automatic dampers, firestats, etc., by a method approved by the Architect. Designations shall match those used on control diagrams and shop drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Siemens Building Technologies, Inc (local contact: Control Management, Inc (803-765-9070)). B. System must extend and connect to the existing Siemens network control systems installed in the CCTC Campus. 2.2 NETWORKING COMMUNICATIONS A. The design of the BAS shall network operator workstations and stand alone DDC Controllers. The network architecture shall consist of multiple levels for communication efficiency, a site-wide (Management Level Network) Ethernet network based on TCP/IP protocol, high performance peer to peer building level network(s) and DDC Controller floor level local area networks with access being totally transparent to the user when accessing data or developing control programs. B. Peer to Peer Building Level Network: 1. 2. 3. 4. 2.3 All operator devices either network resident or connected via dial up modems shall have the ability to access all point status and application report data or execute control functions for any and all other devices via the peer to peer network. No hardware or software limits shall be imposed on the number of devices with global access to the network data at any time. The peer-to-peer network shall support a minimum of 100 DDC controllers and PC workstations Each PC workstation shall support a minimum of 4 peer to peer networks hardwired. The system shall support integration of third party systems (boiler, chiller). This system shall exchange data between the two systems for interprocess control. All exchange points shall have full system functionality as specified herein for hardwired points. DDC CONTROLLER FLOOR LEVEL NETWORK: A. 2.4 This level communication shall support a family of application specific controllers and shall communicate with the peer to peer network through DDC Controllers for transmission of global data. DDC & HVAC MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS A. The DDC & HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall reside on the Building Level Network. B. DDC & HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall use the same programming language and tools. DDC & HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers which require different programming language or tools on a network are not acceptable. C. DDC & HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers which do not meet the functions specified for DDC Controllers or for HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers are not acceptable. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2.5 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 DDC CONTROLLER A. DDC Controllers shall be a 16-bit stand-alone, multi tasking, multi user, real time digital control processors consisting of modular hardware with plug in enclosed processors, communication controllers, power supplies and input/output point modules. Controller size shall be sufficient to fully meet the requirements of this specification and the attached point I/O schedule. Each controller shall support a minimum of three (3) Floor Level Application Specific Controller Device Networks. B. Each DDC Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system and databases, including: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Control processes Energy management applications Alarm management applications including custom alarm messages for each level alarm for each point in the system. Historical/trend data for points specified Maintenance support applications Custom processes Operator I/O Dial up communications Manual override monitoring C. Each DDC Controller shall support firmware upgrades without the need to replace hardware. D. Provide all processors, power supplies and communication controllers so that the implementation of a point only requires the addition of the appropriate point input/output termination module and wiring. E. DDC Controllers shall provide a minimum two RS 232C serial data communication ports for operation of operator I/O devices such as industry standard printers, operator terminals, modems and portable laptop operator's terminals. DDC Controllers shall allow temporary use of portable devices without interrupting the normal operation of permanently connected modems, printers or terminals. F. As indicated in the point I/O schedule, the operator shall have the ability to manually override automatic or centrally executed commands at the DDC Controller via local, point discrete, on board hand/off/auto operator override switches for digital control type points and gradual switches for analog control type points. 1. 2. Switches shall be mounted either within the DDC Controllers key accessed enclosure, or externally mounted with each switch keyed to prevent unauthorized overrides. DDC Controllers shall monitor the status of all overrides and inform the operator that automatic control has been inhibited. DDC Controllers shall also collect override activity information for reports. G. DDC Controllers shall provide local LED status indication for each digital input and output for constant, up to date verification of all point conditions without the need for an operator I/O device. Graduated intensity LEDs or analog indication of value shall also be provided for each analog output. Status indication shall be visible without opening the panel door. H. Each DDC Controller shall continuously perform self diagnostics, communication diagnosis and diagnosis of all panel components. The DDC Controller shall provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, low battery conditions or repeated failure to establish communication. I. Isolation shall be provided at all peer to peer network terminations, as well as all field point terminations to suppress induced voltage transients consistent with: BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. 4. J. RF-Conducted Immunity (RFCI) per ENV 50141 (IEC 1000-4-6) at 3 V Electro Static Discharge (ESD) Immunity per EN 61000-4-2 (IEC 1000-4-2) at 8 kV air discharge, 4 kV contact Electrical Fast Transient (EFT) per EN 61000-4-4 (IEC 1000-4-4) at 500 V signal, 1 kV power Output Circuit Transients per UL 864 (2,400V, 10A, 1.2 Joule max) IEEE Standard 587 1980 UL 864 Supply Line Transients Voltage Sags, Surge, and Dropout per EN 61000-4-11 (EN 1000-4-11) In the event of the loss of normal power, there shall be an orderly shutdown of all DDC Controllers to prevent the loss of database or operating system software. Non volatile memory shall be incorporated for all critical controller configuration data and battery backup shall be provided to support the real time clock and all volatile memory for a minimum of 60 days. 1. 2. 2.6 LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Isolation shall be provided at all peer to peer panel's AC input terminals to suppress induced voltage transients consistent with: 1. 2. 3. K. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Upon restoration of normal power, the DDC Controller shall automatically resume full operation without manual intervention. Should DDC Controller memory be lost for any reason, the user shall have the capability of reloading the DDC Controller via the local RS 232C port, via telephone line dial in or from a network workstation PC. HVAC MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS A. HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall be a 12-bit stand-alone, multi tasking, multi user, real time digital control processors consisting of modular hardware with plug in enclosed processors. B. Each HVAC Mechanical Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system and databases, including: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Control processes Energy management applications Alarm management applications including custom alarm messages for each level alarm for each point in the system. Historical/trend data for points specified Maintenance support applications Custom processes Operator I/O Dial up communications C. Each HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall support firmware upgrades without the need to replace hardware. D. HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall provide a RS 232C serial data communication port for operation of operator I/O devices such as industry standard printers, operator terminals, modems and portable laptop operator's terminals. E. HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall provide local LED status indication for each digital input and output for constant, up to date verification of all point conditions without the need for an operator I/O device. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 F. Each HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall continuously perform self diagnostics, communication diagnosis and diagnosis of all components. The HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, low battery conditions or repeated failure to establish communication. G. Isolation shall be provided at all peer to peer network terminations, as well as all field point terminations to suppress induced voltage transients consistent with: 1. 2. 3. 4. H. Isolation shall be provided at all peer to peer panel's AC input terminals to suppress induced voltage transients consistent with: 1. 2. 3. I. IEEE Standard 587 1980 UL 864 Supply Line Transients Voltage Sags, Surge, and Dropout per EN 61000-4-11 (EN 1000-4-11) In the event of the loss of normal power, there shall be an orderly shutdown of all HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers to prevent the loss of database or operating system software. Non volatile memory shall be incorporated for all critical controller configuration data and battery backup shall be provided to support the real time clock and all volatile memory for a minimum of 72 hours. 1. 2. 2.7 RF-Conducted Immunity (RFCI) per ENV 50141 (IEC 1000-4-6) at 3 V Electro Static Discharge (ESD) Immunity per EN 61000-4-2 (IEC 1000-4-2) at 8 kV air discharge, 4 kV contact Electrical Fast Transient (EFT) per EN 61000-4-4 (IEC 1000-4-4) at 500 V signal, 1 kV power Output Circuit Transients per UL 864 (2,400V, 10A, 1.2 Joule max) Upon restoration of normal power, the HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall automatically resume full operation without manual intervention. Should HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller memory be lost for any reason, the user shall have the capability of reloading the HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller via the local RS 232C port, via telephone line dial in or from a network workstation PC. DDC & HVAC MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROLLER RESIDENT SOFTWARE FEATURES A. General: 1. 2. 3. B. The software programs specified in this Section shall be provided as an integral part of DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers and shall not be dependent upon any higher level computer for execution. All points shall be identified by up to 30 character point name and 16 character point descriptor. The same names shall be used at the PC workstation. All digital points shall have user defined two-state status indication (descriptors with minimum of 8 characters allowed per state (i.e. summer/winter). Control Software Description: 1. The DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall have the ability to perform the following pre tested control algorithms: a. Two position control b. Proportional control c. Proportional plus integral control d. Proportional, integral, plus derivative control e. Automatic tuning of control loops BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC C. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall provide the following energy management routines for the purpose of optimizing energy consumption while maintaining occupant comfort. 1. Start Stop Time Optimization (SSTO) shall automatically be coordinated with event scheduling. The SSTO program shall start HVAC equipment at the latest possible time that will allow the equipment to achieve the desired zone condition by time of occupancy. The SSTO program shall also shut down HVAC equipment at the earliest possible time before the end of the occupancy period, and still maintain desired comfort conditions. a. The SSTO program shall operate in both the heating and cooling seasons. b. It shall be possible to apply the SSTO program to individual fan systems. c. The SSTO program shall operate on both outside weather conditions as well as inside zone conditions and empirical factors. d. The SSTO program shall meet the local code requirements for minimum outside air while the building is occupied. 2. Event Scheduling: Provide a comprehensive menu driven program to automatically start and stop designated points or groups of points according to a stored time. a. It shall be possible to individually command a point or group of points. b. For points assigned to one common load group, it shall be possible to assign variable time delays between each successive start or stop within that group. c. The operator shall be able to define the following information: d. Time, day e. Commands such as on, off, auto, and so forth. f. Time delays between successive commands. g. There shall be provisions for manual overriding of each schedule by an appropriate operator. h. It shall be possible to schedule events up to one year in advance. i. Scheduling shall be calendar based. j. Holidays shall allow for different schedules. 3. Automatic Daylight Savings Time Switchover: The system shall provide automatic time adjustment for switching to/from Daylight Savings Time. Night setback control: The system shall provide the ability to automatically adjust setpoints for night control. The Peak Demand Limiting (PDL) program shall limit the consumption of electricity to prevent electrical peak demand charges. a. PDL shall continuously track the amount of electricity being consumed, by monitoring one or more electrical kilowatt-hour/demand meters. These meters may measure the electrical consumption (kWh), electrical demand (kW), or both. b. PDL shall sample the meter data to continuously forecast the demand likely to be used during successive time intervals. c. If the PDL forecasted demand indicates that electricity usage is likely to exceed a user preset maximum allowable level, then PDL shall automatically shed electrical loads. d. Once the demand peak has passed, loads that have been shed shall be restored and returned to normal control. 4. 5. D. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall be able to execute custom, job specific processes defined by the user, to automatically perform calculations and special control routines. 1. A single process shall be able to incorporate measured or calculated data from any and all other DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers on the network. In addition, a single process shall be able to issue commands to points in any and all other DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers on the network. Database shall support 30 character, English language point names, structured for searching and logs. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2. 3. 4. E. 2. 3. 4. 5. Processes shall be able to generate operator messages and advisories to operator I/O devices. A process shall be able to directly send a message to a specified device or cause the execution of a dial up connection to a remote device such as a printer or pager. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall provide a HELP function key, providing enhanced context sensitive on-line help with task orientated information from the user manual. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall be capable of comment lines for sequence of operation explanation. All alarm or point change reports shall include the point's English language description and the time and date of occurrence. The user shall be able to define the specific system reaction for each point. Alarms shall be prioritized to minimize nuisance reporting and to speed operator response to critical alarms. A minimum of six priority levels shall be provided for each point. Point priority levels shall be combined with user definable destination categories (PC, printer, DDC Controller, etc.) to provide full flexibility in defining the handling of system alarms. Each DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall automatically inhibit the reporting of selected alarms during system shutdown and start up. Users shall have the ability to manually inhibit alarm reporting for each point. Alarm reports and messages will be directed to a user defined list of operator devices or PCs based on time (after hours destinations) or based on priority. In addition to the point's descriptor and the time and date, the user shall be able to print, display or store a 200 character alarm message to more fully describe the alarm condition or direct operator response. In dial up applications, operator selected alarms shall initiate a call to a remote operator device. A variety of historical data collection utilities shall be provided to manually or automatically sample, store and display system data for points as specified in the I/O summary. 1. 2. G. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Alarm management shall be provided to monitor and direct alarm information to operator devices. Each DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall perform distributed, independent alarm analysis and filtering to minimize operator interruptions due to non critical alarms, minimize network traffic and prevent alarms from being lost. At no time shall the DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers ability to report alarms be affected by either operator or activity at a PC workstation, local I/O device or communications with other panels on the network. 1. F. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Any point, physical or calculated may be designated for trending. Any point, regardless of physical location in the network, may be collected and stored in each DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers point group. Two methods of collection shall be allowed: either by a pre defined time interval or upon a pre defined change of value. Sample intervals of l minute to 7 days shall be provided. Each DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller shall have a dedicated RAM based buffer for trend data and shall be capable of storing a minimum of __ data samples. All trend data shall be available for transfer to a Workstation without manual intervention. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall also provide high resolution sampling capability for verification of control loop performance. Operator initiated automatic and manual loop tuning algorithms shall be provided for operator selected PID control loops as identified in the point I/O summary. a. Loop tuning shall be capable of being initiated either locally at the DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller, from a network workstation or remotely using dial in modems. For all loop tuning functions, access shall be limited to authorized personnel through password protection. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall be capable of automatically accumulating and storing run time hours for digital input and output points and automatically sample, calculate and store consumption totals for analog and digital pulse input type points, as specified in the point I/O schedule. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 9 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 H. The peer to peer network shall allow the DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers to access any data from or send control commands and alarm reports directly to any other DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller or combination of controllers on the network without dependence upon a central or intermediate processing device. DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers shall send alarm reports to multiple workstation without dependence upon a central or intermediate processing device. The peer to peer network shall also allow any DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controller to access, edit, modify, add, delete, back up, and restore all system point database and all programs. I. The peer to peer network shall allow the DDC and HVAC Mechanical Equipment Controllers to assign a minimum of 50 passwords access and control priorities to each point individually. The logon password (at any PC workstation or portable operator terminal) shall enable the operator to monitor, adjust and control the points that the operator is authorized for. All other points shall not be displayed on the PC workstation or portable terminal (e.g. all base building and all tenant points shall be accessible to any base building operators, but only tenant points shall be accessible to tenant building operators). Passwords and priorities for every point shall be fully programmable and adjustable. 2.8 FLOOR LEVEL NETWORK APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS (ASC) A. Each DDC Controller shall be able to extend its performance and capacity through the use of remote application specific controllers (ASCs) through Floor Level LAN Device Networks. B. Each ASC shall operate as a standalone controller capable of performing its specified control responsibilities independently of other controllers in the network. Each ASC shall be a microprocessor based, multi tasking, real time digital control processor. Each ASC shall be capable of control of the terminal device independent of the manufacturer of the terminal device. C. Terminal Equipment Controllers: 1. Provide for control of each piece of equipment, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Variable Air Volume (VAV) boxes b. Constant Air Volume (CAV) boxes c. Split System Air Conditioning Units d. Unit Heaters 2. Controllers shall include all point inputs and outputs necessary to perform the specified control sequences. Analog outputs shall be industry standard signals such as 24V floating control, 3-15 psi pneumatic, 0-10v, allowing for interface to a variety of modulating actuators. All controller sequences and operation shall provide closed loop control of the intended application. Closing control loops over the FLN, BLN or MLN is not acceptable. 3. D. Digital Energy Monitors: 1. Provide three phase digital watt-meters with pre-wired CTs. All watt-meter electronics shall be housed within the CTs. CTs shall include sizes capable of mounting directly on a power bus. Diagnostics visible to the installing electrician (without a operator tool) shall indicate: proper operation, mis-wiring or low power-factor, device malfunction, and over-load condition. The meters shall include the following: a. The device shall be UL Listed, and shall comply with ANSI C12.1 accuracy specification. The minimum CT/meter combined accuracy shall be no greater than 1% of reading over the range of 5% to 100% of rated load. The meter shall not require calibration b. The wattmeter shall directly connect to power from 208 through 480 with no potential transformer. In-line fuses for each voltage tap phase shall be included. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 10 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC c. d. 2.9 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 The wattmeter CTs shall be split-core and at minimum be sized to accommodate loads ranging from 100 to 2400 Amps. The CTs shall be volt-signal type, and shall not require shorting blocks. The wattmeter shall reside directly on the Floor Level Network along with other FLN devices. Data transferred shall include: 1) kW & kWH 2) Consumption 3) Demand 4) Power Factor 5) Current 6) Voltage 7) Apparent Power 8) Reactive Power PERSONAL COMPUTER OPERATOR WORKSTATION HARDWARE A. Personal computer operator workstation shall be provided for command entry, information management, system monitor, alarm management and database management functions. All real-time control functions shall be resident in the DDC Controllers to facilitate greater distribution, fault tolerance and reliability of the building automation control. 1. 2. Provide a workstation of equal capability located in the 1st floor Maintenance Work Room. Workstation shall consist of a personal computer with the minimum: a. Processor: Intel Xenon Processor (or later) 2.5GHz processor. b. Hard Drive: 7200rpm RAID 1 w/ (2) 250 GB hard disk drives. c. RAM: 8GB RAM. d. Network Card: Dual Ethernet network card 1000 Mb/s. e. Windows Server 2008 SP2 w/ 5 cals with 2008 R2 License f. USB ports: 1 for alarm printer. g. Mouse, keyboard and 20” flat panel color monitor. h. Printer: 1 Dot Matrix printer for Alarms if specified by owner i. 16X DVD ROM 3. The PC monitor shall support a minimum display resolution of no less than 1024 X 768 pixels. Separate controls shall be provided for color, contrasts and brightness. The screen shall be nonreflective. B. Provide an Epson FX-870 or equivalent printer at each workstation location or on the network (Ethernet) for recording alarms, operator transactions and systems reports. C. Alarm Display shall list the alarms with highest priority at the top of the display. The alarm display shall provide selector buttons for display of the associated point graphic and message. The alarm display shall provide a mechanism for the operator to sort alarms. D. Intranet/Internet access: All BAS data shall be accessible from the existing Trident Technical College web based graphical interface. 2.10 A. WORKSTATION OPERATOR INTERFACE Basic Interface Description BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 11 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. B. 2.11 LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Operator workstation interface software shall minimize operator training through the use of English language prompting, 30 character English language point identification, on-line help, and industry standard PC application software. The software shall provide, as a minimum, the following functionality: a. Real-time graphical viewing and control of environment. b. Scheduling and override of building operations. c. Collection and analysis of historical data. d. Point database editing, storage and downloading of controller databases. e. Alarm reporting, routing, messaging, and acknowledgment. Dynamic Color Graphic Displays 1. C. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Color graphic floor plan displays and system schematics for each piece of mechanical equipment shall be installed under this contract. Graphics to be created include: a. Building floor plan with area temperatures displayed. b. Each air handling unit. c. Each air terminal unit. d. Chilled water system, including components and temperatures e. Hot water system, including components and temperatures The BAS shall be an extension of the system at the Perimeter Center and shall have the same capabilities (control, monitoring, trending, alarm, etc.) and operator interface. FIELD DEVICES A. Provide instrumentation as required for monitoring, control or optimization functions. B. Room Temperature Sensors 1. Digital room sensors shall have LCD display, day / night override button, and setpoint slide adjustment override options. The setpoint slide adjustment can be software limited by the automation system to limit the amount of room adjustment. Temperature monitoring range Output signal Accuracy at Calibration point Set Point and Display Range 2. Liquid immersion temperature: Temperature monitoring range Output signal Accuracy at Calibration point 3. +30°F to 250°F Changing resistance +0.5°F Duct (single point) temperature: Temperature monitoring range Output signal Accuracy at Calibration point 4. +20°F to 120°F Changing resistance +0.5°F 55° to 95° F +20°F to 120°F Changing resistance +0.5°F Duct Average temperature: Temperature monitoring range Output signal +20°F to 120°F 4 – 20 mA DC BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 12 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Accuracy at Calibration point Sensor Probe Length 5. +0.5°F 25 feet long Outside air temperature: Temperature monitoring range Output signal Accuracy at Calibration point C. -58°F to 122°F 4 – 20 mA DC +0.5°F Liquid Differential Pressure Transmitter Ranges 0-5/30 inches H0 0-25/150 inches H0 0-125/750 inches H0 4 – 20 mA DC Zero and span ± 0.2% of span ±0.1% of span ±0.05% of span Output signal Accuracy at Calibration point Accuracy Linearity Hysteresis D. Differential pressure: 1. Unit for fluid flow proof shall be Penn P74. Range Differential Maximum differential pressure Maximum pressure 2. 0.5” WG to 1.0” WG 1.0” WG to 12.0” WG Static Pressure Sensor: Range Output Signal Combined static error Operating Temperature F. 8 to 70 psi 3 psi 200 psi 325 psi Unit for air flow shall be Siemens Building Technologies SW141. Set point ranges: E. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 0 to 0.5” WG 0 to 1” WG 0 to 2” WG 0 to 5” WG 0 to 10” WG 4 – 20 mA VDC 0.5% full range -40ºF to 175º F Air Pressure Sensor: Range Output Signal 0 to 0.1 ” WG 0 to 0.25” WG 0 to 0.5 ” WG 0 to 1” WG 0 to 2” WG 0 to 5” WG 0 to 10” WG 4 – 20 mA VDC BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 13 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Accuracy G. 3 to 15 psig or 3 to 30 psig 4 – 20 mA VDC ± 1% of full scale (± 0.3 psig) Carbon Dioxide: 1. K. Dual turbine. Provide bi-directional where required. Impedance Sensing ± 2% of Actual Reading 400 PSI 4 – 20 mA Pressure to Current Transducer Range Output Signal Accuracy J. 0 to 100% RH Bulk Polymer 4 – 20 mA VDC ± 2%RH at 77°F Insertion Flow Meters (Equal to Onicon Series F-1200 or FB-1200) Type: Sensing Method Accuracy Maximum Operating Pressure Output Signal I. ±1.0% of full scale Humidity Sensors: Range Sensing Element Output Signal Accuracy H. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Sensor shall be remote mounted non dispersive infrared carbon dioxide optical diffusion gas cell type with pulsed source and non-free air optical path. Sensing cell shall be provided with thirty (30) inch cable for duct mounting. Sensor shall produce linear analog 0-1 Volt DC, 4-20 MA, and binary adjustable switch point form C outputs. Range shall be 0-2000 parts per million with accuracy of three (3) percent. Sensor shall be mounted in weather tight enclosure with forty-one (41) degree Fahrenheit to 104 degree Fahrenheit operating temperature. Damper Actuators 1. 2. Electric control shall be Siemens Building Technologies OpenAir™ direct coupled actuators. Damper actuators shall be Brushless DC Motor Technology with stall protection, bi-directional, fail safe spring return, all metal housing, manual override, independently adjustable dual auxiliary switch. a. The actuator assembly shall include the necessary hardware and proper mounting and connection to a standard ½” diameter shaft or damper blade. 3. Actuators shall be designed for mounting directly to the damper shaft without the need for connecting linkages. All actuators having more than 100 lb-in torque output shall have a self-centering damper shaft clamp that guarantees concentric alignment of the actuator’s output coupling with the damper shaft. The self-centering clamp shall have a pair of opposed “v” shaped toothed cradles; each having two rows of teeth to maximize holding strength. A single clamping bolt shall simultaneously drive both cradles into contact with the damper shaft. All actuators having more than a 100 lb-in torque output shall accept a 1” diameter shaft directly, without the need for auxiliary adapters. All actuators shall be designed and manufactured using ISO900registered procedures, and shall be Listed under Standards UL873 and CSA22.2 No. 24-93 l. 4. 5. 6. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 14 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 2.12 A. Thermostats 3. 4. 5. Each station shall contain parallel air straightener, total and static pressure sensing manifolds, internal piping and external pressure transmission ports with flexible tubing and quick-connect fittings. Fabricate of galvanized steel, size for fan inlet in which mounted. Maximum pressure loss through station of 0.08 inches water gage at 1500 fpm. Station shall have accuracy of 2%. Identify by model number, size, area, and specified airflow capacity. Current Sensing Relay: 1. 2. 3. G. Each insertion station shall contain an array of velocity sensing elements and straightening vanes. The velocity sensing elements shall be of the RTD or thermistor type. The sensing elements shall be distributed across the duct cross section in a quality to provide accurate readings. The resistance to airflow through the airflow measurement station shall not exceed 0.08 inches water gage at an airflow of 2,000 fpm. Station construction shall be suitable for operation at airflow of up to 5,000 fpm over a temperature range of 40 to 120 degrees F, and accuracy shall be plus or minus 3 percent over a range of 125 to 2,500 fpm scaled to air volume. Each transmitter shall produce a linear, temperature compensated 4 to 40 mA DC, output corresponding to the required velocity pressure measurement. Fan Inlet Airflow Measuring Station 1. F. Provide manual reset, fixed temperature line voltage type with a bi-metal actuated switch. a. Switch shall have adequate rating for required load. Electronic Airflow Measurement Stations and Transmitters (At Duct Locations). 1. E. Install freezestats as indicated on the plans and provide protection for every square foot of coil surface area with one linear foot of element per square foot of coil. a. Upon detection of low temperature, the freezestats shall stop the associated supply fans and return the automatic dampers to their normal position. Provide manual reset. Firestats: 1. D. Room thermostats shall be of the gradual acting type with adjustable sensitivity. They shall have a bi-metal sensing element capable of responding to a temperature change of onetenth of one degree. (Provide all thermostats with limit stops to limit adjustments as required.) Thermostats shall be arranged for either horizontal or vertical mounting. In the vertical position thermostat shall fit on a mullion of movable partitions without overlap. Mount the thermostat covers with tamper-proof socket head screws. Freezestats: 1. C. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES 1. 2. B. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Provide solid-state, adjustable, current operated relay. Provide a relay which changes switch contact state in response to an adjustable set point value of current in the monitored A/C circuit. Adjust the relay switch point so that the relay responds to motor operation under load as an “on” state and so that the relay responds to an unloaded running motor as an “off” state. A motor with a broken belt is considered an unloaded motor. Provide for status device for all fans and pumps. Fire and Smoke Control Devices BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 15 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Provide all smoke detection devices as required by NFPA Standard 90A and the International Building Code. PART 3 - execution 3.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT A. Provide a designated project manager who will be responsible for the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 3.2 Construct and maintain project schedule On-site coordination with all applicable trades, subcontractors, and other integration vendors Authorized to accept and execute orders or instructions from owner/architect Attend project meetings as necessary to avoid conflicts and delays Make necessary field decisions relating to this scope of work Coordination/Single point of contact INSTALLATION A. Provide control/power wiring and conduit to connect the automatic temperature control system and all HVAC system components for a complete operational system. 1. 2. 3. B. Provide wiring in accordance with the NFPA 70. Do not bury or conceal wiring beneath insulation. Locate wiring clear of access doors, accessible ceilings, lighting fixtures, walkways, or any location subject to damage or abrasion. Label or code each field wire at each end, and each controller and controlled device. 1. 2. 3. 4. Identification shall be permanent, not subject to fading, flameproof, and approved by the Architect. Permanently mark terminal blocks at wire termination points. Identify each control device with an engraved laminated phenolic nameplate, white on black, lettering not less than 1/8 inch high, on 1 1/2 inch by 1 inch tag and brass interlocked chain secured to the control device. Name shall correspond with identification on the shop drawings. Identify sensors, controllers, relays, either mounted in local or central control panels, or remote mounted with a similar name tag as specified above. Attach to or adjacent to controllers with stainless steel or brass screws or rivets. Adhesives will not be acceptable. Do not attach to removable controller covers. C. Mount strap on sensors using helical screw stainless steel band clamps install strap on thermostats, aquastats and other temperature sensors on new piping only after the pipe surface is cleaned to bright metal. Strap on sensor may be used on piping up to 2 1/2 inch diameter. On pipe three (3) inches and larger pipe wells shall be used. D. Install valves in piping with stems as vertical as possible but in no case less than forty-five (45) degrees from vertical. For soldered or welded connections, remove valve internals before installation. E. Wire electric valves in accordance with NFPA 70 with not less than two (2) feet of flexible liquidtight connector with watertight bushings at the valve actuator and conduit termination. Brace conduit to the building structure to prevent movement and damage. F. Install pressure and temperature sensors as follows. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 16 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. 4. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Locate pressure and temperature sensing points sufficiently downstream from the control device to increase control loop time constant and minimize hunting. Locate shut off valves and three (3) valve bypasses as specified and as required to service sensors. Locate sensors where accessible for maintenance and replacement. Do not cover or conceal sensors with insulation. G. Locate each controller inside local field cabinets with instrumentation, pressure gauges, voltmeters or milliammeters to show, at the controller location, the condition of input power supply, input controller signal, and branch line signal. Indicators shall be permanently mounted. H. Provide wells for all sensors and indicators measuring temperatures in pressure vessels and piping. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. I. Dampers 1. 2. 3.3 Wells shall be stainless steel or bronze to match media requirements. Verify working pressure of each sensor well installed. Do not install wells in extension couplings. Where pipe diameters are smaller than the well length, provide wells at piping elbow or tees to affect flow across the entire well area. Wells may face upstream or downstream. Install pipe wells above the horizontal to retain liquid heat transfer fluid in the well during assembly and maintenance If pipe wells restrict cross sectional pipe area to less than seventy (70) percent free area, provide pipe increases at the well not less than 150 percent pipe diameter. Mount dampers with the pivot rods in a horizontal position, except where suitable thrust bearings are provided, damper blade pivot rods may be a position other than horizontal. Mount operators outside of the duct or casing, on support plates that are completely outside the insulation and lagging. On casings or ducts handling cold air, install support plates in a manner that will prevent condensation on damper operator or on supports. START-UP AND COMMISSIONING A. When installation of the system is complete, calibrate equipment and verify transmission media operation before the system is placed on-line. All testing, calibrating, adjusting and final field tests shall be completed by the manufacturer. Verify that all systems are operable from local controls in the specified failure mode upon panel failure or loss of power. B. Provide any recommendation for system modification in writing to owner. Do not make any system modification, including operating parameters and control settings, without prior approval of owner. C. After manufacturer has completed system start-up and commissioning. Joint commissioning of integrated system segments shall be completed. D. A total of 80 man-hours shall be included in the project for the purpose of project commissioning. 3.4 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND MATERIALS A. Install, connect and wire the items included under this Section. This work includes providing required conduit, wire, fittings, and related wiring accessories. All wiring shall be installed in conduit. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 17 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 B. Electrical work required for the control system shall be performed by and under the direction of the control manufacturer. All electrical work shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of Division 26, ELECTRICAL of this specification. Use materials specified in Division 26, ELECTRICAL for comparable application. C. Provide 120 volt, single phase, 60 hertz power to every BAS DDC Controller panel, HVAC/Mechanical Equipment Controller, PC console, power supply, transformer, annunciator, modems, printers and to other devices as required. The power supplies are to be extended in conduit and wire from normal power circuit breakers. D. Provide status function conduit and wiring for equipment covered under this Section. E. Provide conduit and wiring between the BAS panels and the temperature, humidity, or pressure sensing elements, including low voltage control wiring in conduit. F. Provide conduit and signal wiring between motor starters in motor control centers and high and/or low temperature relay contacts and remote relays in BAS panels located in the vicinity of motor control centers. G. Provide conduit and wiring between the PC workstation, electrical panels, metering instrumentation, indicating devices, miscellaneous alarm points, remotely operated contractors, and BAS panels, as shown on the drawings or as specified. H. All wiring to be compliant to local building code and the NEC. I. Provide electrical wall box and conduit sleeve for all wall mounted devices. 3.5 PERFORMANCE A. 3.6 Unless stated otherwise, control temperatures within plus or minus 2°F, and humidity within plus or minus 5% of the set point and static pressure within 10% of set point. COMMISSIONING, TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE (80 MAN-HOURS AS SPECIFIED) A. Perform a three-phase commissioning procedure consisting of field I/O calibration and commissioning, system commissioning and integrated system program commissioning. Document all commissioning information on commissioning data sheets which shall be submitted prior to acceptance testing. Commissioning work which requires shutdown of system or deviation from normal function shall be performed when the operation of the system is not required. The commissioning must be coordinated with the owner and construction manager to ensure systems are available when needed. Notify the operating personal in writing of the testing schedule so that authorized personnel from the owner and construction manager are present throughout the commissioning procedure. 1. Prior to system program commissioning, verify that each control panel has been installed according to plans, specifications and approved shop drawings. Test, calibrate and bring on line each control sensor and device. Commissioning to include, but not be limited to: a. Sensor accuracy at 10, 50 and 90% of range. b. Sensor range. c. Verify analog limit and binary alarm reporting. d. Point value reporting. e. Binary alarm and switch settings. f. Actuator ranges. g. Fail safe operation on loss of control signal, electric power, network communications. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 18 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 B. After control devices have been commissioned (i.e. calibrated, tested and signed off), each BMS program shall be put on line and commissioned. The contractor shall, in the presence of the owner and construction manager, demonstrate each programmed sequence of operation and compare the results in writing. In addition, each control loop shall be tested to verify proper response and stable control, within specified accuracy's. System program test results shall be recorded on commissioning data sheets and submitted for record. Any discrepancies between the specification and the actual performance will be immediately rectified and retested. C. After all BMS programs have been commissioned, the contractor shall verify the overall system performance as specified. Tests shall include, but not be limited to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Data communication, both normal and failure modes. Fully loaded system response time. Impact of component failures on system performance and system operation. Time/Date changes. End of month/ end of year operation. Season changeover. Global application programs and point sharing. System backup and reloading. System status displays. Diagnostic functions. Power failure routines. Battery backup. Smoke Control, stair pressurization, stair, vents, in concert with Fire Alarm System testing. Testing of all electrical and HVAC systems with other division of work. D. Submit for approval, a detailed acceptance test procedure designed to demonstrate compliance with contractual requirements. This Acceptance test procedure will take place after the commissioning procedure but before final acceptance, to verify that sensors and control devices maintain specified accuracy's and the system performance does not degrade over time. E. Using the commissioning test data sheets, the contractor shall demonstrate each point. The contractor shall also demonstrate all system functions. The contractor shall demonstrate all points and system functions until all devices and functions meet specification. F. The contractor shall supply all instruments for testing and turn over same to the owner after acceptance testing. 1. 2. All test instruments shall be submitted for approval. Test Instrument Accuracy: Temperature: High Pressure: Low Pressure Humidity: Electrical: G. ¼ °F or ½% full scale, whichever is less. ½ psi or ½% full scale, whichever is less. ½% full scale 2% RH 1/4% full scale After the above tests are complete and the system is demonstrated to be functioning as specified, a thirty day performance test period shall begin. If the system performs as specified throughout the test period, requiring only routine maintenance, the system shall be accepted. If the system fails during the test, and cannot be fully corrected within eight hours, the owner may request that performance tests be repeated. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 19 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 3.7 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 TRAINING A. The manufacturer shall provide factory trained instructor to give full instruction to designated personnel in the operation of the system installed. Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the subject matter they are to teach. The manufacturer shall provide all students with a student binder containing product specific training modules for the system installed. All training shall be held during normal working hours of 8:00 am to 4:30 PM weekdays. B. Provide 40 hours of training for Owner's designated operating personnel. Training shall include: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. C. 3.8 Explanation of drawings, operations and maintenance manuals Walk-through of the job to locate control components Operator workstation and peripherals DDC controller and ASC operation/function Operator control functions including graphic generation and field panel programming Explanation of adjustment, calibration and replacement procedures Student binder with training modules Since the Owner may require personnel to have more comprehensive understanding of the hardware and software, additional training must be available from the Manufacturer. If such training is required by the Owner, it will be contracted at a later date. TEMPERATURE CONTROL A. The sequences on the drawings describe the general intent of the control systems. Provide all devices, equipment, and wiring as required to perform the sequences described. See plans for locations of all room thermostats, panels, dampers, valves, and equipment; where such devices are not indicated, however required by the sequences they shall be provided and located in the field by the Architect. B. Unless otherwise noted, size all automatic control valves for maximum ten (10) feet water pressure drop at maximum design flow rate. C. Division 26 shall provide all detection devices (heat/smoke) as required by NFPA Standard 90A and the International Building and Mechanical Codes. The installation of detection devices and all control/power wiring for smoke detection devices and smoke dampers shall be provided under this section. Detection devices shall provide automatic shutdown of the HVAC systems in accordance with NFPA 90A. D. All pumps and fans shall be provided with a current sensors installed around the pump or fan. Sensors shall provide status for pump and fan operation. E. Adjustable freezestats shall be provided at all preheat and heating coils and shall de-energize their respective air handling system when their setting of thirty-five (35) degrees Fahrenheit is reached. Freezestats for water coils shall be installed in coil leaving air stream. F. All temperature, humidity, pressure, and time set points shall be fully adjustable from the BAS. Provide all hardware, software, devices, equipment, and wiring as required to interface with the BAS. G. Where used to control both comfort heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be capable of providing a temperature range or dead band of at least 5ºF within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum. Variable air volume (VAV) terminal units shall be programmed to operate at the minimum airflow setting without addition of reheat when the zone temperature is within the set deadband. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 20 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 H. All two (2) position dampers shall be proven open by the use of end switches. I. Refer to input/output summary schedule for additional control items not described in the sequences. Input/output summary are minimum requirements, provide all required points for complete operation of system. J. All variable frequency drives for fan shall be soft started at minimum speed and increased to operating speed by the BAS. K. Carbon dioxide (CO2) monitors shall be provided for each air handling system on this project to provide continuous monitoring of CO2 levels. Abnormal levels of CO2 shall be detected by the monitors and alarmed on the BAS. END OF SECTION 230900 BUILDING AUTOMATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 230900 - 21 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 SECTION 233110 – AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements and all other Specification Sections apply to the work specified in this section. In the event of conflict between specific requirements of the various documents, the more restrictive, the more extensive (i.e.: more expensive) requirement shall govern. SCOPE A. This section includes the air distribution systems including those devices distributing the air to the spaces, and those items which collect, filter, control, and convey air. B. Fans which are not an integral part of a factory fabricated air handling unit are included under this section. C. The requirements of Division 23, Section “Mechanical and Electrical General Provisions” shall apply to the work specified under this section. D. Except for duct pressure tests, all testing and balancing of the air distribution systems shall be performed under Division 23, Section “Testing and Balancing” of the Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPLY AIR TERMINAL UNITS A. Provide Titus, Kreuger, Price, Metalaire, JCI or Nailor high pressure variable/constant air volume terminal reheat units as shown on the plans and specified herein, equal to Titus Model DESV with factory installed controls furnished under Division 23, Section “Building Automation and Temperature Controls”. B. Terminals should be certified under the ARI Standard 880-94 Certification Program and carry the ARI Seal. Non-certified terminals may be submitted after testing at an independent testing laboratory under conditions selected by the engineering consultant in full compliance with ARI Standard 880-94. These tests shall be witnessed by the engineering consultant with all costs to be borne by the terminal manufacturer. Testing does no ensure acceptance. C. The terminal casing shall be minimum twenty-two (22) gauge galvanized steel, internally lined with a non-porous, sealed liner which complies with UL 181 and NFPA 90A. Insulation shall be 13/16” thick, 4 lb. density, rigid board insulation. Liner shall be attached to unit casing by insulation adhesive and fullseam-length Z-strips to enclose and seal the insulation cut edges. Liners made of Mylar, Tedlar, Silane, or woven fiberglass cloth are not acceptable. Insulation shall be equivalent to Titus Steri-Loc or double wall lining. The discharge connection shall be slip and drive construction for attachment to metal ductwork. The casing shall be constructed to hold leakage to the maximum values shown in the following table: AIR DISTRIBUTION 233110 - 1 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Casing Leakage CFM Inlet Size 4, 5, 6 7, 8 9, 10 12 14 16 D. 0.25 Inch Diff Ps 2 3 3 4 4 5 0.5 Inch Diff Ps 3 3 4 5 6 7 1.0 Inch Diff Ps 3 5 6 7 9 10 The damper shall be heavy gauge steel with shaft rotating in Delrin or bronze oilite self-lubricating bearings. Nylon bearings are not acceptable. Shaft shall be clearly marked on the end to indicated damper position. Stickers or other removable markings are not acceptable. The damper shall incorporate a mechanical stop to prevent overstroking, and a synthetic seal to limit close-off leakage to the maximum values shown in the following table: Damper Leakage CFM Inlet Size 4, 5, 6 7, 8 9, 10 12 14 16 1.5 Inch Diff Ps 4 4 4 4 4 5 3.0 Inch Diff Ps 5 5 5 5 6 7 6.0 Inch Diff Ps 7 7 7 7 8 9 E. Actuators shall be capable of supplying at least thirty-five (35) inch pound of torque to the damper shaft, and shall be mounted externally for service access. Terminals with internal actuator mounting or linkage connection must include gasketed access panel, removable without disturbing ductwork. Casing with access panel shall be constructed to hold casing leakage to the maximum values previously specified. Control of terminal unit shall be provided under another section of this specification. Inlet damper and motor operator shall provide full shut-off of air volume. F. At an inlet velocity of 2000 feet per minute, the differential static pressure required to operate any terminal size shall not exceed 1. 2. G. eighteen hundredths (0.18) inch water gauge for the basic terminal, or twenty three hundredths (0.23) inch water gauge for the terminal with integral attenuator. Sound rating for the terminal shall generally not exceed twenty-five (25) NC at plus 1.5 inch static pressure. Sound performance shall be ARI certified with sound ratings tested at power levels 10-12 watts and shall not exceed values scheduled for individual installed terminal units. The unit manufacturer shall furnish certified sound power levels for both discharge sound and casing radiated sound, tested in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 36-72. Certified sound power levels shall be for terminals actually installed on the project including effects of lining material. Sound data based on prior ASHRAE Standards will not be acceptable. The tests shall be conducted in an ADC approved sound facility. The data shall include the second through sixth octave bands for all unit sizes and inlet static pressures. All attenuation factors shall be clearly defined. Provide additional approved attenuators as required to achieve the drawing scheduled values based on the installed condition of the terminals. Many of attenuation factors commonly used in the rating of terminal units are not applicable and shall not be considered. AIR DISTRIBUTION 233110 - 2 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 H. Each terminal unit shall be field tested under Division 23, Section “Testing and Balancing” at the design air volumes. Where field tests indicate volume greater than plus or minus ten (10) percent of design value, the terminal unit shall be readjusted or recalibrated by the balancing contractor to achieve the design valves. Units which can not achieve the desired results shall be removed from the project and new units provided at no additional expense to the Owner. I. Control Specifications: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The terminals shall be equipped with pressure independent controls which can be reset to modulate airflow between zero and the maximum cataloged cubic feet per minute. Maximum airflow limiters are not acceptable. The direct digital controls shall be supplied by the control contractor and mounted by the terminal unit manufacturer. Control contractor shall provide data sheets on all components to be mounted, indicating component dimensions, mounting hardware, and methods, as well as wiring and piping diagrams for each application identified by unit tag per the schedule in the drawings, to the terminal manufacturer. Controls shall be compatible with pneumatic inlet velocity sensors supplied by the terminal manufacturer. The sensor shall be multi-point center averaging type, with a minimum of four measuring ports parallel to the take-off point from the sensor. Sensors with measuring ports in series are not acceptable. The sensor must provide a minimum differential pressure signal of 0.03 inch wg. at an inlet velocity of 500 fpm. The sensor must provide control signal accuracy of plus or minus five (5) percent with the same size inlet duct at any inlet condition. Controls shall be field set by control contractor for the scheduled minimum and maximum flow rates. Flow measuring taps and flow curves will be supplied with each terminal for field balancing airflow. All pneumatic tubing shall be UL listed fire retardant (FR) type. Each terminal shall be equipped with labeling showing unit location, size, minimum and maximum cubic feet per minute setpoints, damper fail position, and thermostat action. The terminal manufacturer shall provide a Class II 24 VAC transformer and disconnect switch. Actuator shall be direct connection shaft mount type without linkage. All controls shall be installed in approved NEMA type sheet metal enclosure by terminal manufacturer. J. Proportional, modulating electric coils shall be supplied and installed on the terminal by the terminal manufacturer. Coils shall be ETL listed. Coils shall be housed in an attenuator section integral with the terminal with element grid recessed from unit discharge a minimum of 5 inches to prevent damage to elements during shipping and installation. Elements shall be 80/20 nickel chrome, supported by ceramic isolators a maximum of 3.5 inches apart, staggered for maximum thermal transfer and element life, and balanced to ensure equal output per step. The integral control panel shall be housed in a NEMA 1 enclosure with hinged access door for access to all controls and safety devices. K. Electric coils shall contain a primary automatic reset thermal cutout, a secondary manual reset thermal cutout, proportional electronic airflow sensor for proof of flow, and line terminal block. The proportional electronic airflow sensor shall be totally independent of the duct static pressure and shall adjust the heater capacity according to the available airflow. The heaters shall deliver maximum heating when needed with normal minimum airflow, reduce heating with lower than minimum airflow and stop heating with no airflow. Unit shall include an integral door interlock type disconnect switch which will not allow the access door to be opened while power is on. Non-interlocking type disconnects are not acceptable. All individual components shall be UL listed or recognized. L. Heaters shall be equipped with a proportional SCR controller to modulate the heater load according to the temperature control signal. The electronic controller shall be compatible with the following input signals: 1. 2. Variable voltage signal 0-10 VDC Pulse width modulation AC or DC AIR DISTRIBUTION 233110 - 3 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC M. 2.2 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Provide bottom opening access door to allow cleaning and inspection of the reheat coil. Access door shall be of the same construction as the terminal unit casing and sealed airtight. AIR DEVICES A. Provide air devices of the minimum sizes and quantities indicated and of the types specified. Contractor shall carefully study the drawings and the field conditions to ascertain the air device requirements as to suitability, location, air capacity, required accessories, border and finish. Devices shall be selected to provide draft-free air distribution over entire area served and sound rating shall not exceed Noise Criteria (NC) 25. B. Border types shall be compatible with Architectural ceiling type for the room for which the air device is located. All devices shall have plaster frames when installed in plaster or drywall construction. C. Margins shall be as indicated or directed to suit field conditions. D. Provide Titus, Kreuger, Price, Metalaire or Tuttle & Bailey air devices in accordance with the schedule below and on the drawings. E. Air Device Schedule: Device Ceiling Supply Diffuser Ceiling Supply Diffuser Return Grille Exhaust Register Supply Register Type A B C E H Finish #26 white #26 white #26 white #26 white #26 white Basis of Design Titus/TDC Titus/TDC-AA Titus/PAR Titus/PAR-AA Titus/300RS 1. Type A: Ceiling diffusers shall be Titus Model TDC or prior approved equal for fixed, horizontal discharge pattern. These diffusers shall consist of an outer frame assembly of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. A square or rectangular inlet shall be an integral part of the frame assembly and a transition piece shall be available to facilitate attachment of round duct. An inner core assembly consisting of fixed deflection louvers shall be available in one-, two-, three- or four-way horizontal discharge patterns. The inner core assembly must be removable in the field without tools for easy installation and cleaning. a. The finish shall be #26 white. The finish shall be an anodic acrylic paint, baked at 315°F for 30 minutes. The pencil hardness must be HB to H. The paint must pass a 100-hour ASTM B117 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass a 250-hour ASTM D870 Water Immersion Test. The paint must also pass the ASTM D2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test with a 50-inch pound force applied. b. Opposed blade volume damper shall not be provided. Throw Reducing Vanes (TRV) must be available to deflect a horizontal discharge airstream from each side of the TDC diffuser into diverging airstreams. c. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser. The diffuser shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. 2. Type B: Ceiling diffusers shall be Titus Model TDC-AA (aluminum) or prior approved equal for fixed, horizontal discharge pattern. These diffusers shall consist of an outer frame assembly of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. A square or rectangular inlet shall be an integral part of the frame assembly and a transition piece shall be available to facilitate attachment of round duct. An inner core assembly consisting of fixed deflection louvers shall be AIR DISTRIBUTION 233110 - 4 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 available in one-, two-, three- or four-way horizontal discharge patterns. The inner core assembly must be removable in the field without tools for easy installation and cleaning. a. The finish shall be #26 white. The finish shall be an anodic acrylic paint, baked at 315°F for 30 minutes. The pencil hardness must be HB to H. The paint must pass a 100-hour ASTM B117 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass a 250-hour ASTM D870 Water Immersion Test. The paint must also pass the ASTM D2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test with a 50-inch pound force applied. b. Opposed blade volume damper shall not be provided. Throw Reducing Vanes (TRV) must be available to deflect a horizontal discharge airstream from each side of the TDC diffuser into diverging airstreams. c. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the diffuser. The diffuser shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. 3. Type C: Perforated ceiling diffusers shall be Titus Model PAR-AA (aluminum, flush face) or approved equal for exhaust. Diffusers shall have a perforated face with 3/16-inch diameter holes on ¼-inch staggered centers and no less than 51 percent free area. Perforated face shall be aluminum. The backpan shall be one piece stamped heavy gauge steel of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. The diffuser neck shall have 1 1/8-inch depth for easy duct connection. Diffusers must discharge a uniform horizontal blanket of air into the room and protect ceiling against smudging. Pattern controllers in the supply models shall be mounted on the back of the perforated face and must be field adjustable to allow the discharged air to enter the room in either vertical or one-, two-, three- or four-way horizontal jets. The perforated face must be easily unlatchable from the backpan to facilitate option of the face for pattern controller adjustment or to access an optional damper. a. The finish shall be #26 white. The finish shall be an anodic acrylic paint, baked at 315°F for 30 minutes. The pencil hardness must be HB to H. The paint must pass a 100-hour ASTM B117 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test without creepage, blistering or deterioration of film. The paint must pass a 250-hour ASTM D870 Water Immersion Test. The paint must also pass the ASTM D2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test with a 50-inch pound force applied. b. Opposed blade volume damper shall not be provided. c. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the perforated diffuser. The diffuser shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. 4. Type E: Perforated ceiling diffusers shall be Titus Model PAR-AA (aluminum, flush face) or approved equal for exhaust. Diffusers shall have a perforated face with 3/16-inch diameter holes on ¼-inch staggered centers and no less than 51 percent free area. Perforated face shall be aluminum. The backpan shall be one piece stamped heavy gauge steel of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. The diffuser neck shall have 1 1/8-inch depth for easy duct connection. Diffusers must discharge a uniform horizontal blanket of air into the room and protect ceiling against smudging. Pattern controllers in the supply models shall be mounted on the back of the perforated face and must be field adjustable to allow the discharged air to enter the room in either vertical or one-, two-, three- or four-way horizontal jets. The perforated face must be easily unlatchable from the backpan to facilitate option of the face for pattern controller adjustment or to access an optional damper. a. The finish shall be #26 white. The finish shall be an anodic acrylic paint, baked at 315°F for 30 minutes. The pencil hardness must be HB to H. The paint must pass a 100-hour ASTM B117 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test without creepage, blistering or deterioration of film. The paint must pass a 250-hour ASTM D870 Water Immersion Test. The paint must also pass the ASTM D2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test with a 50-inch pound force applied. b. Opposed blade volume damper shall not be provided. c. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the perforated diffuser. The diffuser shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. AIR DISTRIBUTION 233110 - 5 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 5. F. 2.3 Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Type H: Steel supply grilles shall be Titus Model 300R (double deflection) or 301R (single deflection) of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. The deflection blades shall be available parallel to the long or short dimension of the grille. Construction shall be of steel with a 1¼-inch wide border on all sides. Screw holes shall be countersunk for a neat appearance. Corners shall be welded with full penetration resistance welds. Deflection blades shall be contoured to a specifically designed and tested cross-section to meet published test performance data. Blades shall be spaced on ¾-inch centers. Blades shall have steel friction pivots on both ends to allow individual blade adjustment without loosening or rattling. Plastic blade pivots are not acceptable. a. The grille finish shall be #26 white. The finish shall be an anodic acrylic paint, baked at 315°F for 30 minutes. The pencil hardness must be HB to H. The paint must pass a 100hour ASTM B117 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test without creepage, blistering or deterioration of film. b. The paint must pass a 250-hour ASTM D870 Water Immersion Test. The paint must also pass the ASTM D2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test with a 50-inch pound force applied. c. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the grille. The grille shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. Paint the ductwork behind registers with flat black enamel so that bright surface cannot be seen. Properly prime galvanized surface prior to painting. AIR FILTERS A. Air filters shall be Camfil Farr, Cambridge, or American Air Filter equal to the filters specified herein. Air filter capacities and bank sizes shall be as scheduled on the drawings. B. Type "A" Filter Elements: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. C. Air filters shall be Camfil Farr 30/30 or approved equal. Air filters shall be medium efficiency ASHRAE pleated panels consisting of cotton and synthetic media, welded wire media support grid, and beverage board enclosing frame. Sizes shall be noted on drawings or other supporting materials. Filter media shall be a cotton and synthetic blend, lofted to a uniform depth of 0.15”, and formed into a uniform radial pleat. A welded wire grid, spot-welded on one-inch centers and treated for corrosion resistance shall be bonded to the downstream side of the media to maintain radial pleats and prevent media oscillation. An enclosing frame of no less than 28-point high wet-strength beverage board shall provide a rigid and durable enclosure. The frame shall be bonded to the media on all sides to prevent air bypass. Integral diagonal support members on the air entering and air exiting side shall be bonded to the apex of each pleat to maintain uniform pleat spacing in varying airflows. The filter shall have a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value of MERV 8 when evaluated under the guidelines of ASHRAE Standard 52.2-2007. It shall also have a MERV-A of 8 when tested per Appendix J of the same standard. The media shall maintain or increase in efficiency over the life of the filter. Initial resistance to airflow shall not exceed 0.31” w.g. at an airflow of 500 fpm on 2” deep models. The filter shall have an Energy Cost Index (ECI) value of five stars. The filter shall be classified by Underwriters Laboratories as UL Class 2. Manufacturer shall provide evidence of facility certification to ISO 9001:2000. Manufacturer shall guarantee the integrity of the filter pack to 2.0” w.g. Type "B" Filter Elements: AIR DISTRIBUTION 233110 - 6 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. D. LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 Air filters shall be Camfil Farr Riga-Flo or approved equal. Air filters shall be high-efficiency ASHRAE high lofted supported media disposable type assembled in a compact and secure enclosing frame. Sizes shall be as noted on drawings or other supporting materials. Filter media shall be of microfine glass laminated to a reinforced backing to form a uniform lofted media blanket. The media blanket shall be formed into uniform tapered radial pleats and bonded to a stiffened backing that is bonded to the downstream side of the media to preclude media oscillation. The media shall be mechanically and chemically bonded within the frame to prevent air bypass. The enclosing frame shall be constructed of corrosion resistant galvanized steel. The media pleat configuration shall be maintained by bridge style plastic contour stabilizers. There shall be a minimum of four contour stabilizers on the air entering side and four on the air exiting side. The filter shall have a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value of MERV 13 per ASHRAE Standard 52.2-2007. It shall have a MERV-A of 13 when tested under Appendix J of that standard. Initial resistance to airflow shall not exceed 0.50” w.g. at an airflow of 500 fpm for filters having a nominal depth of 12”. For a 6” nominal depth model initial resistance to airflow shall not exceed 0.50 w.g. at an airflow of 300 fpm. The filter shall be capable of withstanding 10” w.g. without failure of the media pack. Manufacturer shall provide evidence of facility certification to ISO 9001:2000. Filter shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories as UL Class 2. Type "A" Filter Holding Frame: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. E. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center Holding Frame shall be Farr Type 8 or approved equal. Air filter-holding frames shall be 16gauge galvanized steel with filter sealing flange, centering dimples, sealing gasket and lances for appropriate air filter fasteners. Sizes shall be noted on drawings or other supporting materials. Filter holding frame shall be constructed of 16-gauge galvanized steel. The frame shall be assembled from two corner sections and welded to assure a rigid and durable frame assembly. The frame shall include a variety of pre-punched lances for filter fastener attachment. Fastener shall be capable of being installed without the use of tools, nuts or bolts. Lance penetrations shall be upstream of filter flange to assure leak-free integrity. The frame shall include filter-centering dimples on each frame wall to facilitate ease of filter installation and assure filter centering against filter sealing flange. A 3/4” filter-sealing flange shall be an integral component of the holding frame. All corners shall be flush mitered and a permanently mounted polyurethane foam gasket shall be mounted on the sealing flange to assure filter to frame sealing integrity. Manufacturer shall provide evidence of facility certification to ISO 9001:2000. Type "B" Filter Holding Frame: 1. 2. 3. 4. Holding frames shall be Camfil Farr 3P Glide/Pack side access housing or approved equal. Filter housing shall be two-stage filter system consisting of 16-gauge galvanized steel enclosure, aluminum filter mounting track, universal filter holding frame, dual-access doors, static pressure tap, filter gaskets and seals. In-line housing depth shall not exceed 21”. Sizes shall be as noted on enclosed drawings or other supporting materials. The housing shall be constructed of 16-gauge galvanized steel with pre-drilled standing flanges to facilitate attachment to other system components. Corner posts of Z-channel construction shall ensure dimensional adherence. The housing shall be weatherproof and suitable for rooftop/outdoor installation. The housing shall incorporate the capability of two stages of filtration without modification to the housing. A filter track, of aluminum construction shall be an integral component of housing construction. The track shall accommodate a 2” deep prefilter, a 6” or 12” deep rigid final filter, or a pocket filter with header. Dual access doors, swing-open type, shall include high-memory sponge neoprene gasket to facilitate a door-to-filter seal. Each door shall be equipped with adjustable and replaceable positive sealing UV-resistant star-style knobs and replaceable door hinges. AIR DISTRIBUTION 233110 - 7 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 A universal holding frame constructed of 18-gauge galvanized steel, equipped with centering dimples, multiple fastener lances, and polyurethane filter sealing gasket, shall be included to facilitate installation of high-efficiency filters. The housing shall include a pneumatic fitting to allow the installation of a static pressure gauge to evaluate pressure drop across a single filter or any combination of installed filters. Leakage at rated airflow, upstream to downstream of filter, holding frame, and slide mechanism shall be less than 1% at 3.0” w.g. Leakage in to or out of the housing shall be less than one half of 1% at 3.0” w.g. Accuracy of pneumatic pressure fitting, when to evaluate a single-stage, or multiple filter stages, shall be accurate within ± 3% at 0.6” w.g. Manufacturer shall provide evidence of facility certification to ISO 9001:2000. F. For each filter bank, provide a Dwyer Model 2001-AF magnahelic air filter gauge complete with static pressure types, tubing, and accessories. Mount gauge on exterior of unit casing. G. Provide each filter assembly with a complete spare set of prefilters and final filters. 2.4 FIRE, FIRE/SMOKE, AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Provide where indicated on the plans, fire dampers constructed and tested in accordance with UL Safety Standard 555. Each fire damper shall have 1-1/2 hour fire protection rating, 212 degrees Fahrenheit fusible link, and shall include a UL label in accordance with established UL labeling procedures and shall have Static Rating for HVAC systems that shut down automatically in a fire or smoke emergency or Dynamic Rating for HVAC systems that remain operational during a fire or smoke emergency. Three (3) hour dampers shall be installed where required by wall or floor rating. Damper Manufacturer's literature submitted for approval prior to installation shall include comprehensive performance data developed from testing in accordance with AMCA Standard 500 and shall illustrate pressure drops for all sizes or dampers required at all anticipated air flow rates. Fire dampers shall be equipped for vertical or horizontal installation as required by the locations indicated on the drawings. Fire dampers shall be installed in wall and floor openings utilizing steel sleeves, angles, other materials, and practices required to provide an installation equivalent to that utilized by the manufacturer when dampers were tested at UL. Fire damper installation shall also meet all requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. Installation shall be in accordance with the damper manufacturer's instructions. Fire dampers shall be Ruskin, Leader Industries, Prefco, Nailor or prior approved equal to Ruskin Type IBD, DIBD, FD of the following styles: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Low Pressure Rectangular Ducts - Style B. Low Pressure Round Ducts - Style CR. Medium Pressure Rectangular Ducts - Style C. Medium Pressure Round Ducts - Style CR. Medium Pressure Oval Ducts - Style CO. Dampers for grilles, diffusers, registers, etc. - Thinline. B. Fire damper assembly shall include fire damper and damper enclosure wall sleeve complete with duct attachment flanges, as detailed. Provide an access door at each fire damper located so as to permit easy maintenance of damper and fusible link. All fire dampers shall be installed in accordance with NFPA Requirements and the manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Provide at locations shown on plans, combination fire/smoke dampers meeting or exceeding the following specifications. Each combination fire/smoke damper shall be 1-1/2 hour fire rated under UL Standard 555, and shall further be classified by Underwriters Laboratories as Leakage Rated Damper for Use in Smoke Control Systems under the latest version of UL555S, and bear a UL label attesting to same and shall have Dynamic Rating. Damper manufacturer shall have tested, and qualified with UL, a complete range of damper sizes covering all dampers required by this specification. Testing and UL qualifying a single damper size is not acceptable. The leakage rating under UL555S shall be no higher AIR DISTRIBUTION 233110 - 8 SC# H59-6059-CA Sumter, SC Central Carolina Technical College Advanced Manufacturing Technology Training Center LS3P# 3202-123910 June 26, 2014 than leakage Class I. Fire/Smoke dampers shall be Ruskin, Leader Industries, Prefco or prior approved equal to Ruskin Type FSD 37, FSD-60. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. As part of the UL qualification, dampers shall have demonstrated a capacity to operate (to open and close) under HVAC system operating conditions, with pressures of at least four (4) inch water gauge in the closed position, and at least 2000 feet per minute air velocity in the open position. Pressures of at least six (6) inch or eight (8) inch water gauge shall have velocity levels of 3000 or 4000 feet per minute respectively. In addition to the leakage ratings already specified herein, the combination fire/smoke dampers and their operators shall be qualified under UL555S to an elevated temperature of 350 degrees Fahrenheit. Appropriate electric operators shall be installed by the damper manufacturer at time of damper fabrication; damper and operator shall be supplied as a single entity which meets all applicable UL555 and UL555S qualifications for both dampers and operators. Each combination fire/smoke damper shall be equipped with a fusible link which shall melt at 212 degrees Fahrenheit causing damper to close and lock in a closed position. Damper shall be Ruskin Model FSD 37 or FSD60. Each combination fire/smoke damper shall be furnished with factory sleev

00 Cover New Logo _Calibri_ - Central Carolina Technical College

Related documents

Add this document to collection(s)

Add this document to saved

Suggest us how to improve StudyLib